The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
H U N T ’S MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE. E s t a b li s h e d J u l y , 18 3 9 , BY FREEMAN HUNT, EDITOR AND PROPRIETOR. VOLUM E X X I X . SEPTEMBER, 1 85 3 . NU M BE R HI. C O N T E N T S OF N O . I I I ., Y O L . X X I X . ARTICLES. A r t . p a g e . I. DOMINION OF THE SEAS, AND THE FISHERIES. By D e x t e r F. P a r k e r , Me chanic, o f Massachusetts.............................................................................................................. 275 II. OREGON: ITS COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL RESOURCES................................. 291 III. COMMERCIAL CITIES AND TOWNS OF THE UNITED STATES.—No. x x xv .— NE W BUR Y PORT, MASS AC HUS ETTS.................................................................................... 299 IV. TRAITS OF T R A D E -L A U D A B L E AND INIQUITOUS. By a Merchant o f Massachu setts.............................................................................. .................................................................. 315 V. TRADE OF TREBIZOND IN 1852. By. J. P. B r o w n , Esq., o f the United States Lega tion at Constantinople.................................................................................................................. 319 VI. OPORTO: ITS COMMERCE, ETC............................................................................................ 322 VII. COMMERCIAL BENEFITS OF S LA V E R Y . By W m. S. P r i c e , M. D............................... 325 J O U R N A L OF M E R C A N T I L E L A W . The Incorporation o f Fire Insurance Companies in the State o f New Y ork................................... 331 COMMERCI AL CHRONICLE AND R E V I E W : EMBRACING A FINANCIAL AND COMMERCIAL R E V IE W OF THE UNITED STATES, ETC., ILLU STRA TED W IT H TABLES, ETC., AS FOLLOWS I Increased Excitement in the Money Market—'With an Explanation o f its Causes—Inquiry into the Connection between the Course o f the Banks and the Convulsions in Trade—Summary Statement o f the Banks in the United States—Private Banking Houses—Bank Returns in New York—Cash Revenue of the United States, and Proposals for Redeeming part o f the National Debt—Receipts and Coinage o f Gold for July— Imports at New York for July and since January 1st—Cause and Effect o f the Increased Imports—Imports o f Dry Goods for July and since January 1st, for four Years—Exports from New York for July and since January 1st—Exports o f Leading Articles o f Domestic Produce from New York, and from all Domestic Ports.................................... ....340-348 VOL. X X IX .---- N O. III. 18 274 CO N TEN TS JOURNAL O E N O . I I I ., V O L . X X IX , OF B A N K I N G , CURRENCY, AND FI N AN C E . PAG E. Revenue and Expenditures o f Great Britain........................................................................................ 348 Condition o f the Banks in the United States...................................................................................... 349 Condition of the Banks o f Ohio................................................................ ............................................. 352 Insurance Companies in New Y ork...................................................................................................... 353 The Purchase o f Silver by the United States Mint.............................................................................. 355 Condition o f the Planters’ Bank of Tennessee.......................................................................... .......... 355 Condition o f the Banks in the City of New Y ork................................................................................ 356 Condition of the Bank of Charleston in 1853........................................................................................ 356 Supplemental Banking Law of Illinois................................................................................................. 357 Gold—its Increase and its Effect............................................................................................................ 359 Redemption of the Public Debt o f the United States......................................................................... 360 Product o f the Precious Metals in 1852................................................................................................. 360 COMMERCIAL STATISTICS. Commerce and Navigation o f the United States...................................... .......................................... 361 COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS. Alterations in the British Tariff.............................................................................. .............................. 367 Of the Appraisement o f Imported Merchandise;................................................................................ 373 Reduction o f Duties by the German Zoll-Verein................................................................................ 373 RAILROAD, CANAL, AND S T E A M B O A T STATISTICS. General Railroad Law of Iowa............................................................................................................... Steam Marine of New York.—Railroads: their Necessity as a Means o f Wealth........................... Locomotives on the Pennsylvania Railroad......................................................................................... Self-acting Railroad Brake.—Mobile and Ohio Railroad................................................................... First Steamboat on the Western Waters.............................................................................................. 374 377 378 379 379 J O U R N A L OF M I N I N G A N D M A N U F A C T U R E S . Song of the Miner.—Manufactures o f Paris......................................................................................... Iron Manufactures in Great Britain....................................................................................................... The Iron Trade o f Scotland.—Manufacture of Silesian Iron.............................................................. Mining and Manufacturing Corporations in Michigan............ ..................................................... . Cotton and other Manufactures of Prussia........................................................................................... French Gelatine........... ........................................................................................................................... 380 383 384 385 387 388 S T A T I S T I C S OF P O P U L A T I O N . The Census o f the United States............................................................................................................ 388 The Pauper Population of Ireland and England.................................................................................. 389 Population o f California.......................................................................................................................... 399 NAUTICAL INTELLIGENCE. Quarantine Regulations o f Turkey.................. ............. *............................................ ...................... Australia, Bass’s Strait, Revolving Light on Cape Otway...................................... *......................... Light on Sorello Point, near Cape Granitola, on the South Coast o f Sicily.................................... Quarantine Regulations at Puerto R i c o ............................................................................................... Lights at the Entrance o f Manilla Bay, Philippine Islands . . : ........................................................ Sand Cay Light, Florida R eef................................................................................................................ Electric Telegraph, South Foreland to Belgium.................................................................................. Oxo Fixed Light, Entrance to Christiana, Norway............................................................................. MERCANTILE 391 391 391 391 392 392 392 392 MISCELLANIES. The Great Heat in the Month of August, 1853..................................................................................... 393 Frankenstein’s Panorama of Niagara.................................. ................................................................ 394 Tne Fast Man o f Business...................................................................................................................... 394 T I I E BOOK T R A D E . Notices o f 38 new works, or new editions. 395-400 HUNT’S MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE * AND COMMERCIAL REVIEW. S E P T E M B E R , 1 853. Art. I.— DOMINION OF THE SEAS, AND THE FISHERIES. A y e a r since the whole nation was laboring under intense excitement in regard to the subject o f the fisheries. British cruisers were swarming upon those waters which, for more than half a century, had been the peaceable fishing grounds of American citizens, and, in defiance o f all law, and all ju s tice, attempted to drive our hardy fishermen from their peaceable and prof itable pursuits, and at the same time, asserting claims to certain parts o f the fishing grounds, the absurdity o f which could only be equalled by the inso lence with which she attempted to enforce them. Government, to allay the excitement, to quiet the growing discontent o f the people, and restore con fidence to those employed in that hardy occupation and, at the same time, most important branch o f Commerce, gave out that the two governments were endeavoring to cause a final and reciprocal settlement o f the question. But, as yet, no such arrangements have been made, and our rights are no more carefully defended or rigorously guarded than they were then, while on the part o f her Majesty’s government, comes the assurance that it is p re pared and intends to renew this season the overbearing policy it pursued the last. Nor have the British colonies interested in this question ceased their importunities to the mother country, but, on the contrary, we have now be fore us an address from both houses o f the New Brunswick Legislature, to her most gracious Majesty the Queen, which urges, with undiminished vigor, the repetition o f that policy which awakened such wide-spread and well merited indignation. In this address (published in the London Times May 11th, 1853,) they, in behalf o f the colony, declare that the prompt and ef ficient protection afforded by her Majesty’s naval forces to the fisheries o f British North America which secured its coasts from foreign aggression dur ing the last year, and enabled British subjects to enjoy unmolested their rights and their privileges, has inspired the inhabitants o f New Brunswick with increased confidence in the determination o f her Majesty’s government 276 , Dominion o f the Seas and the Fisheries. to maintain, to the fullest extent, their claims to those unalienable privileges, and they again entreat that her Majesty will be pleased to continue such protection, with the belief that it will prove much more satisfactory than the acceptance o f any equivalent yet offered by the American Government. They then add, “ Maritime nations, at all times and in every quarter o f the globe, have set up and maintained certain exclusive privileges within three marine leagues o f the shore, and by universal custom and the law o f nations, this claim has been defined by lines not within bays, but from the entrances o f such as are designated by lines drawn from headland to headland forming such bays.” They then assert that our fisheries are valueless, theirs price less ; that there can be no reciprocity in mutual liberty to fish on each oth er’s coast, but that, as a set-off to our free participation in their fisheries, we must admit a reciprocity in trade in the following commodities, v iz.: grain and breadstuffs o f all kinds, all natural productions of'the colonies, including their fish, to admit colonial built ships to register in American ports, to per mit colonial vessels to trade from one port to another, in the United States, and lastly, the privilege o f fishing on the American coast. Upon this ad dress the government organ, (May 14th,) in a semi-official manner, expresses its satisfaction in hearing that such beneficial results attended her Majesty’s demonstration, and adds, “ W e at once acknowledge the validity o f the in terpretation given by the British government to the treaty o f 1818, and the importance o f putting an end to the infractions o f that convention which had occurred partly under cover of the concessions made with reference to the Bay o f Fundy in 1845.” It then assures the colonists that instructions, similar to those given last year, have been sent to Admiral Seymour, and adds “ that experience has demonstrated that these measures are in no de gree inconsistent with the rights o f the United States.” These measures here spoken o f and asserted to be the result o f a desire to fulfil a treaty stipulation, are nothing more or less than the revival o f England’s old claim to dominion o f the seas. This claim o f property in the sea dates even from the fabulous ages, and there is scarcely a nation o f antiquity, or even those o f modern times, but have asserted this claim and, at some period o f their history, warred for it.* Each and all o f them called this assumed right the dominion o f the seas, and, as the claim still lives, and is intimately connected with the three great unsettled points o f commercial interest, viz.; right o f search, impressment o f seamen, and the fisheries, we propose in these papers to look at its rise and progress, and to examine into the foundations upon which it rests, espe cially as regards the fisheries. O f the nations o f antiquity, whose manners, customs, and habits have been handed down to us upon the pages o f history, the Phenicians stand pre-eminent as the first maritime and commercial peo ple. Settled by the shores o f the Red Sea,f (which they possessed on all sides, and could rightfully claim dominion over it,) they made its waters their home, and claimed it as property; and we may here remark that the origin o f the claim o f property in the sea was based on right principles, and still bolds good by the law o f nations. W hen driven from thence by the children o f Israel to the more extended coast o f Syria, they, unmindful o f the vast expanse before them, asserted the same claim, coveting no empire on the land, but asserting that of the sea.J * France constitutes an honorable exception, f Herodotus. $ Rees. Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. -7 7 Quintus Curtius remarks o f them, that from the time o f their taking com mand o f the sea, they grew mighty in power and dispersed their colonies to S^ain, Africa, and the British Isles. O f the colonies she planted, Car thage was her glory and her pride; and well did the child remember the example and precepts o f its founders and parents. Planted by a Tyrian colony under Dido, their pursuits, like Tyre’s, were purely commercial, and in furtherance o f their purposes, they possessed themselves o f many places on the coast o f the Mediterranean, and conquered the Sardinian, Corsican, and Canary Isles, and made voyages o f discovery that have handed down to posterity the name o f Hanno, who shines more brightly as a navigator than a statesman.* Descendants o f Esau, they early gave signs o f being willing instruments in fulfilling the decree o f the Almighty, that their hands should be against every man’s, and every man’s hand against them ; and in each and all o f their pursuits they asserted their claim of being “ lords o f the sea,” and when at the hight o f their power, they once set bounds to the navy o f Rom e.f The custom o f the Persians in sending an ambassador to demand earth and water o f other states as an acknowledgment o f her dominion over these two elements, is too well known to need any further remark; but there is another nation which demands a more extended notice, because, for many centuries, she has been supposed to have been peculiarly averse to the navi gation o f the seas, and yet this very power disputed with Phenicia the do minion o f them. The Egyptians worshipped Isis as the Grecians did Neptune, and moved, as they thought, by that god, they sought upon the sea the honor, glory and dominion they had gained upon the land. A s we remarked in the com mencement, this claim extended back to the fabulous ages, and among the poetic tales o f Greece was the story o f Jupiter robbing his father o f his kingdom and sharing it with his brethren, giving Pluto the infernal world, himself taking the earth, and giving Neptune the sea.J W h ile such were the legendary tales o f Greece, it is not to be wondered at that Minos, its first king, claimed dominion over the waters adjacent to his island, and in culcated the same opinion into the then lesser states o f Greece. Nor were they slow in arrogating to themselves this power, and in con tending for it. Athens and Sparta poured out like water their best blood,§ and spent treasures which, if they had been husbanded, might have kept Peloponnesia from becoming the humble Roman province o f Achai. In the exercise o f this power they restrained the Persians from sailing westward o f Cayenne and Chalcedonis, and, as victory or success fluctuated between them in their intestine troubles and maritime wars, they limited the number of ships, or destroyed entirely the mercantile and maritime power o f their ri vals.! But these states perished from the seeds o f decay they themselves had sown, and all became tributary powers and provinces to that towering empire to whose Commerce they once set bounds, and whose navy they once laughed to scorn. Whatever vices Rom e may have possessed, she had one transcendent virtue, nor was it dimmed or weakened in its strength till her pristine virtue had departed, and every noble principle o f her early rulers overshadowed and beclouded by the vices o f her last race o f Empe rors. Though every nation that had preceded her had claimed property in*§ * Eschenberg’s Classical Manual. f Rollin, vol. i., p. 169. § Sir Walter Raleigh’s History ol the World. 1G14. Part i., pp. 67, 72,88. $ Selden. 278 , Dominion o f the Seas and the Fisheries. the sea, her emperors declared that the sea and its shores were free to all m?n ;* and, even to the times o f Justinian, the wisest lawyers of Rome de clared such to be then the law. But, under the emperor Leo, the possessor o f the land was allowed to claim as property the water lying before it, and to sell the privilege o f fishing, while, at the same time, the Thracian Bos phorus was parceled, like land, into lots, and sold to the highest bidder.-} Till the time of Leo the Straits o f the Bosphorus were open to the freedom o f trade; but under that emperor a tax was levied on each ship passing through them, and Egypt was forced to send yearly an ambassador to Con stantinople to solicit the privilege o f navigating the Roman seas.} A s Rom e grew feeble in defense o f her rights, so her smaller vassals grew inso lent in their demands, and beneath the very walls o f Byzantium Genoa warred with Venice for the mastery o f the sea, and dragged in triumph through the Golden Horn her vanquished foe, and, in its insolence, demanded o f the emperor the concession, o f the dominion of the sea. A t the beginning o f these contests, (12 59 ,) the Venetians were triumphant in every battle; but in 1 2 9 3 -4 , they lost a hundred ships, and yielded to Genoa the mastery o f the sea. But the glory o f that republic was of short duration, for des pite her defeats and disasters, Venice, during the next century, contended for the right she had conceded, and, by the treaty of Turin, (1381,) gave the death blow to that rival who claimed the empire o f the Black and Adriatic Seas.); A t the latter part of this century she received from Alexander III. a bull giving her the dominion of the Adriatic in consideration o f the ser vices she had rendered him in destroying the fleet o f Frederick Barbarossa.§ A t the latter part o f the fourteenth century, she had extended her maritime voyages to the W est Indies, and in the fifteenth we find her warring with Portugal for the dominion o f the Indian seas. In the middle o f the fifteenth century, Austria, whose commercial enter prise she had very early checked, demanded a convention with her to discuss the validity o f her claims to the dominion o f the Adriatic. In 1557 the convention took place, and it was alleged on the part o f Austria that such a claim was contrary to the freedom of trade (which Venice had previously stipulated by treaty,) and a denial o f the principle that the sea was common to all. Chizzola, on the part o f Venice, confesses that the proposition that the sea was common to all, was true, but that it meant only the high waves, that it must have a master, or else all upon its waters would go into anarcby; so that states were in duty bound to claim and exercise dominion over it.jj H e also contended that the sea could be made property and be di vided among men and appropriated ; and lastly, based the right o f Venice upon prescription, dating the claim back some six hundred years. It is al most needless to say that the convention produced no change, and that other nations, in their turns, entered the same protest. The Hanseatic League, in 1640, reiterated the same general principles as those advanced by Austria, and maintained that no one could be debarred the privilege o f navigation and fishing, and that any one thus debarred had the right to bring an action for damages.^]" She again responded as to Austria, asserting the right o f a prince to allow or deny his or any other people the right, privileges and lib erties of Commerce. W e suppose it was at this period that Julius Pacius Justinian’s Institutes, lib. ii., cap .2. $ Smedley’s Venetian History. | Dominum Maris. 1652. t Chambers’ Dictionary, article Sea. § Bernard’s Historical Dictionary. T De Jure Maritima et Navali. Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. 279 put forth his defense o f the right o f the republi; as embodied in the three propositions as given in Azuni’s Droit Maritime de l’Europe. The two first were, in reality, embodied in the last, which was, what is the effect of this sovereignty and dominion ? H e answers, it grants power to impose taxes or duties, guaranties the protection o f the subject, and assumes the expulsion o f pirates.* As late as 1717, Austria again combated this claim, and Bennetti Landi defended, with honor to himself and country, the principles and policy o f Austria,! and when, a century later, Venice became incorpo rated with the empire she once spurned, she should have been consoled with the thought that she was but paying simple interest on the debt she owed to Austria for the four hundred ships she had taxed, confiscated, and destroyed in asserting her right to property in the sea.J W hilst minor states were thus asserting their claims, empires then deemed mighty, but now powerless, came forward with their arrogant assumptions. Portugal, in the beginning o f the fifteenth century, had commenced those discoveries which afterward gave her such power, and made her so insolent while possessing it. Their first voyages commenced in 1418, though it was not till 1433 that they made the discovery o f Africa. In 1498 Grama landed upon the long sought for coast o f the Indies, and thus laid the foundation o f Portugal’s dominions in the East. Elated with the success o f his servants, and dazzled and blind ed by his boundless and precious acquisitions, he styled himself Lord o f the Navigation and Commerce o f Ethiopia, Arabia and Persia.§ It was the boast of the king that he possessed 12,000 miles o f seacoast, stretching from the Cape o f Good H ope to the frontiers o f China, and over this vast extent he arrogated to himself exclusive navigation,|| and ruined his empire by contesting the opponents o f this claim. From the beginning to the end o f Portugal’s arrogant assumptions, she had an ally every way worthy of her, and whose end was alike disastrous and infamous. From the beginning o f the discoveries o f Christopher Columbus, Spain arrogated to herself the same right- of navigation and Commerce as did Portugal. In 1493 Pope Alexander V I. granted the famous bull^[ giving to Spain all islands, conti nents and lands westward of one hundred leagues from the Azores and Cape de Verdes, and added to the fact o f discovery under this bull** she claims the right of sole and entire navigation of the Atlantic Ocean. W e think that this claim provoked no very serious remonstrance till the time o f Elizabeth, when it assumed a phase of importance not unworthy o f noticer In the early part o f her reign the spirit o f adventure had prompted he. * Azuni’ s Droit Maritime de l’ Europe, tome i., pp. 31, 32. t Historical Register. 1717. p. 36d. J Dominura Maris. § History o f British India. | Five ships, sufficed to transact all commercial exchanges between Portugal and her East Indi possessions. At first the king had the monopoly o f the trade, giving the merchant twelve ducats per quintal for the pepper, and only thirty thousand quintals were allowed to be imported, as that was thought sufficient for all Europe.—Robert’s Map of Commerce. 1700. Though this bull was the result o f a reference by the kings of Portugal and Spain, o f their mua taal claims, which each deemed conflicted with the other’s rights, still it was not satisfactory to either party. The reader will see by looking at the map, that the line drawn from the north pole one hun dred leagues westward o f the Azores, would have cut off Portugal from the Brazils, and in addition to this, it conflicted with a previous bull, given to Portugal in 1445. To remedy these defects, a treaty was made at Tordesillas, in 1494, removing the line 376 leagues (instead o f 100) westward from the Azores, which carried Spain’s line to the outer bank o f Newfoundl-md. In 1506 another treaty gave to each power the right to navigate and travel over each other’s seas and possessions. In 1525 an other meeting of the commissioners took place to settle the claims o f the Spaniards, as regarded same East India possessions. The result was, Spain had ceded to her the Malucca islands, which she sold to Portugal for 350,000 ducats. All of the various treaties and conventions were sent to the Pope for his approval, and duly ratified by his bulls.—Cordon’s Spanish America, vol. ii.; Ancient History o f Portugal. ** For the famous bull of 1493, under which Spain claimed the dominion o f the seas, see Haz ard’s Historical Collection, vol. i., and Annals d’ Espagne, et de Portugal, vol. iv. 280 Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. Drake, Raleigh and Cavendish to perform those voyages that have given their names so conspicuous a place among the early voyagers o f England. Drake, in circumnavigating the world, had sailed through those seas to which Spain laid exclusive claim, and which prompted her to make it a mat ter o f complaint to the English court.* N ot content with this remonstrance and prohibiting trade to America, she, in 1600, prohibited all trade to the Indies,f and from this date her history for a long period is but a continual repetition o f wars upon England and Holland to drive them from those long coveted possessions. If any mon arch or any empire was ever capable o f enforcing such a restriction, it was the monarch o f and the empire o f Spain and Portugal, then united under Philip II. H e was at that time the richest monarch o f Europe, both as re garded his political power and princely possessions.^ Under him was fitted out that Invincible Armada that was to have triumphantly asserted his claim to the dominion o f the s'ea, but which was scattered by nature itself, as if she was conscious o f the violation o f her laws which he proposed to commit. By the defeat o f this fleet he was obliged to concede to Holland the right to trade to the Indies, and leave England in the peaceable possession o f the acquirements she had there made. W e see hut little for a century from this date which seems worthy o f notice as regards the maritime pretensions o f Spain; but, as early as the beginning o f the eighteenth century, she again put in practice her early assumptions. Though, at first, her efforts were directed to the encouragement o f the Ostend Company, hoping by the success o f this project, to undermine the East India trade o f England and Holland, (through the aid o f Austrian subjects in the Low Countries); yet, a little later, in a note addressed to the Court o f Great Britain, she says, (when attempting to conceal her treaty with Austria, by which she had stipu lated to that power aid in carrying out that plan,) “ should this treaty be made (i. e. the Ostend part o f it) without reserving to itself (Spain) the ex clusive right o f navigation to the Indies, Holland might complain,” &c. Here was the same assumption o f dominion as that put forth when she was at the bight o f her power, nor was it an idle, unmeaning declaration; for she soon began her seizures o f British ships sailing to the American colonies. All vessels sailing within a certain distance o f her possessions, were seized by her privateers, or rigorously searched and insolently examined by her cruisers. In 1129 she had taken 130 ships and sloops, valued at £1,300,000. Such outrages as these awakened in England universal indignation,! and the result was that by the treaty o f Seville she was obliged to renounce the secret treaty with Austria, and again guaranty the same rights to Holland that she had endeavored to destroy ; and from that day she commenced her decline from a mighty maritime nation, to a state too insignificant to attract any notice and too weak to awaken any fear. A s Portugal was often the ally o f her pride, so she is now the partner o f her degradation ; and the two nations stand as a warning to all others to never assert a principle and war for it, when it is contrary to right reason, the precepts o f God, and the law o f nations. * Elizabeth answered this protest by observing that the sea was common to all, and no one had a right to forbid the navigation o f it.—Oriental Commerce, f Discourse on the Present State o f Spain. 1001. § Biographe Universelle. | The position of Spain at this time and the nature o f her claims will be found discussed at length, under “ Enquiry into the Reasons o f the Conduct o f Great Britain with Relation to the Present state of Foreign Affairs. London: 1727. Answer, Rejoinder, and further remarks. 1729. Also Histori cal Register, vol. xi., 1724, and xv., 1729, containing the treaty o f Seville.” , Dominion o f the Seas and the Fisheries. 281 From these more southern and polite nations, in whose bosoms had flourished the arts, Commerce, and manufactures, we turn to those northern States, whose hordes desolated Rom e, and left upon Italy for centuries the indelible marks o f their barbarism. As early as 570 the Danes, by their maritime depredations, had given great trouble to the Roman emperors, and by the eighth century, they carried death, devastation, and destruction, to England, Ireland, and the countries around the Hellespont, and left as the remembrancer o f their deeds, their devastations in Germany, the sack o f Paris, and the ruthless slaughter o f all foes, and handed down to posteri ty the character of their nation and king, as chronicled in the death-song o f Regner Lodbrag.* As rovers and pirates the northern nations were une qualed, yet, like their more refined neighbors, they levied a tax upon all who visited the seas over which they claimed dominion, and exacted from that nation over whose sea they claimed rule, a tribute, to save them from instant destruction and annihilation. But to follow in detail their history, would elicit no new fact as regards the form o f their claim, so we close by remarking that from claiming dominion over all the seas adjacent to Scan dinavia and Britain, they have dwindled down to a single sound, and mod ern enterprise bids fair to render that claim worthless.f Such are a few o f the many nations that have asserted this claim to prop erty in the seas, and as we turn away from them and their assumption, we come, not to a nation actuated (as we might wish) by liberal views, enlight ened ideas, and noble political principle, but to one which, in asserting the dominion o f the seas, combined in her claim, the vanity o f an Athenian, the pride o f a Roman, the insolence o f a Spaniard, and the rapaciousness o f a Portuguese. For this reason we propose to examine in detail the claim o f England to the dominion o f the seas, as shown by her acts and the writings o f her learned and distinguished men. Though Edgar, and some other kings that succeeded him, properly belong to the Danish marauders, yet, as he was seated on the throne o f England, we will commence our history with him, briefly remarking, that in 937 he fitted out a fleet o f four hundred sail, for the express purpose o f asserting his claim to the dominion o f the British seas. Arriving at Chester, eight kings met him, and with their own hands row ed his boat down that river to the sea, and his courtiers argued that this act was an acknowledgement o f his sovereignty over the Ocean.), Canute, his successor, reasserted his claims, and under circumstances so peculiar, that we cannot help recurring to th em :— “ W alking by the sea shore with his courtiers, they told him the seas were his, whereupon he ordered his chair to be brought, and sitting in it said to the sea, ‘ As the land is my land, so is the sea my sea ;’ and from that day he became the assertor o f the right.” § Upon the accession o f K ing Arthur, he caused all natious to strike their topsails to his men-of-war, as a sign o f his sovereign ty over the seas ;|| and old K ing John declared, that he who would not make whole fleets strike their topsails to a single men-of-war, should be deemed an enemy, though he were before a friend.^]" O f these early mon-*§ * Blackwood. t A company is now being formed and ere this is organized, for the purpose o f constructing a railroad that1will obviate the necessity o f vessels passing the Sound.—London Times. $ Collection o f English History. By Danyls. § Camden’s Britiana, where a facsimile of one of his coins is given, and explanations on the same, by Walchen. | Jacob’s Law Dictionary. ^ Sir Lionel Jenkins’s note to the mediator at Cologne. 282 Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. archs, we think no one asserted more ostentatiously his claim than Edward. In the language of an early chronicler, “ The grand navie o f K ing Edward, 4,000 vessels and 100,000 men, sailed yearly round the Isle o f Albion and the lesser isles, and he could not choose, I say, but by such full aud peace able possession, find himself (according to right and his heart’s desire) the true and sovereign monarch o f all the British ocean.” * Another chronicle found in Trinity Church, thus speaks his praise:— “ But King Edward made a seige royal, And wanne (won) the tow n; and in especial The sea was kept, and thereof he was lord.” O f the succeeding monarchs, we deem but few worthy o f notice, except to remark o f Richard II. that he levied a tax o f sixpence on all vessels fish ing in the British seas, and his example was imitated by Edward IV ., Rich ard III., and Henry V II. Thus far the assertion o f this right had been made by men o f iron nerve and unflinching purpose; but a new era was opening, and a delicate woman gave this claim a form it never before posssesed, and a life and energy never before infused into it. The period in which she came to the throne was pregnant with the fate o f empires, and all Europe was rousing from the lethargic slumber o f centuries, and seeking, by discoveries, war, conquest, and Papal grants, new additions to their somewhat limited domains. Commerce also began to unfold its latent powers, and manufactures to give new life and vivacity to the dormant en ergies o f nations. Spain, with its possessions in Am erica; Portugal, with its riches o f the Indies ; Holland, with its then infant mercantile marine, and the Hanseatic towns with their decaying trade, were all struggling for as cendancy and prominence; and the two first powers were hurling defiance at the Virgin Queen, and bidding her keep the limits o f her own narrow seas. To recount the deeds o f Drake, Cumberland, and Cavendish, would require volum es; suffice it to say, they conquered in every sea, and their mistress, in her turn, claimed the very dominion she once had denied. Upon her coins was the image o f a port cullis, signifying, her power to shut up the sea ; nor was it an idle assumption, for in her wars with Spain, she refused to the king o f Denmark and the Hanseatic towns, the liberty of carrying corn to Lisbon, and when they, in defiance o f her, attempted it, she destroyed their ships upon the very shores o f Spain, giving as her rea son for the destruction o f them, “ that they had presumptuously made use o f her sea without obtaining her royal permission for so doing.” ) All Eng land was wild with delirium at her success, and gloried in the extent o f her claims, while the pious ministers o f Christ, when eulogizing her character, boastingly said :—- “ She extended her dominion over our own seas, over the ocean, and the Mediterjanein.”) N or did the claim into which she infused such vigorous life, expire with her, but James, upon his accession, issued his edict forbidding any foreign vessels fishing in the British seas without a license. Yet, if history may be trusted, the edict was merely formal, and for thirty years the Dutch pursued unmolested, their fisheries in the British Channel.§ But a new phase was to be put upon the aspect of these con-*§ * Hakluyt’ s Voyages, Travels, Discoveries, etc. vol. i., 10, 217. f De Jure Maritiraa et Navalis. Rapin says she destroyed them for having contraband goods, but does not deny the assumption of sovereignty as claimed by her. Vol. ix., book 17. t Gilbert’s (bishop of Sarum) Essay on Queen Elizabeth. § The value o f Holland’s fisheries at this time, as estimated by Sir Walter Raleigh, was .£1,750,000, employing 3,000 ships, and 50,000 m en; aud these gave employment to 9,000 other ships, and 150,000 persons, by sea and land.—Anderson’s Commerce. Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. 283 stant, and, as was asserted, unwarrantable encroachments on England’s rights, and though Rapin asserts^that it was because Charles wished for a pretence for continuing ship money, that the privilege, after thirty years’ forbearance was called in question, still wo must candidly admit that we believe it was provoked by the Mare Liberum o f Grotius. This famous work o f Grotius was answered by the learned Selden in his Mare Claussum, and so extraordinary were the claims that were put forward and attempted to be proved by this book, that we feel we shall be pardoned for briefly re ferring to it, and show upon what ground that acknowledged expounder of England’s assumptions bases his arguments and supports his pretensions. Let us remark in the commencement, that Grotius, in his Mare Liberum, asserted that the fisheries, by the law o f nature and nations,* were free, and that upon these grounds only did the Dutch claim the right o f fishing. The laws o f nations he defined to be those to which most civilized nations had given their assent, or, to use his own language :— “ As the laws o f each state respect the benefit o f that state, there might be, and in fact are, some laws agreed on by common consent, which respect the advantage not o f any body in particular, but all in general. And this is what is called the Law o f Nations when used in distinction from the Law o f Nature.” f After giv ing some o f Grotius’ authorities, that the sea could not be made property, and defining the law of nations in almost the same words as his distin guished rival, Selden commences his labors by citing those nations that had asserted the claim, taking the fabulous, legendary, and historical accounts o f the various nations and states who. had arrogated to themselves property in the sea. H e begins with the mythological account o f Jupiter, giving Pluto the infernal world and Neptune the sea, then takes the legendary tale o f Minos, Crete’s first king, then the various historic nations, as Egypt, Syria, and nineteen o f her States, the Oriental nations, Greece and all o f its little powers, and then Rome, the conqueror o f them all, together with the claims o f the pontiftsjj; the various States o f Italy, Germany, and the Northern na tions, and among all others the Jews, whom Josephus asserts§ were not in his time nor never were a commercial and maritime people.|| H e devotes his second book mostly to the claim o f England, dating it back even before the birth o f Christ, and tracing it downward to his own time. The reader can see by this brief summary, that his research was almost boundless; but to judge o f his labors we should read the poets, philosophers, statesmen, lawyers, and historians, o f every tongue and clime, whom he liberally quoted, to sustain his assertions and substantiate his facts. Truly if the Law o f Nations had rested on the ground upon which Grotius placed it,*f all must have confessed the truthfulness o f Selden’s remark, (in his Titles o f H on or,)** when speaking o f Edgar’s title, who styled himself, “ By the clem ency o f the Thunderer G od, Imperator and Lord of the British Isle and the seas circumjacent,” ) that in his “ Mare Claussum, wrote about 1 6 30 ,ff for*§ * The king in council, March 2G, 1G35, ordered Selden’s Mare Claussuin to kept in the councilchest, Court o f Exchequer, and Court o f Admiralty, as strong and faithful evidence o f the Dominion o f the Seas.— History o f England. t De Jure Belli ac Pacis. t He refers to the true bull of which we have already spoken. § Josephus’s Letter to Appius. | To prove the correctness o f his assertion, Selden quotes the writings o f the Rabbi Jehudra, and Aben Ezra, both o f whom maintained that the sea before the land o f Palestine was the property o f the Jews, lib. i., cap. 6. T Grotius reasserted these principles in the Preliminaries to his De Jure Beilis a Pacis. ** Janui Seldini Jurisconsulti Opera Omnia. Tam edita quam inedita. London. 177G. V ol. iii. f t It was not printed till 1G35, and then only in Latin. 284 Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. the assertion o f the marine dominion or empire o f the Crown o f England, where also that great question touching the sea being capable o f dominion, is largely disputed, and the affirmative clearly and fully concluded, especial ly out o f the law or custom o f almost all nations known on the earth.” But the moment Selden quitted the field o f historic research, and attempted to combat the proposition o f Grotius and Yasquez, that the sea was free to all, and destined to be so ; that it was not, like other property, divided and di visible, he at once showed the weakness* o f his defense against these selfevident truths, by impugning the veracity o f Vasquez, and asserting that the air as well as the sea could be made property and be appropriated by. men. The law o f nations, as laid down by Grotius, proved the wreck, (in later days) o f Selden’s whole argument, for by it might have been proved that might made right, and that even piracy was justified by the customs and usages o f nations. But the monarch for whom he wrote cared not for the self-evident truthfulness o f a principle, and in 1636 he attacked with his fleet the fishing busses o f the Dutch, who ransomed themselves by pay ing £3 0 ,0 0 0 .f During the few succeeding years this claim seems to have slept; but when Cromwell was firmly seated at the head o f the common wealth, it awakened, strengthened and invigorated by its long repose. The Dutch fleet meeting an English one in the Channel, refused to strike their sail, and from this little affair, and so-deemed affront to England’s suprem acy o f the seas, a war arose, which ended, as all the other wars o f the Pro tector did, in favor o f England; and though two centuries have passed since those deeds were performed, that shed a halo o f glory round the Com monwealth’s name, yet we seem almost to hear Cromwell telling his parlia ment, that Portugal had ceased her insolence, Holland lowered her flag at his bidding, and that Denmark had given the same liberal privileges to English vessels passing the sound, as she had to the Dutch ;J and thus all had conceded to England the dominion o f the seas. The treaty thus concluded by the Dutch with England left them the liberty o f fishing, nor were they disturbed in this pursuit till the time o f Charles II. W a r at this time breaking out, and the Lord Keeper, as the mouth-piece of the king thus spoke:— “ Tue Dutch, no recompense offered, nor so much as leave asked for.the liberty o f fishing upon our coast; and yet the right o f our sole fishing is so clear, that we find in our ancient rolls o f Parliament, in the times o f Richard II., a tax laid upon all strangers who fish in our seas, and this not by way o f custom when they come into our ports, but by way o f tribute for fishing in our seas; and this evidence of his majesty’s domin ion within his own seas, hath been in all ages downward preserved in some measure until the time o f the late usurper, who for private reasons first abandoned it. As to the flag this is the thing shall be done ; whole fleets shall strike their sails to single ships, and they shall do it out o f his majes * Azguni, a distinguished jurisconsult o f Naples, whose writings we have before referred to, says, in speaking o f Selden’s work, that as it defended the right of property in the sea, it was generally regarded by the jurisconsults o f Europe as a weak defense of that principle. t Hume thus notices this attack: u 1636. The effect o f the ship-money began now to appear. A formidable fleet o f sixty sail, the greatest that England had ever known, was equipped under the Earl of Northumberland, who had orders to attack the herring busses of the Dutch, which fished in what was called the British Sea ; the Dutch were content to pay .£3(),0(J0 for a license that year. They openly denied, however, the claim of dominion of the seas beyond the friths, bays, and shores, and it may be questioned whether the laws of nations warrant any further pretension.” % Cromwell’s Speech in the Painted Chamber, [Sept. 4, 1654,] “ took by one who stood very near him, and published to prevent mistakes. London : printed for Ceorge Sawbridge at the Bible, Laudgate Hill, 1656.” Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. 285 ty’s seas too.” * To this speech the House o f Commons replied: “ These our humble requests (exclusion o f the Duke o f York and the appointment o f Protestant officers in the state and army) being obtained, we shall, on our part, be ready to assist your majesty for the preservation o f Tangiers, and for putting your majesty’s fleet into such a condition, as it may preserve your majesty’s sovereignty o f the seas.” f In the instructions given to Sir Lionel Jenkins, who was dispatched to Cologne to negotiate a treaty o f peace with the Dutch, the king says, “ That you will demand £1 0,00 0 per annum, as honorary acknowledgement for the great benefit that republic reaps from the fishery on our coast, and £2 ,000 for the like liberty they enjoy upon the coast o f our kingdom o f Scotland.” To this demand the Dutch returned answer, that they were in possession o f the right o f fishing, by prescription, o f about two hundred years, and had the celebrated treaty o f Intercursus Magnus from Henry V II. but that they would pay for the privilege o f drying their nets on shore, or buy the right with one round sum, and lastly, that rather than pay a tribute for the liberty o f fishing, they would abandon it altogether, because it was a badge o f servitude, and they would not submit to it. Suffice it to say, the Dutch carried their point. W e ought here to notice Lord Howell’s “ Precedence o f Kings,” in which that learned man contends that the sea o f England extends to their neigh bor’s shore, and that the sea dominion o f England is one ground upon which he bases the claim o f the precedency o f her king. In 1680 was published another work entitled, “ De Jure Marilima et Navali,” and in tended for a defense o f property in the sea. Like Selden’s great master works, it appeals to precedent, not reason, and in addition to defending this claim, it asserts the right o f search and impressment of seamen. Another tract upon this subject deserves our notice, as it was prepared by wish o f Charles II., who had the only manuscript copy, but was afterwards printed by command o f the crown. It is entitled “ Observations concerning the Dominion o f the Seas. B y Sir Philip Meadows, Knight.” Unlike any other writer that had preceded him, he contended that no king o f Great Britain ever had dominion over the sea, or that any nation whatever ever admitted their claim. H e also asserted that the custom o f striking the flag was never stipulated till 1654, and then only because Cromwell wished the monarchical nations to admit that the Protectorate was as worthy o f honor as the crown. H e proves that the early claim was for the purpose o f de stroying pirates and preventing their depredation, and that no nation or sovereign ever paid a license for the right o f fishing.§ In the course o f his tract he maintains that “ he who asserts a sea dominion, and by it under-*§ * Speech of His Majesty, together with the Lord Keeper, to Parliament, Jan. 7th, 167$. Published by Ills Majesty’s Command, by the printers to His Majesty, 167$. t Address of the House of Commons. Dec. 12, 1680. “ 1 appoint John Wright and Richard Chiswell to print this address. Perused by me, according to the order of the House o f Commons ; and that no other person presume to print the same.— Williams, Speaker.” Dec. 21st., 1680. X A treaty peculiarly favorable to the Flemings, made in 1453. § This statement o f Meadows at first thought looks like an absurdity, especially when it Is so often asserted that such and such nations paid for a license. But we shall at once see the truthfulness o f it, when by examining the old histories it will be seen, that this tax was paid by persons in their in dividual capacity, and not as delegated agents o f a nation. Such was the tax paid by Bruges, cited by Sir Lionel Jenkins, and that o f the Dutch at one period to the Commander o f Scarborough Castle. It was paid by individuals to secure their exemption from molestation, and as in case o f the Dutch, was soon forbidden by their respective nations. The same was true o f the ships in King John’s time, which struck their fiag, and so down to Cromwell; but it was not, as he alledges, stipu lated by treaty. Hargrave, in notes on Coke upon Lyttleton, commends highly this tract, and ranks it next to Sel den’s work. 286 Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. stands anything less than property, embraces a cloud for Juno.” H e then explains the difference between power and property, and concludes in the rightfulness o f sovereignty but not o f dominion over the sea. His review of Selden’s arguments, and examination o f his facts, are replete with interest and full of information, and doubly refreshing when coming from so disin terested a source, and in opposition to the then public sentiment o f England. That his work produced no abiding effect is too clearly evidenced by the early acts of William IH. Not only did he assert the dominion o f the seas, in his declaration o f war against France, but in 1705 his minister procured the passage o f an act prohibiting all aliens* from fishing upon the Banks o f Newfoundland, or in any way encroaching on the same. In succeeding years there is but little worthy o f notice as regards this claim, save that the writer o f the “ Enquiry into the Conduct o f Great Britain in regard to her Foreign Relations,” (1729,) urged upon the classes he addressed the neces sity o f asserting and maintaining the claim. In 1769, Malachy Postlethwaite, in his Universal Dictionary of Commerce, (translated from M. Savary’s work o f the same character,) reasserts this claim, and on reading his treatise upon the “ Dominion o f the Seas,” we could not help being struck by the truthfulness o f Sir Philip Meadows’s ob servation, that he who would write in defense o f the dominion o f the seas, after Selden, would attempt an Illiad after Homer. In fa d the entire ar ticle o f Postlethwaite is but a plagiarism upon Selden’s both in argument and fact. Since that time there have been some signs o f a desire on the part o f Great Britain, to renew this claim over whole seas, and this was evidenced in 1783, by soliciting and obtaining from France the treaty of peace conclu ded with that power, for the purpose of striking out “ North Sea ” and in serting “ British Sea,” thus retaining, in the language o f the prime minister, the acknowledgement o f Britain’s ancient claim.f O f the various forms this claim took, from this date to 1815, we will only remark that the accredited organ o f the British government boasted, during the last war with us, that, as Rome limited the triremes of Carthage, so would England limit the ships o f the American navy.J From this arrogant boast she was forced to recede, and now, from claiming dominion over whole oceans, and property in whole seas, she has narrowed down her claims and pretensions to tlie dominion of a “ king’s chamber.” Reserving the discussion o f this claim till we take up the fisheries, we now pass to a point o f considerable interest. W hile we have been speaking o f the different nations who have asserted this claim, probably the inquiry has presented itself to every mind that loves justice and honor, Can a nation have property in, or dominion over the sea ? For us to answer this question, even if we were competent, in our own lan guage, would be but to provoke a smile at our presumption, instead of awakening indignation at the enormity o f the claim and the insolence o f that nation that now asserts it. W e shall therefore answer the question, by citing the opinion o f the ablest writers who have over written upon the law o f nature and nations, and o f property in or dominion over the seas. As early as the Christian era, the emperor of the mightiest nation that perhaps * We did not at first suppose that this act was intended to exclude the colonies also, but by refer ence to Hanzard’s Parliamentary History, we learn that such was the intention o f the bill. + Hansard’s Parliamentary History, 1775-6. X Cobbett’s Letters. V ■*' s. Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. 287 ever existed, declared: “ B y the law o f nature and nations, the sea and its shore are common to all.” Grotius, the great champion o f the right o f H ol land as to free navigation, has thus left his testimony as regards property in the sea. “ There is a reason in nature why the sea cannot be possessed or appropriated, because possession is o f no force unless i.b e in a thing that is bounded.” * So Vasquiz, a distinguished casuist o f Spain, to whose opin ion we attach more weight than any other, from the fact that he wrote without any hope o f reward and against the claims of his country, thus ex presses his opinion: “ From hence (the law o f nature) it appears how little esteem is to be had o f their opinions who suppose that the Genoese and Venetians may, without injury, forbid others to sail through their seas, as if they could have laid claims to those seas by prescription, which is contrary to the primitive law o f nature and nations, that cannot be altered.” And again: “ Though the commonality o f land has been abolished, yet it hath been and still is as to the dominion o f the sets, which from the beginning o f the world to the present day is and ever hath been common to all.” Rutherford(• is no less explicit: “ The ocean, either as"to the whole or as to the principal parts o f it, does not admit o f property, but remains still in common to all mankind, notwithstanding the introduction o f property in other things. “ Since, therefore, property in the ocean could not be introduced, either by occupancy or by division, the necessary consequence is that it cannot be in troduced at all.” The opinion o f Puffendorf cannot be rightly understood by throwing it into a single sentence, therefore we shall state more in de tail his opinions. H e assumes that the same divine grant that gave man the land gave him the sea also, and that the fluidity o f the seas was no bar, as alleged by Grotius, to its being property. H e then asserts that the moral reason that the sea is sufficient for all and its bounties inexhaustible, is the strongest reason o f all that has been urged against its being made property; and still he does not believe the soundness o f the reasoning, either as to the uses o f navigation or fishing. After thus expressing his opinion that nations may obtain dominion by performing such acts o f sov ereignty as the nations require, he makes the remark, “ That the dominion o f the main ocean would not only be unprofitable, but unjust, and that dis covery or possession around it, gives no claim.” H e then says: “ From what we have observed, it is clear that to sail the ocean in a peaceful man ner hath, is, and ought to be the free privilege o f all nations;— it is, be cause no one people have attained such a right over the ocean as will justify them in shutting out all others from the same benefit; and it ought to be, because the law o f general kindness and humanity require it.” J Brynkensbach is decided in his declaration as to property in the sea. H e says (D e Domino Maris), “ There is no part o f the main ocean, nor o f any sea inclosed with land, that belongs to any power farther than he can com mand it from the shore; because there is no power in actual possession.” § W ith the opinions o f such men as these, so freely and copiously ex pressed, we might take leave o f this part o f our inquiry without doing any injustice to the subject, but there is one who has not yet spoken, and who combines in his opinion not only his own judgment, but that o f another*§ * De Jure Beilis a Pads, lib. ii., cap. 2, p. 3. + Rutherford’s Institutes o f Natural Law, book i., cap. 5. % PuffendorPs Law o f Nature and Nations. § See M. Berbeyrac’s Notes on Puffendorf. 288 Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. abler than he,* and whose Law o f Nations is to-day the accredited author ity o f almost all states and empires. H e expresses himself so clearly, plainly, and decidedly, that we copy entire his impregnable arguments and self-evident truisms : “ The open sea is o f such a nature as not to admit the holding possession o f it, since no settlements can be formed on it, so as to hinder others from passing it.” After remarking that nations may forbid others to fish in and navigate it, he observes : “ Let us see whether she has a right to do this'.” “ It is manifest that the use of, which consists in navi gation and fishing, is innocent and inexhaustible— that is to say, he who navigates or fishes in the open sea, does no injury to any one ; and the sea in these two respects is sufficient for all mankind. Now, nature does not give to any one a right o f appropriating to himself things that may be inno cently used and that are inexhaustible and sufficient for all.” “ The right o f navigation and fishing being, then, a right common to all, the nation that attempts to exclude another from that advantage, does an injury, and fur nishes her with sufficient grounds for commencing hostilities. Nay, more, a nation which, without legitimate claims, would arrogate to itself an ex clusive right to the sea, and support its pretensions by force, does an injury to all nations, and they are justified in forming a general combination against it, in order to repress such an attempt ” f After such testimony as this against property in the sea, and the assertions o f all writers that the sea is common to all, it will naturally be asked, How, in defiance o f principles so self-evidently just and incontestibly true, came, nations to assert this claim ? To answer this question rightly, and at the same time to show the real position in which that nation stands that now asserts this claim, it will be necessary to look at the rise and progress o f those principles and laws that are now the admitted authority o f all civilized nations, and which, “ when applied only to individuals, has called forth the enthusiasm o f the greatest men and the greatest writers of ancient and m od ern times, in those sublime descriptions where they have exhausted all the powers o f language, and surpassed all the other exertions even o f their own genius in the display o f the beauty and majesty o f this sovereign and immu table law.” t W h ile the principles o f which we propose to speak have called forth such glowing praise from one o f the brightest intellects o f the a g e ; while the ut terance o f them has almost stamped the offices o f Cicero with the impress o f inspiration ; while the contemplation o f them must strengthen every good citizen in the love o f morality and virtue ; while their self-evident truthful ness and the constant obedience o f them, is the only bulwark o f the rights and privileges o f any maritime and commercial nation, yet, though such be their importance, we propose to look at them only so far as is necessary to show the grounds upon which different nations have based their claim to the dominion of the sea. To attempt to cite separately the principles of each nation o f whom we have spoken, would be but to tire the reader with a constant repetition o f the names o f nations who were devoid o f every principle o f h on or; whose constant actions set at defiance every principle of righ t: whose wisest legislators thought that a youth’s greatest virtues were his thefts; whose wisest lawgiver thought piracy more honorable than labor, * See Wheaton’s Law of Nations, page 182-5, where he compares the matter in Well’s and Vattel’s work. t Vattel’s Law of Nations, book i., cap. 23. X Mackintosh’s Discourse on the Study o f the Law of Nature and Nations. Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. 289 and gave to it a systematic code ;* whose government devoted their mighty energies to the subjugation of their neighbors, whose only crime was that they were the weakest nation; whose, constant maxim was, that “ might made right, and that no government could exist without injustice :"f who deemed the conquest o f a foe a sufficient claim to his life, liberty, and prop erty, and the subju ation o f a nation as bestowing on them the right of annihilation;— and, in fine, to tell the constant tale o f nations who believed no principles o f nature’s laws, save those that made the eagle seize the dove and the lion tear the lamb.J Such were, indeed, the principles o f natural law inculcated and enforced by those nations of whom we have spoken, though we must not forget that among them were a few philosophers, who inculcated principles o f right and justice, that at this distant day make us honor the names o f Zoroaster, Socrates, P iilo , and PJato.§ As we leave these minor states o f antiquity, and come to that empire that absorbed them all, we find more enlightened ideas, correcter principles, and a juster acknowledgment and acquaintance with the laws o f nature. Cicero, in his Republic, lib. 3, beautifully expresses his sentiments in regard to i t : “ Right reason,” says he, “ is indeed a true law agreeable to nature, and common to all men— constant, eternal, immutable. It prompts men to their duty by its commands, and deters them from evil by its prohibitions. Neither the senate nor the people can dispense with it.” || And then in the Institutes of Justinian, lib. 1st, tit. 2d, it is declared as a fundamental law o f the empire, “ That law which natural reason enacts for all mankind is called the law o f nations. The laws o f nature observed by all nations, in asmuch as they are the appointments o f Divine Providence, remain fixed and immutable.” Such were the principles o f the Roman government when it declared, “ that the sea and its shore were common to a l l b u t as she rose in power and importance, she forgot the early purity o f her principles, her people were corrupted with luxury, and in her decline she denied the principles she asserted in her youth, and claimed the dominion o f the sea in her ex piring age. O f the nations that sprung up from her ruins, none were so virtuous, either as regarded the virtue of their subjects or the principles of their governments; and, as a matter o f cour-e, we find those nations assert ing principles as vicious as those entertained by their citizens, and their claim to the dominion o f the sea may be rested on these grounds, at least till the time o f Grotius:— 1st. That might made right, as with the northern pirates and rovers. 2d. That it was conceded to them in consideration o f keeping certain seas free from pirates, as Vattel remarks was the case with Venice, and as Sir Philip Meadows informs us was the case with England, to whom nations paid a tribute o f six pence a ton, in consideration o f her*§ * Wheaton’s introduction to Modern Law o f Nations. f Cicero; Esprit du Lois, liv. xxi., chap. 7 ; PufFendorf, book ii., cap. 12. $ We must except the Persians from those nations o f antiquity o f whom we have spoken ; nor are they in reality chargeable with asserting a dominion of the sea for the purpose o f making it prop erty : on Jhe contrary, they regarded it as an object of worship, and demanded the acknowledgment o f their sovereignty over it upon the ground of their being defenders o f the honor o f that Deity, whose prophet, Agassau, said— “ Reverence the four elements, the second o f which is waier.” >ee the Desatir, or Ancient and Sacred Writings of the Persians, containing the commands of morality and the prophecy of various Persian prophets. § t'or an interesting account o f the development and progress of those principles o f natural law that now constitute the basis o f every good government, see M. Berbeyrac’s Historical and Critical Account of the Progress of the Science of Morality. | Burlemaqui’s Principles o f Natural Law. VOL. X X IX .---- NO. III. 19 290 Dominion o f the Seas, and the Fisheries. keeping the British Seas free from piratical rovers. 3d. Papal grants and discovery combined, as in case o f Portugal and Spain. And, lastly, and which, as we read the history o f those times and the crude nations then prevalent, we believe to bo in reality the first cause of this claim, commenc ing with Rome, the inseparability of jurisdiction and sovereignty from do minion or property, as in case o f Rome, who kept four fleets in the seas adjacent to Italy, that by possession she might always claim jurisdiction ;* as in case o f Venice, who, in the language o f Chizzolla, kept the Adriatic, that her subjects on its waters might be restrained by her laws and kept from violence and anarchy; aud, lastly, as in case of England, who extended her jurisdiction over the whole British Seas, that her subjects might ever be protected in their rights and be amenable to the crown.) W hile such were the foundations o f the claims o f most, if not all nations, arising from the almost entire absence of any general principles o f justice and right, causes were in operation that soon were to show the fallacy of their claims and their undeniable injustice. W heaton ascribes, as one reason o f the attentions that began to be paid in the middle ages to the duties of men and nations, the discussion o f the casuist in the Catholic Church ; and certain it is, that the principles advanced by Vasquiz, whose works are quoted by Grotius, Selden, and Pufl’endorf, Saurez (the general tenor of whose writings is given in Culverwell’s Light o f Nature, London, 1660), Victoria, and Ayala, opened the way for Grotius, who justly ranks as one o f the first who advanced those pure principles o f morality that should gov ern men and regulate the conduct o f states and empires.) W e have already given his written definition o f the law o f nations; and in defining the law o f nature, he seems to have adopted the opinion o f Aristotle, “ that the con sent o f all men in every point is to be deemed a law o f nature.” And again, “ the consent o f all men is the voice o f nature.” So in relation to the law o f nations, he declared the customs o f the most civilized nations to be the law o f nations; and it was this basing the law o f nations on numbers in stead o f principles, that gave Selden the advantage over him in their con troversy as regarded property in the sea. But, happily for the commercial world, a new era was approaching in the science of morality and national law, and the law o f nations was to he based not on numerical multiplication, but on G od’s immutable justice as evidenced by the principles o f right he had implanted in man, or, in the language of Culverwell, “ The law o f nature powerfully discerning aud abhorring evil, and having the manifestations o f beauty and goodness.” Pufiendorf, who * M. Berbeyrac’s Note on Puffendorf. f “ The realm of England comprehends the narrow seas, and formerly it was the practice to unish both treason and felony committed there in the Court o f King’s Bench.” —Hale, 54, 1 and., 152. “ And such offences committed there might be tried in the next county adjoining to the coast, by an indictment taken by the jurors for that county before a special commission.” —Admirably (E) Cornyn’s Digest. “ The king has the property in the sea as well as the land, and all profits in the sea and all navig able rivers. The king’s jurisdiction and interest extends over the whole sea between Britain and Ireland and France, and the middle o f the sea between Britain and Spain.” —Navigation (A) Comyn’s Digest. “ The dominion o f the whole sea, which surrounds England, belongs to tte king. This dominion extends to both shores, and the liegance or dominion o f it belongs to the crown o f England.” — Prerogative (P) Comyn’s Digest. Sir Matthew Hale observes, “ That in the open sea the king has a double right, viz., a right o f jurisdiction, which he ordinarily exercises by his admiral, and a right of property or ownership.” — Thomas Coke’s Inst. vol. i., 46. “ If a man be upon the seas of England, he is within the kingdom or realm o f England, and within the liegiance o f the king or o f his crown.” —Coke. $ M. Barbeyrac. S Oregon: its Commercial and Industrial Resources. 291 succeeded Grotius, based the law o f nature on the dictates o f right reason and the law o f nations, on impartial justice. A ll that followed as writers upon natural law or o f the law o f nations, among- whom were W olf, Vattel, Montesquieu and Eurlemaqui, admitted this principle “ that each individual nation is bound to contribute every thing in her power to the perfection and happiness o f all the others, (Yattel.) Under such principles as these have been swept away the last vestige, almost, of the claim o f dominion o f the sea or property in its waters. And yet a shadow o f the claim still exists, and which we propose to examine in another place, and we will conclude this paper with a single remark. Though all the nations that have asserted tais claim were apparently governed only by a desire to expel pirates, obtain jurisdiction over their subjects, and keep, in the language o f Chizzola and Pacius, the sea from anarchy, yet the real motive was the pecuniary enrich ing o f the nation and the destruction o f rival maritime states. Thus Venice fought with Genoa that she might secure the profits o f helping forward the crusader to the H oly L an d; with Portugal, that she might absorb the wealth o f the Indies; and Portugal and Spain that they might enrich their king doms by the wealth o f two new worlds, and destroy the marine o f England and Holland, and lastly, as with England, who hoped, by the destruction of the fisheries o f Holland, to undermine and destroy its maritime power, and make herself, like Holland, the carrier o f the world’s produce. She succeeded in her plans, though not by the means she first attempted ; and now she re asserts a claim which, if allowed, will sap the very foundations o f our mer cantile marine, and place it, not where it now is, taking rapid strides by which it will soon outrun her, but beside those dead, decaying powers, H ol land, Portugal, and Spain. That we have not misjudged the nation, nor overrated the value o f the right threatened, and its importance to our mer cantile marine, we will demonstrate in our next paper upon the history, value, and importance o f the fisheries. Art. II.— OREGON: ITS COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL RESOURCES. D E S C R IP T IO N O F O R E G O N — F A C E OF T H E C O U N T R Y — I T S N A T U R A L D IV IS IO N IN T O S O IL — P R O D U C T IO N S — T R A D E T H R E E R E G IO N S — A N D C O M M E R C E — H E A L T H — N A V IG A T IO N . O r e g o n is quite an extensive territory— extending from the divide on the Eocky Mountains to the Pacific Oceau, some 1,200 miles, and stretching north and south from 42 deg. to 49 deg. north latitude. The whole is nat urally divided into three regions : the eastern, middle, and western. These regions are divided or separated from each other by lofty mountains. But these dividing mountains, although they occupy a very large.portion of the country, are not the only mountains in the territory. There are the coast mountains, o f less altitude, stretching along the whole length o f our sea co a st: then we find frequent collateral ranges running crosswise from one .of these leading ranges to another, which leaves the valleys surrounded by m untains on all sides. These valleys— (by the by, we term the intervening space between two mountains a valley, whether it is rough or smooth)—- 292 Oregon: its Commercial and Industrial Resources. are, for the most part, interspersed with hills, some o f which are pretty high. I shall now attempt to describe each o f these regions separately, hut shall confine myself more particularly to the west region, for the reason that the settlements are, at present, confined to this region, and that it is the only portion a description o f which would interest you. I will say of the ap pearance o f the east region, with the exception o f a small portion o f the western part, that it is the most worthless desert on the face of God’s earth — checkered with cross mountains, hills, kanyons, and sand plains, destitute o f timber and vegetation o f any kind, except the artimacia or wild sage ; the very smell and appearance o f this detested shrub is enough to disgust you with the worthless country where nothing else will grow. True, in many miles travel, and far distant apart, may be found very limited spots that produce grass, and sometimes a few dwarf willows, and at such places you will generally find water. This artimacia is the only chance for fuel to cook with in passing through this desert land. But in the immediate vicinity o f the Blue Mountains, which separate the eastern from the middle region, there is considerable good land clad with a heavy coat o f the most nutritious grasses, and the mountains around are covered with good fir and pine timber, and watered by good springs and mountain streams. The climate o f the east region is dry and hot in the summer, and dry and cold in the winter. But let me here remark, that the altitude makes more dif ference in the climate, as it respects heat and cold, in not only this, but all other parts o f Oregon, than in any other part o f the world I was ever in. I will further remark, that this region, and a great portion o f the middle re gion, looks as if it had been burned with fire and brimstone for a thousand years, then heaved up and torn to pieces by some powerful convulsion in nature, leaving long and narrow chasms so deep, in many places, that the eye with difficulty can reach the bottom. But I wish you to bear in mind the exceptions, for I assure you that many excellent grain and grazing farms could there be made. W e come next in order to speak o f the middle or second region. This is the intermediate space between the Blue and Cascade ranges o f mount ains. It is useless for me to give you distances here, for should, you pass through, you would doubtless call it all mountains in this middle region. It is very hilly and rough for the most part, destitute o f timber, except on the mountain ranges and on some o f the mountain streams for a few miles in the valley. Oak-timber is seen for the first time on your way from the States, on the west side o f this region, as you approach near the Cascade Mountains, but it is very short and scrubby; nevertheless, you will be glad to see it— it is a species o f the white oak. There is an extensive sand plain in this region along the Columbia River and about at the junction o f the Umatilla River with the same. Those plains bear neither grass nor other vegetation. The southern portion o f this region is highly volcanic, being composed o f high and irregular hills covered with burned rock and scoria, deep chasms, and extensive salaeratus plains. I will now give you some o f the redeeming qualities o f this middle region, which will be found applicable to the inhabitable part o f the eastern region likewise. The hills, valleys, and table-lands, are mostly set with the most nutritious grass that I have anywhere seen. It is called bunch-grass, from the fact o f its growing in bunches some distance apart. Large portions o f this region, as you will be able to discover, are well adapted to raising stock— which is at present the Oregon : its Commercial and Industrial Resources. 293 most profitable business in Oregon— while sufficient grain lands, in limited parcels, everywhere abound to support a “Sumerous population who may choose to lead a pastoral life. This region is generally well watered by rivers, creeks, and springs. The climate o f this region differs but little from that o f the eastern, though there is no greater uniformity, taking a number o f consecutive years, in the season anywhere in Oregon, than you find in the Eastern States. W e have our hot and cool summers here, likewise our mild and our cold winters. N o settlements have as yet been made in either o f these regions ; they are held by different tribes of Indians. There is a station for government troops at the Dalles o f the Columbia River, in the western part o f this region, but few soldiers there at present. W e now come to speak of the western region of Oregon. This region extends from the Cascade range o f mountains to the Pacific Ocean, a dis tance differing from 100 to 150 miles. WThen I tell you that there is a range o f comparatively low mountains extending along the Pacific coast, and frequent cross ranges extending from the Cascade to this coast range, you will be able to form a correct idea how it is blocked oft' into valleys. These mountains are generally covered with a luxuriant growth o f the best fir, cedar, and pine timbers, that are anywhere to be found. The summits of these mountains are not always very easy of access from every part of the valleys, on account o f collateral ridges and steep hollows. A map o f this country will show you the relative position o f the rivers, as also the locality o f their different sources, likewise the courses they flow. There is a river running through each valley, with tributary streams from the mountains on each side. W ith these general remarks, I will now begin to particularize, commencing at the north, (and o f that portion lying north o f the Columbia River, I am sorry that I cannot give information from actual observation, having explored but little o f it myself,) on the Columbia River. There is no portion o f country, from its source to its mouth, that can with propriety be termed a valley; and through this west region it mostly runs through a low chain o f cross mountains, forming, in many places, very extensive bot tom lands and numerous fertile islands. These bottoms and island lands are divided into timber and prairie : these prairies, and in many places the timbered lands, are covered with a heavy coat of tall grass, upon which the stock grow fat during the greater portion o f the year. The timber is fir, white oak, ash, soft maple, willow, balm of gilead— termed poplar by some — but there is no poplar in Oregon. Vancouver is situated on the north side o f the Columbia River some 90 or 100 miles from its mouth. The tide flows on this river to the Cascade Falls, some 25 or 30 miles higher up. It is navigable for large class vessels to the last named place. As I cannot dwell long upon any particular locality, you must now leave the immediate vicinity o f the Columbia, and, in going north, you have one o f those cross ranges to travel before you can reach another valley. And here allow me to remark, that a great portion o f the soil on most o f the mountains throughout this western region is o f good quality. This remark is alike applicable to the Blue Mountains— the timber is the great objection to settling them. W e will now return to where we had crossed from the Columbia River, north, over the mountains, and we find ourselves in what is generally termed the Puget’s Sound country. The inhabitable portion of this part is said to be quite extensive, though much o f the land near the sound is said to be very gravelly and unsuited to farming, but good for g. azing purposes, whilst in other parts are found lands possessing an excel- 294 O regon: its Commercial and Industrial Resources. « lent soil. The prairies are said not to be so extensive here as in some other parts, but the timber lands areTery rich. This part o f the country lies handy to Puget’s Sound, one o f the best harbors in the world, with no mountains to cross to get to it. Towns are fast springing up along the Sound, and this part is filling up by settlers very fast. The country is well watered and very healthy. I shall not attempt to give you a description o f the country lying south o f the Columbia River and west o f the Cascade range. First in point o f importance is the Willamette Valley. In passing from the Columbia River to this valley, a depression in the mountains on the east side o f the Willamette affords an easy access, (though the mountains on the west side are not wor thy o f the name in this country). This valley is 150 miles in length from north to south, and 40 miles wide from east to west. The Willamette River approaches this valley from the south in three different branches, which unite soon after reaching the valley, thence, running nearly through the center o f the valley, empties into the Columbia five miles below Van couver. This stream receives many tributaries on each side, which rise in the Cascades on the one side, and in the coast mountains on the other. This stream and its tributaries are all skirted with timber, among which will be found fir, oak, ash, soft maple, balm o f gilead, and a variety o f underbrush, o f which the hazle and vine-maple are most common. The Willamette River is navigable for shipping to Portland, which is the chief commercial town in the territory; thence to Oregon City, 12 miles, it is navigable for steamboats. A t this latter place is the celebrated W illamette Falls, and above these the river is navigable for steamboats o f light draught as high as Three Forks, about 100 miles. In the northern part of this val ley is the most timbered land, but in the south part there is more prairie land. A great portion o f this valley consists o f beautiful level or slightly undulating prairies interspersed with hills, some o f which are bare of timber, whilst, others are sparsely timbered with white oak trees, which never grow tall in this country. Both hills and valleys are covered with grass of good quality, which dries up in the summer and again becomes green when the rains commence in the fall. The soil is uniformly good throughout the val ley. The largest portion o f the people o f Oregon are living in this valley, and it is more extensive than any other inhabitable portion lying in a com pact form. Towns and villages are fast springing up— the most important o f which are Portland, Oregon City, Salem, and Marysville, all situated on the Willamette River, and ranged up the valley in the order in which I have named them. I have no statistical information whereby to enable me to give an estimate o f the population o f either. The climate o f this valley differs but little from the climate o f the bal ance o f the western region. The seasons are divided into wet and dry. The rainy season commences about the first o f November and continues till the first o f April, during which time we have long and tedious spells of in cessant rain, and much of the time is more or less showery. After the time last named, we have but very little rain till fall again. W e generally have some snow every winter, and every four or five years we have a cold winter. W e likewise have rains in the summer in certain seasons. Rains are sel dom attended with thunder and lightning. Streams are much swollen in the winter season— the ground gets full o f water and makes bad traveling, and everything wears a gloom y and dreary appearance. From most any spot o f open lands in the valley we have from one to three snow-peaks in Oregon : its Commercial and Industrial Resources. 295 full view, whose white summits appear to pierce the verv skies. These are ranged along the Cascade Mountains from 50 to 100 miles apart, north and south. The wind prevails from the south in the winter, and from the north in the summer. The nights are cool and pleasant during the summer, though the days may be hot. The Umpqua Valley comes next. It lies south of the Willamette Valley, and is separated from it by the Callapooiah Mountain. This mountain is not h igh : it is covered with timber, among which is to be found the Oregon chestnut; the soil is good. The Umpqua, like all other valleys, is entirely surrounded by mountains. This valley consists o f a succession o f hills and narrow intervening valleys. The whole is covered with a fine coat o f excel lent grass. The soil is very rich in these small valleys. The Umpqua Val ley is about 60 miles long from north to south, and near half that width from east to west. It is watered by two rivers o f the same name, which unite in the valley and flo.v west to the Pacific Ocean. It is watered by many other tributary streams of the Umpqua likewise, and many springs of good water. The timber is fir, pine, white and black oak, <kc. The climate is similar to that o f the Willamette, perhaps a little warmer in the winter season. This v d le y is fast settling, mostlj by persons who wish to raise stoek. But since the discovery o f gold in the south part o f the territory, the produce o f the farms would demand a good price. The Rogue River Valley lies south from the Umpqua Valley, and is sep arated from it by the Umpqua Mountain and a succession of mountain ridges and narrow valleys. Ih is mountain is high, precipitous, and rough; it is heaved up into high peaks, with intervening low gaps, through one o f which a wagon road has been made, and with a small appropriation from government, judiciously applied, an excellent road might be made. The soil o f this mountain is rather poor, and such is the character o f all the mountain soil south o f it. W hat is termed the Rogue River Valley lies high up on the river o f the same n am e: it is 30 miles long from north to south, and about 15 miles wide from east to west. It is a beautiful valley to the eye o f the beholder, but much o f the soil is rather sterile ; yet there is some excellent land that produces good crops o f native grass, and would produce good crops o f grain if cultivated. This valley is also settling fast: gold mines have lately been discovered in it, and some o f the miners are doing very well. It is also near the Shasta mines in California, which will secure a high price for everything raised here. None o f the rivers south o f the Willamette are navigable, conse quently the supplies for the mines are taken from the Willamette Valley. From what I have said o f this western region, you will see that there is a succession o f valleys separated by mountains, and lying back from the coast reaching from Puget’s Sound to the California line. It is necessary that Congress should make an appropriation of money to locate and open a road from Puget’s Sound through these valleys to the navigable waters o f the Sacramento, or Bay o f San Francisco, in California. This is necessary to the government for military purposes, and ere long will be indispensably so as a post route. In addition to those parts that I have attempted to describe to you, I must say something about the country lying immediately on the coast. A t the mouth of the Columbia River, on the south side, is a country o f limited extent. This is called the Clatsop Plains, and is already thickly settled. Higher up the river, on the same side, is the ancient town o f Astoria, sur- 296 Oregon: its Commercial and Industrial Resources. rounded by hills and high peaks o f the coast range; these hills are tim bered with fir, hemlock, &c. In this vicinity is found some o f the largest and tallest timber in the territory. The country south o f this, on the coast, has been but little explored; but sufficient is known to justify me in saying there are many depressions and slopes on the Pacific side o f the coast mountains, where good settlements may be formed. The soil is said to be rich on the coast mountains generally. A t the harbor near the mouth o f the Umpqua is a small settlement, and also at Port Orford, farther south. The vicinity o f these settlements is hilly, mountainous, and rough. I f you will procure a map o f Oregon, and locate places as I have imperfectly de scribed them, you will have a tolerable good knowledge of Oregon. Many other persons beside yourself have made the inquiry o f me, by letter, respecting the society o f this country. In answer, I will say that the inhabitants o f the country are mostly immigrants from the United States, consequently the society may, with fairness, be presumed to be just such as tho:-.e who make the inquiry would form, if situated so themselves. I will fuither remark, that each and every State in the Union, from Maine to Georgia, has its representatives here, and I am happy that I am not the only representative o f the good old Hickory State, Tennessee. The same denominations o f Christian worshipers that you have in the States are found here. Schools are as numerous throughout the country as the sparse population will justify, though as yet we have no permanent school fund, but Congress has appropriated the eighteenth part of all public lands here for that purpose. From what I have said, you can form a correct idea as to where the agri cultural lands are situated, as well as the grazing lands. Like all other countries, the soil o f Oregon varies not only in color, but in productive qualities. The prairie lands— which, by the by, are used almost entirely for farming purposes— are mostly o f a dark-gray color, and the soil is what is generally called a clay soil, from one to two feet bedded, with some exceptions, on a porous clay, which becomes o f lighter color the deeper you go, till you reach the sand, which you will do in fifteen or twenty feet in most places. This quality o f soil is much darker when wet than when dry. It pulverizes quite easy when plowed in proper order, but if plowed or tramped by stock when it is wet, it will bake very hard when it becomes dry ; and this is the case with all soils in this country, except some very limited spots that are very sandy. W e also have a pale and a deep darkred soil. These colors o f soil are found on the hills in the Umpqua Valley, and also on the hills in the south part of the Willamette Valley. Near the base of some o f the hills, and on the bottoms o f some of the streams, the soil is a rich alluvial deposit that produces extremely well. The productions o f the country are wheat, oats, barley, rye, peas, and garden vegetables, such as potatoes, cabbage, onions, beans, parsnips, carrots, tomatoes, turnips, beets, melons, squashes, <fcc. The apple, pear, and peach tree thrive very well, and produce good fruit. It would be a very hard task for me to give you a satisfactory account o f the quantity of wheat, or other grains, produced to the acre; for whilst but little depends on differ ence in soil, much depends on the time and mode o f cultivating. W here land is well broken and completely pulverized by repeated harrowings after the rains are over in the spring, and the seed sown and well covered, so that it may come or vegetate with the first rains in the fall, it will, one year with another, yield from 20 to 30 bushels o f wheat per acre, and more than that Oregon: its Commercial and Industrial Resources. 29 1 o f oats ; but if sown late in the fall or in the spring, from 10 to 20 bushels per acre will be the most. The garden vegetables that I have named thrive well most anywhere on manured land. This climate does not suit the growth o f corn ; it is not raised as a crop, but to use while soft. Our lands will doubtless become deteriorated by continued crops o f small grain : we shall then have to resort to clover and manure to fertilize them. Tame grasses are not cultivated, as all the open parts o f the country produce a native grass equally as good. This native grass is quite short compared with that o f the Western States; but when not fed down, it runs up a seed straw from two to three feet high, which produces a heavy crop o f seed. On this grass cattle, horses, sheep, &c., subsist both summer and winter without the care o f man. Hogs do tolerably well in this country, consider ing we have no corn to feed them o n : they subsist on vegetables, roots, white oak and hazle nuts, &c. I will now give you the prices o f some o f the products of the grain and grazing farms :— American horses, $100 to $200 ; Indiau horses, $40 to $ 1 0 0 ; American cows, $50 to $60 ; oxen, per yoke, $120 to 1 5 0 ; sheep, per head, $4 to $6 ; chickens, each, $1 ; beef, per pound on foot, 8 cents; pork, 10 to 12 cents per pound on foot; stock hogs, 8 rents per pound gross; butter 35 to 40 cents per pou n d; eggs, 40 to 50 cents per dozen ; bacon, 25 cents per pou nd; wheat, $1 V5 to $2 per bushel; oats, $1 per bushel. These prices are obtained at or in the immediate vicinity o f the seller, without the trouble o f going far to market. Potatoes and other vegetables are raised in large quantities on the Columbia River and on the plains near its mouth, for the California m arket; but I am not sufficiently posted up in this market to quote the prices. The export trade o f this country, since the discovery o f the gold mines in California, has been confined to that country, and consists in lumber, stock hogs, beef, butter, eg£rs, chickens, pork, oats, flour, potatoes, onions, &c., be sides large droves o f beef cattle, cows, and other stock, driven overland to the mines. There is also much flour, bacon, butter, cheese, &c., packed on animals or hauled in wagons to the mines. In the articles of flour and grain, this country cannot compete with Chili, on account of the high price o f labor here, and the very low price o f labor in that country. As to the imports, every article, such as our clothing, boots, shoes, hats, &c., come mostly from the United States and Europe ; our coffee from Rio, Java, and the Sandwich Islands; our sugar and salt from various parts of the world — a good portion o f it from the States and Sandwich Islands. Vessels are arriving and departing all the time. I am not aware that we have had more than one arrival direct from C hina; but arrivals o f vessels from San Francisco, various ports in the United States, Sandwich Islands, Europe, and other places, are o f almost daily occurrence. For the prices o f store goods, groceries, and everything in that line, I refer you to the Portland wholesale prices current— you will add to these prices about 50 per cent, and you will then have a good idea o f the retail prices in the country. The United States mail arrives twice a month. W e have post routes and weekly mails to every inhabited part of the country, besides a river route, by steamboat, from Astoria to Portland, thence to Oregon City, thence to Marysville, high up the Willamette River; also a route to Salt Lake, whence the mail goes and returns every two months. 298 Oregon : its Commercial and Industrial Resources. The representative population o f this country is about twenty thousand. The Indians in the vicinity o f the settlements are not very numerous— they are fast disappearing by death. They are generally harmless and-inoffen sive, and subsist mostly on salmon, which are found in great abundance in most o f the streams that empty into the Pacific. There are a few bear, a good many deer, and any quantity o f wolves in this country: the latter are very destructive to stock in many parts o f the territory. B y an act of Congress, approved September 27, 1850, donations o f lands were made, (subject to certain conditions and restrictions,) to the then set tlers on the public lands in this country. By another section o f the same law, provision is made for all who emigrate to this country and settle on the public lands, from about the time last mentioned until December 1, 1853. This latter section grants a donation of 320 acres of land to a married man, and half that quantity to each single man who comes to the country within the time specified. Four consecutive years’ residence and cultivation is ex acted by the government before you can obtain a patent. It is necessary I should say, that each settler is allowed to select for himself any unoccupied lands, except the 16th and 36th sections in each township, which are re served and appropriated for common school purposes. Congress, by another act, appropriated money to extinguish the Indian title to the lands in the western region o f Oregon. Agents have been ap pointed to make treaties with many of the tribes, but whether these treaties will be confirmed or not, I cannot tell. The health o f the first portion o f the western region spoken o f is not very good, owing to the overflowing o f much o f the bottom lands by the Colum bia. It is somewhat subject to fever and ague, and other bilious diseases. This remark is alike applicable to the bottom lands on the Willamette River. In fact, bilious, typhus, and lung diseases, influenza, rheumatism, &c., are not o f uncommon occurrence throughout the entire country. Yet, upon the whole, I believe this country to be as healthy as the State o f Ten nessee. In speaking o f the navigable rivers of Oregon, let me remind you that the Columbia, and the Willamette, that empties into it 90 or 100 miles from its mouth, are the only ones o f note o f this class. The Columbia is naviga ble, with the exception o f a portage o f some four or five miles at the Cas cade Falls, from its mouth to the Dalles, a distance of 200 miles. I have heretofore spoken o f the navigation o f the Willamette River, with the obstruction of the Falls at Oregon City, where a portage o f half a mile is made. But this is not the only obstruction on that river during the sum mer season ; for when the water becomes low, there is a number o f bars where the water becomes shallow and forms a barrier against the passage o f boats o f a profitable size. One o f these bars is one mile below the Falls, and some three or four others between the Falls and Marysville. These ob structions will doubtless, at no distant day, be removed. Our present dele gate to Congress, when canvassing before the people for an election, advo cated, without the solicitation o f any person, the propriety of Congress making an appropriation to effect this object; but since he has gone to Washington, he has written back and says he is politically opposed to all such measures. But if there is no deception in the signs o f the times, the day is near at hand when the enlightened people o f Oregon will lay all such political demogogues on the shelf, and will take in hand to manufac ture and direct public sentiment themselves. 299 Newburyport. A portion o f the citizens o f Portland, together with others— (Portland is situated on the west bank of the Willamette River some 12 miles from its mouth)— acting under a legislative charter, are constructing a plank road from that place to the Tualatin Plains, a distance o f some 12 to 15 miles, in a northwesterly direction, and when completed it will be o f much benefit, not only to that portion o f the country, but to nearly all Oregon. You ask whether we have limestone or freestone water. This is a ques tion I am unable to answer, as this is neither a limestone nor a freestone country, but volcanic. I would say the water was rather a nondescript— nevertheless, cold, healthy, and well tasted. The most prevalent rocks o f this country are the basahic and trapp rocks, though granite, slate, quartz, and, in a few places, a coarse sand-stone, are found. The agricultural lands are generally clear o f rocks or gravel. And as respects the waters of the country, like the branches o f the forest tree, you will find in each valley small streams that have their rise in the mountains, on either side, winding their way through the valley till they reach the main stream ; besides these, at the foot o f the hills and mountains, we frequently find good cold springs; but then in many o f the large prairies and plains, water becomes scarce in the summer tim e: in such situations the settlers dig wells, where they find g o o d water at a depth o f from 20 to 40 feet. The harvest o f wheat, oats, &c., comes off in the months o f July and August. The quality o f the wheat is always g o o d ; the berry is full and plump, however small the yield may be per acre. JOHN M. EORBEST. Art. I ll— CO M ERCIAL CITIES AND TOWNS OF THE UNITED STATES. NUM BER X X X V . NEW BURYPORT, MASSACHUSETTS. N e w b u r y p o r t is situated on the Merrimac River, the center of the city being about two and a half miles from the river’s mouth, and is by railroad 34 miles from Boston, 20 miles from Salem, 15 miles from Haverhill, about 20 miles from Portsmouth, N. H ., and 71 miles from Portland. According to the State survey o f 1845, its latitude is 42° 48' 3 2 " N., and its longitude 70° 52' 4 1 " NY. It is in the extreme northeast corner o f the State, and o f Essex County, which is the densest populated area o f the same extent in New England, and o f course the densest to be found in the United States, or on the continent o f America. The superficial extent o f this county is about 400 square miles, and its population in 1850 was 127,170, equal to about 318 inhabitants to the square m ile; the density o f Massachusetts being 126 to the square mile, o f Rhode Island, 108, and o f New York, 67. Very few places in Europe indeed, of like extent, are so thickly populated as the County o f Essex. But the extent o f the population is not more remark able than the uniformity of its division. The county is covered at almost equal intervals with villages, none o f them o f overgrown dimensions. There are thirty incorporated towns in the county, the largest o f which is Salem, 300 Commercial Cities and Towns o f the United States: with only 20,264 inhabitants in 1850. Lynn, with 14,257 inhabitants, is the ouly other city or town in the county ranking above Newburyport in population, which had in 1850, prior to its incorporation as a city, 9,534 people. Newburyport bears still the rank, which it has long held, o f the third commercial town in the State, although in regard to population it has de scended to the tenth place. Newbury, the parent town, was settled in 1633, the first settlers being agriculturists, and was incorporated in 1635. It was named from a town in Berkshire County, England, about 56 miles from London. The aboriginal name o f the place, or o f some part o f the water thereabout probably, (for the Indians generally attached names rather to streams, or falls, or lakes, than to the land about them,) was, as differently spelt, and perhaps never correctly written, Quascacumcon, Quascacanquen, Quafcacanquen, Wessacumcou, (as in the General Court records,) and lately, Wessacumcon. To all appearance, the land was taken from the few miserable savages found upon it or claiming it, as the Dutch really took Manhattan Island by virtue o f the stronger arm ; and if the principles voted by the Milford church meeting were not formally readopted, they were at least practically recognized — those affirmations being ; l. “ That the earth is the Lord’s, and the full ness thereof;” 2 . “ That the earth is given to the s a i n t s 3. “ That w e are the saints.” But in the disposition o f the land thus acquired, the socialists and land reformers o f our day could not have beat them in agrarianism. The whole seizure (the town being incorporated with 33,000 acrejs) was divided into conveniently small lots, o f which one was freely given to every new comer, and even Indians were not denied a share with their generous white brethren. As the plantation increased and prospered, the rudiments o f a fishing, and finally o f a commercial interest began to appear, and before long had become strong enough to quarrel with the primitive interest. The former were seated on the Merrimac banks, the latter remained where it was first domiciled, on the banks of the Parker. The Merrimac settlement had much the faster growth, and the result o f their disagreements was a division in 1764, one hundred and thirty-three years after the original settlement, at which time the whole town contained about 4,000 inhabitants, o f which the Merrimac town, called Newburyport, took 2,282, and a more than propor tionate share of the common wealth, with nearly all the manufacturing industry and general enterprise, although very restricted in territory, having no more than 647 acres, or one square mile, being the smallest town in area ever incorporated in the State, and probably in the United States. This imperfect separation, although it left Newburyport more free to pur sue her own course, did not answer its object with regard to either town. A s Newbury inclosed her daughter on three sides, abutting still on the Mer rimac both above and below Newburyport, at which points there were still growing villages o f fishermen, ship-builders, and other artisans, the assumed desideratum o f uniformity o f pursuit in her population had not been at tained; while with regard to Newburyport, much inconvenience arose from the fact that the interests of the villages at her sides were mingled almost wholly with hers, and she was thus deprived o f the advantages o f one muni cipal administration throughout what was essentially her own extent. As Newburyport. 301 these suburbs o f Newburyport enlarged, the disagreement between them and the rural community was renewed, and eventually, after protracted effort, determinedly resisted, led to another separation, to be hereafter no ticed. This correlation o f concerns necessarily involves, in a sketch o f the history o f Newburyport, a rather extended notice o f the affairs o f the town o f Newbury. From the period o f separation until the Revolution, the two towns went forward with considerable vigor. The ship-building interest became very important, and the Merrimac-built ships attained a high reputation through out the colonies and in the mother country. W ithin the memory o f people now living, ninety vessels have been in progress o f construction at one time at Newburyport. About 1770 several rafts o f timber, in form o f a ship, and completely solid with the exception o f a small cavity for the accommodation o f the sailors, were constructed in New England to the order of some mer chants o f London, whither, provided with the means of navigating the ocean, they were sent. One o f these, built at Newbury, and bearing the name o f the town, is mentioned as arriving out in 26 days front the Merrimac. In the earlier and later wars, from the Pequot to the Revolution, these towns took their full share, furnishing able and distinguished officers as well as efficient troops. The sentiment prevailing in them in the revolutionary period was thoroughly whig. The merchants o f Newburyport joined heart ily in the non-importation and other retaliatory measures preceding the out break, and after the war commenced, entered vigorously into privateering. In this effort they were at first very successful. On one occasion, an armed ship, with a very valuable cargo, a portion of which was provision and stores for the British army in Boston, was taken off the bar by seventeen men, in an open boat, through a bold stratagem. But the evil o f this privateering essay o f New England upon British Commerce was its too great success, W hen the greedy flotilla had become so swollen as to block up every pathway o f the sea, carrying their audacity even to the extent o f cruising in the Irish Channel, blockading British ports, throwing Dublin into consternation, and raising fears all along the coasts, perhaps even greater than those excited by the grand Armada, and the combined French and Spanish fleets riding in the complete mastery o f those waters, and effecting really far greater injury than was accomplished by those vast armaments, England thought it full time to arouse herself to the extirpation o f an enemy so formidable. In the effort, made with an energy which nothing but a blow so severe at her vital interests could stimulate, America was partially driven back to her original position o f the assailed, and the losses which fell upon the privateering towns were very heavy. From one vessel, the brigantine Dalton, 51 citizens o f Newburyport were taken, and all thrown into the noted Mill Prison at P ly mouth. A m ong them was Henry Lunt, who was a lieutenant to Paul Jones in the Bon Homme Richard at the time o f his desperate action on the coast o f Scotland. But the elements also joined the efforts o f the British fleets to clear the seas o f these terrible depredators. Twenty-two vessels, sailing from Newburyport alone, carrying probably as many as 1,000 men, never returned from their expeditions, nor were ever heard of. Upon the establishment of independence and the resumption o f our inter rupted trade with Great Britain, the first vessel that ever displayed the American flag in the R iver Thames was the Count de Grasse, commanded by Capt. Nicholas Johnson, o f Newburyport. The first American vessel 302 Commercial Cities and Towns o f the United States: that was fitted out for the Labrador Fishery sailed also from Newburyport, toward the close o f the century, as we are informed by Mr. Sabine. In 1781 there were in Newburyport 3 rope walks, 39 warehouses, 10 dis tilleries and sugar-houses, 430 dwellings, and 87,900 superficial feet of wharf. In Newbury there were 16 grist, saw, fulling, and slitting mills, and 437 dwellings. The tonnage o f Newburyport was 7,176, Newbury, 192 ; total, 7,368 tons. In 1790 there were owned in Newburyport 6 ships, 45 brigantines, 39 schooners, and 28 sloops, in all 11,870 tons, an increase o f about 60 per cent in tonnage in nine years. The stock in trade o f Newburyport was £74,131, of Newbury, £ 5 9 2 ; ounces o f silver plate.in both, 5,467. New buryport had 616 houses, and 4,837 inhabitants; Newbury, 3,972 inhabit ants— total, 8,809. The growing and prosperous trade o f Newburyport suffered severely dur ing the French difficulties. In the midst o f the contention between our government and the Directory, and when war appeared unavoidable, (in 1798,) the merchants o f this town, emulating the example o f the larger cities, built by subscription a 20-gun ship and presented it to the govern ment, then very poorly off in regard to a naval force, the simple cost o f building to be repaid at the convenience of the government. After the French affair had blown over, and along for some years in the opening of the present century, the town was commercially, and of conse quence otherwise, more prosperous than at any other period o f its history. It had an ample share in the great W est Indian trade, that, in consequence o f the difficulties of Europe, thrived so remarkably at that period, and under the wholesome influence o f which, as its chief business, the town was fast expanding, and had fair promise o f opulence and maritime importance. Probably no town o f its size in the United States could then boast a brighter prospect. In 1807 its shipping had increased to 30,000 tons, having nearly trebled within a few years. But continuous prosperity this unfortunate town was never fated to enjoy. Her whole history is a series o f oppressive disasters recurring at brief inter vals, and destroying the gain o f the intervening snatches o f good fortune. In the commercial troubles which arose at this time out o f the political pol icies o f Europe, and in the aggravation o f this evil by the policy of our own government, which, whatever opinion may be held o f its wisdom in the main, was eminently afflictive to New England, no town suffered proportion ately more. The losses through the seizure o f her vessels under Napoleon’s decrees, in the Mediterranean and elsewhere, were most ruinous, and when the embargo and its kindred measures prohibited her merchants from efforts to retrieve their fortunes in other trade, before they should become alto gether desperate, and laid up the remnant o f their vessels to “ rot at the wharves,” the gloom overspreading their hopes was indeed thick. After this policy was abandoned, another forward effort was made, and in this moment o f clear breathing time, the word and the result was, Onward. Ship-building revived, and Commerce began to hew out to itself new chan nels. In 1810 there were built on the Merrimac 21 ships, 13 brigs, 1 schooner, and 7 vessels o f other description, amounting to above 12,000 tons — the largest amount ever built in any one year upon that river. A long breath had been drawn and a step taken, when there came the visitation o f 1811. This conflagration swept away 250 buildings, clearing Newburyport. 303 a space o f fifteen closely covered acres in the very heart of the town. A m ong the buildings destroyed were the custom-house, post-office, surveyor’s office, two insurance offices, four printing offices, (all in the town,) a meet ing house, &c. The loss was variously estimated between $1,000,000 and $2,000,000— probably it was not below $1,500,000, the whole valuation of the town being about $7,000,000. From this dreadful blow the town has never to this day recovered. It crippled her energies, and threw her into a somnolent state, from which she seems never to have more than partially recovered. On the heels o f this catastrophe came the W ar of 1812— W ater com pleting the work o f Fire— which prostrated the little remaining vitality of Newburyport, and deepened her quietude into a profound slumber. This crowned the series o f disasters. The interruption to both her pursuits on the ocean, Commerce, and the fisheries, was complete, and her population began to question seriously in what way they might be enabled to gather a subsistence. O f course, with the vast majority o f the people o f New England, the citi zens of Newburyport and its vicinity were not particularly friendly to the authors and promoters o f the war. Following the example o f Boston, they held public meetings, and issued manifestoes denouncing Madison and his whole policy as anti-commercial, and ruinous to every real interest o f the country. Under the excited state o f their feelings, their words, of course, were not entirely guarded. A t that time, the clergy deemed the occasion to be such as to warrant their taking an active part in political discussions. The sermons o f Rev. Elijah Parish, who was settled in Newbury, one o f the most learned and respected divines in the State, were remarkable for the eloquence, power, and electrical vigor o f their diatribes against the govern ment. They were mostly published, and are read to this day. Rev. Mr. Giles, the only clergyman, we believe, in Newburyport o f the war party, un dertook the defense o f the country’s rulers in his pulpit, but, it is said, and is probably true, preached his congregation out o f doors. Under such a state o f things, the government could not expect from that quarter to which Newburyport belonged, an efficient contribution to its op erative forces. The cause which thus so strongly indisposed the people of New England to the war policy, destroyed in a great degree the very means which they were asked to furnish to its support. W ith universal bankruptcy and ruin staring them in the face, what could they respond to the earnest petitions o f the government ? Yet, under circumstances o f disaster which would have convulsed any other republic o f the world, and have shivered to fragments any confederacy that ever before existed, New England kept her place, true to the Union and to herself. W h at some o f her great men did, or wished to do— if even they did or thought to do wrong— is no matter. The body was sound and knew its duty. New England gave her money, and gave more o f that which she had in greater plenty— men. New Eng land soldiers were strong in every battle-field o f the North during that whole war. A nd it was almost alone the sailors and fishermen o f Massachusetts— o f Marblehead, Boston, Gloucester, Newburyport, and Cape Cod— who filled the navy, and accomplished that brilliant series o f maritime victories which redeemed the many miscarriages o f the land. A m ong the distinguished officers o f that war, Newburyport furnished the name of Brig. Gen. John Boyd, the compeer o f Brown and Scott, who had fought also in the Revo- 304 Commercial Cities and Towns o f the United States: lution, and who was engaged later in the British service in India, and who, later still, 1830, was appointed by President Jackson to the post of Naval Officer of Boston. After the war, the Middlesex Canal was built, connecting Boston directly with a region o f country in .vlassachusetts and southern New Hampshire and Vermont, o f which Newburyport had before, by a less convenient com munication, enjoyed the whole trade. This trade was diverted thereby to Boston. The town could do nothing then to prevent the misfortune ; but moderate efforts at a later day would perhaps have reclaimed the lost traffic. It was delayed too late. This was not the only adverse effect o f the Middle sex Canal. The timber used by the ship builders o f Newburyport was brought, at this period, from New Hampshire. On its way down the river it had to be taken round the falls by land carriage, which added much to the expense o f transportation. As the canal united with the river above the falls, the timber could be carried by the canal to Boston cheaper than it was brought to Newburyport. Consequently, Boston robbed Newburyport o f her eminence in that business also; and other ship-building towns spring ing up about the same time in favorable localities, the name and fame o f the Merrimac-built ships seemed likely to be heard o f no more. In 1816 the shipping owned in Newburyport was down to 24,691 tons, and in 1820 it had been further reduced to 20,000 tons. The fisheries in the British waters, early engaged in, had furnished some relief, as the means of an easy transit to a new channel o f a portion of the capital in the freighting business, during the politico-commercial difficulties. In the year 1808, forty five Labrador cod-fishermen sailed from Newburyport. It had been long and profitably pursued by other towns in Massachusetts; and after the war Newburyport turned her attention more toward it, as the most feasible mode o f permanently employing her vessels and supporting her population. The fisheries kept the town from falling to ruins, and helped to maintain a small coastwise and W est India trade, which would else have died altogether. Though moderating her commercial aspirations, Newburyport has since had and still holds the rank o f the third fishing town in the United States. In 1819, Newbury was again disintegrated by a split in its agricultural population. The new town was called Parsonsville, and afterward W est Newbury. It took about 9,500 acres from Newbury, o f its best land, leav ing about 23,000 acres, or about two-thirds o f the original area, and 1,279 inhabitants, these being among its most substantial farmers, out o f the joint population o f about 5,000. About 1830 some reviving effort began to be made in Newburyport. Since 1810, the population had dwindled from 7,634 to 6,741, and the joint population from 12,810 to 11,960; and the general valuation had depreciated from 88,000,000 to $4,000,000. One most serious and perma nent disadvantage under which the town had always labored, was the sand bar at the mouth o f the river, which neutralized all the advantage o f an excellent harbor, and a channel deep enough for the largest ships. The obstacle had grown worse and worse for years, the water on the bar becom ing at length so shoal that it was necessary to send their ships and all larger vessels to unload at Boston, or to lighten them at the bar. The removal of this obstructure had been from the first in earnest contemplation ; the favor ite scheme, and the only feasible one, being a breakwater, so placed as to N ew bury •port. 395 turn a part o f the water that forms the wide bay toward the mouth o f the river into the channel, thus strengthening the current ; but it was not until 1830 that the urgent solicitations o f the Newburyport merchants prevailed* and the government commenced the work. The breakwater was built unde1direction o f Col. John Anderson, o f the U. S. engineers; it was 1,900 feet in length, and the first appropriation, which did not finish it, was $35,000. It failed completely o f its object, neither removing the bar nor deepening the inner channel. As all repairs were neglected, it gradually decayed, and a year or two since was wholly broken up by a storm. But the modest exertions o f the people o f Newburyport made near this time to help themselves, were more fortunate than the effort o f the govern ment in their behalf. The cod and mackerel fisheries progressed, and a spirited adventure was made in the whale fishery. A t the outset a fair suc cess was achieved, and for a while Newburyport seemed disposed to embark earnestly in this new pursuit. In 1835 the had four ships, valued at $175,000, in the whaling business, (New Bedford had then 54,737 tons, and Nantucket 26,266 tons in that fishery ;) but the prospect getting momenta rily dull, the discouraged adventurers sold their ships to Nantucket, and washed their hands clean from oil. That town and others, having then no better prospect than Newburyport in that pursuit, had yet more perseve rance, and the result o f their exercising it is well known. New Bedford, which had but 3,947 inhabitants in 1820, when Newburyport had 6,852, and which has scarcely entered at all into the other fisheries, depending for what she has become almost solely on the whale fishery, is now a city o f 16,443 inhabitants, and has plenty o f margin left for growth, with prospect o f tilling it respectably out. A bout this time the ship-building interest revived a little, and had soon regained something o f the ancient Merrimac reputation. In 1834 there were owned in Newburyport, as appears by its shipping list o f that year, 28 ships, o f 10,130 tons ; 4 barks, of 1,198 ton s; 26 brigs, o f 5,258 tons; 145 schooners, o f 8,370 tons; and 4 sloops, o f 192 tons; a total o f 25,148 tons— an increase o f about 5,000 tons since 1820. There were inspected for the year 27,777 barrels o f mackerel, the largest number,, we believe, ever inspected in the town in any one year; and 20,000 quintals o f codfish were brought in and prepared there for the market. In 1835 there were employed in the cod and mackerel fishery 150 ves sels, carrying 1,350 men, and there were 27,767 barrels o f mackerel in spected. In the freighting business there were 32 square-rigged vessels, o f 10,594 tons; in the whale fishery, 4 ships, as before mentioned. There were 17 dry goods and 30 grocery stores, and 298 stores, shops, and ware houses o f all sorts; a comb factory, employing 85 hands, and turning out 90,000 dozens o f combs y early ; and a tobacco manufactory, making 10,000,000 cigars and 5 tons o f snulf yearly. The valuation (Newburyport alone) was $3,306,400. There were in Newbury, 3 tanneries, 5 grist-mills, running 11 pairs o f stones, 2 mills for corn with cob, 3 saw-mills, 1 cotton factory, with 1,200 spindles, and 1 woolen factory with 150 spindles. The tonnage enrolled and registered as built on the Merrimac, for the two years ending Sept. 1835, was 5,279 tons. After the retreat from the whaling enterprise another new idea occurred, and the project o f building up a Cotton Manufacture was entered upon with some spirit. To the effort in this direction, the projectors were incited by V OL. x xix .— NO. III. 20 306 Com m ercial Cities and T ow ns o f the United S ta te s : the remarkable success o f Lowell. N ot having the water-power advantages o f Lowell, a more expensive, but on many accounts a better agent, Steam, was employed in the mills built at Newburyport. Their success was so good that others followed, the building o f several o f them being under the direc tion o f Gen. Charles T. James, the present enlightened senator from Bhode Island, who also for some years directed the management o f one o f the mills. There are now five large cotton mills, including one double mill in operation, but their profits are much lower than formerly, and there is no present prospect that the cotton manufacture will be any further enlarged in that place. About the same time with the commencement o f the manufacturinglenterprise, the Eastern Bailroad was incorporated, and was completed to New buryport in Juno, 1840. This road connects Newburyport directly with the metropolis, and with several o f the larger towns o f the country, on one side, and on the other, extends its communication with Portsmouth and to Port land. It is 58 miles in length, and had cost, to Jan. 1, 1849, 13,095,000. Its capital is $2,250,000. The road enters the town by a tunnel excavated through a large hill, on emerging from which the cars are almost immedi ately rumbling high in air over the upper floor o f a two-decked bridge, the river at this point being three-eighths of a mile wide. The ride through New buryport presents one o f the most remarkable features to be met with in the railway traveling o f the United States. In 1840, Newburyport had 832 dwellings, 238 ware-houses and stores, 4 cotton factories with 11,046 spindles and 280 looms, 1 woolen factory, with 800 spindles, and 453,812 superficial feet o f wharf, or five times as much area o f wharf as in 1781. In Newbury, there were 401 dwellings, 6 rope-walks, 3 grist-mills, 4 tan-houses, and 2 woolen factories, with 240 spindles. In the three towns, there were raised 811 bushels o f wheat, 1,240 bushels o f rye, 6,073 bushels oats, 15,635 bushels Indian corn, 3,166 bush, barley. In Newbury there were cut from 3,825^ acres o f marsh, 2,8651 tons o f salt hay. According to the statistical survey o f Massachusetts, made by order o f the Legislature, in the year ending April, 1845, there were 75 vessels from New buryport and Newbury engaged in the fisheries, their tonnage being 4,292, and their fares 27,000 qtls. codfish, valued at $56,250, and 2,000 barrels mackerel, value $70,072 ; total catch, both kind, $126,322. The salt con sumed by these vessels amounted to 43,638 bushels; and the hands em ployed were 705. The number o f vessels built was 12, (all in Newbury,) o f 5,130 tons, valued at $227,000, and employed in the construction 256 shipwrights. The returns o f the Secretary o f the Treasury, (year ending June, 1845,) state the vessels built in the district o f Newburyport at 7 ships, 2 brigs, 6 schooners, total 15 vessels, o f 5,463.53 tons, which amounts to above one-fifth o f all built in the State for the year, and is far ahead o f all other places in the State but Boston, which built over 14,000 tons, a figure not in much excess, however, o f the Merrimac build o f 1810. Besides these, the State statistics give 32 boats valued at $3,500, built in Newburyport Be side the persons enumerated as ship-builders, there were 25 ship-jo ners, whose work was valued at $15,000 : 35 ship painters, $6,000 ; 6 sailmakers, $6,000 ; 20 riggers, $5,000 ; 7 mast-makers, $2,000. The following is a statement o f some other matters, for the three towns, gathered from the State statistics for the year ending April, 1845. 307 N ew buryport. Value of [No. yearly product. Capital. $700,000 $562,000 3 130,100 . 70,700 22,575 . 29,369 12,600 3 25,200 19,340 10,705 8 6 18,700 10,000 22 15,000 5,100 6 14,300 8,600 2 13,000 8,000 5,000 9 10,400 9,795 5,500 6 8,375 3,000 6,700 6,000 . 4,400 7,684 4 3,200 900 3,200 2 Cotton Mills........................................................... Boots and shoes made........................................ . Comb factory................................................ Snuff, cigars, and tobacco manufactured......... Chronometers, watches, gold and silver ware.. Railroad cars, coaches, chaises, e t c ................... Tin ware............................................................. F orges.................................................................. Tanneries............................................................ Cotton, woolen, and other m achinery............. Chair and cabinet ware manufactures.............. Soap and candle manufactures.......................... Hollow w a r e ...................................................... Bricks made (1,360,000)..................................... Blocks and pumps.............................................. Hats and ca p s .................................................... Saddle, harness, and trunk manufactures........ . Fire-engine manufactures................................... Hands. *921 435 86 114 13 35 16 SO 16 25 22 17 8 19 20 12 8 10 PRINCIPAL AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. Hay..................................... Indian corn ....................... Oats................................... Rye..................................... Wheat................................. Barley................................ P otatoes........................... Other esculents............... Fruit................ ............... B utter............................... Cheese................................ Newbury. West Newbury. 4,623 9,399 626 831 147 453 49,172 21,697 41,497 24,065 12,810 2,039 8,283 3,199 740 699 288 19,292 2,963 31,843 24.364 22,310 Newburyport. 150 100 .... .... 2,000 1,200 10,500 600 . . . . Total Value. $57,993 10,876 1,408 1,157 846 470 17,526 7,869 20,510 7,986 1,978 $128,619 LIVE STOCK. H orses............................... ...................No. Neat ca ttle ....................... Swine................................. 236 1,386 410 161 1,010 288 223 90 120 $39,142 46,108 6,408 The great quantity o f fruit produced in Newburyport, was raised entirely in very small gardens, almost wholly by amateur cultivation, and is an extra ordinary product for so small and compact a place. The shipping list for Newburyport, for 1845, states the vessels owned there at 24 ships, 9 barks, 17 brigs, 96 schooners, and 1 steamer, total 23,962 tons. The census for 1846, states the population o f Newburyport at 8,117, viz males, 3,557, females 4,560, polls 1,830. The large excess o f females is oc casioned by the numbers o f them employed from abroad as operatives in the mills. This was a gain o f 956 from the census o f 1840. The valuation, same year, was §3,866,461, an increase o f $119,061 on the valuation o f the year previous, and $657,604 on that o f 1840. A branch of the Eastern Railroad, from Newbury port to Salisbury, has been built within a few years, and on the other side, the Georgetown Rail road, for some years contemplated, was finished in 1840, connecting with the Eastern Road, and also with the Boston and Maine Railroad. One design of this road was to open a new route to Boston, and another, to regain some por-* * 662 Females. 308 Com m ercial Cities and T ow ns o f the U nited S ta tes : tion o f the country trade wrested from the town many years ago. But the latter object can never be more than partially accomplished. Kailroads and facilities have brought Boston too near the region o f country in ■question, and other towns are now so situated that they can claim and get a fair share o f that part o f this trade which Boston does not monopolize. The receipts o f the road, the first year, were $9,533, and the expenses $8,371. A steam boat has also been employed for several years on the river, in summer, with rather indifferent success, but we believe was taken off altogether, the late season. The births, marriages, and deaths, in Newburyport for six years, 1 8 42 -7, according to the yearly abstracts o f the Secretary o f the State, were as follow s:— 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 .......................................................................................... ........................................................................................ .......................................................................................... .......................................................................................... .......................................................................................... .......................................................................................... Births. 296 167 189 227 220 253 Marriages. Deaths. 61 114 63 139 62 114 67 115 99 114 101 140 This affords an average o f 225 births, 75 marriages, and 123 deaths yearly. Assuming an average population for the time o f 7,500, the deaths are 1 in 61 yearly, an exceedingly favorable state o f the public health, the proportion o f deaths being only about one-third that o f New York, the last year, and about one-half that o f Boston, which shows how much pure air and proper living have to do with health. A t length, after repeated efforts o f the two villages on the sides o f Newburyport, one o f which was the seat of the ship-building, and the other o f a large portion o f the fishing interest, to effect their union with her, theproeet w as accomplished in 1851. W ith this considerable addition o f popula tion (numbering now over 12,000 souls,) and wealth, Newburyport received a charter incorporating her a city. The annexation enlarged her area to about 6,000 acres, leaving Newbury with about 17,000 acres, or one-lialf her original area, and about 1,800 inhabitants— in population, now the smallest o f the three towns made out o f her territory'. Hon. Caleb Cushing was chosen the first mayor o f the new city, and on resigning the office to accept a seat on the Supreme Bench of the State, Henry Johnson, Esq., a respectable merchant, was appointed to succeed him, and is its present chief magistrate. The statistics o f various interests, for 1851, are as given below :— COTTON MANUFACTURE. E ssex M ills. When incorporated................ J a m es’ M ills. Globe. M ills. O ce a n . M ills 1838 1842 1845 1845 312 820 165 50 17,000 348 50 50 8,785 208 {mi Length of M ill....................... Breadth of M ills................... Number of spindles............. ........... Number of looms................... ........... B a rtlett M ills. 6,720 180 50 18,080 391 | [ 13,300 .... 100 150 300 120 100 450 425 350 175 ........... 130 Number of employees........... 1,200 1,200 1,600 900 600 Consumption o f coal............. ..tons. 1,200 1,200 2,000 850 750 Consumption of cotton.......... . . .bis. Cotton goods manufactured.. . . .yds. 1,700,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 3,500,000 2,185,000 200 700 2,500 800 400 Number of stock shares........ ........... $500 $500 $100 $400 $400 Par va lu e.............................. .......... Capital stock......................... ........... $100,000 $350,000 $250,000 $320,000 $160,000 Horse-power o f engines........ ........... 309 N ew b u ry ■port. The aggregate results o f the above statement are as follow s:— No. o f square feet covered by m ills.......................................... No. of spindles..................... . . . Horse-power employed............... Hands employed......................... 5,500 Tons of coal consumed............ 67,270 Bales of cotton consumed. . . . 6.000 Yards cotton cloth manufac.. 11,385,000 63,884 840 Amount of capital stock . . . . $1,180,000 1,530 The capital invested is $480,000 more than in 1845, and there are 611 more hands employed. The number o f vessels o f each class owned at the latter part o f 1851, as we gather from shipping list, was 10 ships, 4 barks, 8 brigs, and 94 schoon ers; the tonnage, according to the custom-house returns, being 26,707. The largest o f the ships are the Castilian and Clarissa Currier, registered at 999 tons each; 13 o f the schooners are over 100 tons, the largest being 128 tons. O f the schooners, nearly all are employed in the fisheries, in the warm season, and all o f these last year, but 12 or 15 codfishermen, were mackereling. The whole capital invested in the coast trade is stated at about $1,000,000, that in the fisheries is about $200,000. BANKS. There are three banks:— Incorporated .......................................................... Number of stock shares......................................... Par value................................................................. Capital stock.......................................................... Total bank capital...................................... Mechanics’. Merchants’. 1812 2,000 $100 1831 1833 6,000 2,000 $200,000 Ocean. $35 $60 $ 210,000 $ 100,000 $510,000 The amount o f bills in circulation by the three banks, may be stated at about $275,000, and their total resources at $975,000. The average semi annual dividends for several years past, are about 4 per cent. There is one Savings Institution, in which the number o f depositors, in 1851, were 3,481, the amount o f deposits $556,156 5 0 ; it held in public fund* $137,125, bank stock$154,849, railroad stock $14,300. The uniform dividend for some years past has been equal to 5 per cent annually. The whole business capital may be stated as follow s;— Cotton manufacture............. Coast trade, etc. ................. B anks.................................... $1,180,000 1,000,000 610,000 Fisheries............................... Other manufactures.. about $200,000 150,000 --------------$3,040,000 About $3,000,000, which is exclusive o f the value o f stores, ware-housesi wharves, &c. There may be added $100,000 for manufactures, etc., not in cluded in Newbury and W est Newbury. W e present here, business statistics for a series o f years, giving the whole progress o f the towns at one view :— POPULATION. 1810. 1820. 1810. 1840. 1850. Newburyport.................. 2,282 4,837 6,946 7,634 N e w b u ry ..................................... 3,972 4,076 5,176 West N ew bury................................................................... 1764. 6,852 3,671 1,279 6,741 3,771 1,448 7,161 3,789 1,560 9,534 4,457 1,708 ___ 1790. 1800. 8,809 10,022 12,810 11,802 11,960 12,510 15,699 Com mercial Cities and T ow ns o f the U nited S ta te s : 310 VALUATION. NEWBURYPORT. NEWBURY. Years. 1810 . . . 1830 . . . 1835 . . . 1840 . . . 1850 . . . 1851 . . . WEST Amount. $7,000,000 3,000,000 3,306,400 8,208,857 4,437,650 5,390,069 Years. 1821......... 1831......... 1836......... 1840......... 1850......... Amount. $316,017 385,965 476,154 578,671 Years. 1830......... 1840......... 1850......... NEWBURY. Years. 1821____ 1831____ 1840____ I 8 6 0 .... ............................. ............................. ............................. ............................ Amount. $799,316 846,173 840,000 904,026 1,515,554 THE THREE TOWNS. Amount. ............................ ............................. 4,589,037 6.531.875 The average wealth per head in the first town was above $900, in 1810, and in 1840 it was reduced to $448 1 0 ; in 1850 it was $465 45. O f the joint towns, the average wealth per head was about $353 in 1830 ; $366 80 in 1840, and $416 07 in 1850. This is quite as fair, probably, as the av erage o f the New England second and third class towns. In Salem, in 1845, the average per head was $601 60 ; in Providence, 1845, $898 06 ; in New port, 1850, $493 6 1 ; in Boston it was $1,297, in 1 8 5 0 ; and in New York city $555. DIVISION OF AREA. W h at may be considered the village portion o f the three towns, that is, so much as is occupied by buildings or divided into small lots, will cover about 8,000 to 10,000 acres, the part occupied tolerably close, being em braced within about two square miles. The division o f the agricultural sur face, according to the assessors’ statement in 1840, was— English and upland mowing la n d s..........................................acres Fresh m eadow ..................................................................................... Pasturage............................................................................................. Woodland.............................................................................................. Unimproved la n d ............................................................................... 4,548 1,430 11,120 1,167 391 Total........................................................................................ 18,656 The tables subjoined, relating to ship-building, tonnage, and its employment, and the arrivals and clearances for a series o f years, we have compiled from the annual reports o f the Secretary o f the Treasury. These statements refer to the district o f Newburyport. m VESSELS BUILT. Years. 1833 ............ 1834 ............. 1836 ............ 1837 ............ 1839 ............ 1840 ............ 1 8 4 1 ............ 1842 ............ 1843 ............ 1845 ............. 1846 ............ 1847 ............ 1848 ............ 1849 ............ 1850 ............ Ships. 6 6 3 5 6 4 8 4 3 7 0 12 12 6 8 Brigs. 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 1 0 2 4 1 1 0 0 Sch’rs. 3 8 11 9 8 5 4 1 1 Sloops. Steamboats. .. ., ., .. .. .. ,, ,, ,. 6 8 i 7 .# l .. ,, • • . . 12 4 2 Total. 10 15 14 14 14 11 14 6 4 15 13 21 25 10 10 Tons. 95ths. 2,693.01 3,017.53 1,764.05 2,753.37 3,242.31 2,788.20 3,785.72 2,162.11 1,400.89 5,463.53 1,475.68 7,036.74 8,585.91 3,067.61 4,656.65 . 311 N ew b u ry ■port. The amount of tonnage built in most o f these years, was exceeded in the State only by Boston. TONNAGE, AND HOW EMPLOYED. The annexed table shows the total amount o f tonnage belonging to Newburyport in each year since 1825— the part thereof registered, or engaged in the foreign trade, the part enrolled and licensed, and the proportion o f the enrolled and licensed in the coast trade and in the cod and mackerel fisheries. The year ends with December 31, to 1834, thence with Septem ber 30, to 1843, and since then with June 30. Registered. Y ear. 1 8 2 5 .. 1 8 2 6 .. 1 8 2 7 .. 1 8 2 8 .. 1 8 2 9 .. 1 8 3 0 .. 1 8 3 1 .. 1 8 3 2 .. 1 8 3 3 .. 1 8 3 4 .. 1535. . 1 8 3 6 .. 1 8 8 7 .. . 1 8 3 8 .. 1 8 3 9 .. 1 8 4 0 .. 1 8 4 1 .. 1 8 4 2 .. 1 8 4 3 .. 1 8 4 4 .. 1 8 4 5 .. 1 8 4 6 .. 1 8 4 7 .. 1 8 4 8 .. 1 8 4 9 .. 1 8 5 0 .. 1 8 5 1 .. Tons. 95ths. . 8,309.02 . 9,844.5S . 10,778.75 . 12,280.62 .11,215.78 . 9,714.44 . 10,487.65 . 11,854.00 . 12,166.11 . 14,669.09 . 14,510.85 . 12,059.30 11,473.38 . 10,640.66 . 13,172.50 . 14,591.73 . 14,286.44 . 15,648.19 . 14,362.04 . 16,162.65 . 16,586.32 . 16,451.08 . 18,038.42 . 21,314.45 . 17,720.82 . 16,213.57 . 18,766.11 Enrolled and licensed. Coast Trade. Cod Fishery. Mckrl. Fishery. Whale Fishry. Total Tonge. Tons. 95lhs. Tons. 95ths. 12,048.54 12,986.36 13,622.37 14,707.49 7,398.83 6,862.98 7,172.23 8,277.90 9,368.86 8,632.88 10,693.62 10,205.24 10,604.59 9,908.52 10,048.73 9,373.34 8,931.30 5,392.84 5,324.29 4,910.55 5,396.69 5,865.06 7,144 44 7,658.55 7,289,87 7,048.29 7,940.69 Tons. 95tks. Tons. 95ths. 9,114.88 35.11 1,004.60 793.93 988.09 588.04 2,251.61 6,592.56 7,363.72 1,490.26 4,390.12 1,839.18 4,539.07 3,307.22 3,982.59 4,273.78 4,507.04 1,563.69 4,817.53 3,759.15 4,064.48 2,198.62 3,084.54 4,424.05 4,435.11 1.376.63 2,551.84 766.21 2,025.36 2,071.91 2,557.93 1,303.85 2,646.48 494.27 495.29 1,881.22 4,564.72 1,660.70 4,879.36 1,708.83 6,006.02 2,719.30 4,244.84 2,070.61 2,962.63 2,721.03 1,775.16 1.863.43 2,162.63 2,521.37 251.03 3,647.46 496.83 3,161.89 209.29 3,687.40 101.65 3,867.84 718.57 2,865.83 3,488.77 2,982.02 1,661.37 3,739.11 2,814.86 4,667.47 2,777.88 Tons. 95ths. Tons. 95ths. 20,357.56 22,880.94 24,401.17 ........... 26,988.16 ........... 18.614.66 ..... 16,577.47 ..... 17,659.88 ..... 20,131.90 ..... 21,535.02 ..... 23,302.02 25,204.52 1,440.20 22,264.54 685.38 22,078.02 329.35 20,549.23 413.65 23,221.28 ..... 23,965.12 ..... 23,217.74 ..... 21,041.08 ..... 19,686.33 21,073.75 21,982.91 22,406.14 25,182.86 ..... 28,973.05' ..... 25,010.74' .... 23,261.86 .... 26,706.80 W hile the aggregates o f the tonnage here stated as engaged in the fish eries, are correct, the division to the two branches o f that pursuit, is far from truth. To make this evident, we need but refer to a single year, the last. The tonnage in the cod fishery in 1851, is stated by the Secretary, as informed by the Collector o f hi ew bury port, at 4,667, and that in the mack erel fishery, at 2,7 78; while the amount actually engaged in the latter, was 4,223 tons, and in the former was much below the figure given. The error n question arises mainly from the manner o f taking out the licenses for the vessels, and cannot, under the circumstances, be rectified in the Treasury tables. The year ends with September 30, in the following table, until 1843, thence with June 30. Com m ercial Cities an d T ow ns o f the U nited S ta te s : 312 ARR IV A L S AND CLEARANCES. Years. 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1823 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 No. of Am. Vessels. . . . . •. . . . . . . . • . . •• •• . . . . .. 32 26 23 24 19 21 21 22 17 17 25 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 10 .. 21 .. 7 .. .. 15 12 10 .. 7 .. ARRIVED. No. of For. Tons. Vessels. •. 4,372 6,015 6,565 5,480 5,890 6,964 6,884 5,497 5,087 4,2C3 4,779 3,347 3,767 4,168 4,146 4,057 3,358 5,386 2,096 4,390 1,236 2,800 2,112 2,110 1,366 Tons. •••• .... .... .... .... 68 .... .... i 4 6 12 14 16 11 8 10 15 37 40 8 51 91 118 112 136 301 468 979 1,017 1,028 722 576 650 843 1,834 1,979 428 2,848 5,686 6,495 7,340 Total Tons. CLEARED. No. of For. Vessels, STo. o f Am. Vessels. Tons. 35 28 27 22 23 25 23 32 32 22 23 15 26 22 23 29 20 14 3,795 4,555 4,521 4,301 5,921 6,618 7,181 6,168 4,706 4,177 3,582 4,709 4,469 3,780 4,824 5,501 3,766 4,068 2,849 4,430 3,423 3,546 4,224 2,851 1,749 4,372 6,015 6,565 5,480 5,890 7,032 6,884 5,497 5,223 4,504 5,247 4,326 4,784 5,196 4,868 4,633 3,938 6,229 3,930 6,369 1,664 5,648 7,798 8,605 8,706 Total Tons. Tons. . . . . 3,796 4,555 4,521 4,301 5,921 6,688 7,181 6,168 4,842 4,478 3,975 5,764 5,486 4,773 5,581 6,005 4,416 4,901 4,683 6,381 3,753 6,229 9,680 9,703 8,924 . . . . . . . . .... .... 68 .... .... 1 4 5 13 14 15 12 8 10 15 37 40 7 49 90 120 108 136 301 393 1,055 1,017 993 757 504 650 343 1,834 1,951 330 2,783 6,456 6,852 7,175 MACKEEEL INSPECTED. The reports o f the Inspector-General o f pickled fish, state the inspection at Newburyport, in— Barrels. 27,767 11,061 37,628 1835 1845 1846 1848...................................... 1849..................................... 1850..................................... Barrels. 26,295 16,880 22,929 The whole quantity o f Codfish caught by the Newburyport vessels, and cured there, for the last ten years, is about 200,000 quintals, an average o f 20,000 quintals per year, which would amount in number to about 2,000,000 fish, averaging all kinds. These codfish, when dried, are shipped principally to New York, a small part going directly to the W est Indies. The year 1851 was one o f signal disaster to the fishing fleet o f this place. It was one o f those storms on the British waters, which have heretofore, so often and so calamitously fallen upon the fleets o f Gloucester and other towns, but which the vessels o f Newburyport have more often escaped. This time her loss was the heaviest. There were 67 mackerelmen, o f 4,223 tons, and having 707 men on board, “ in the bay ” from Newburyport, that year— it being the heaviest fleet from any o f the 23 fishing towns o f Massa chusetts, except those o f Gloucester and Welfleet. The following is a list o f the vessels lost in this gale :— Names. Atlantic............... Blossom . . . . . . . . . Enterprise.......... G entile................. Tons. 60 44 46 65 38 93 73 Names. Good Intent........... H. Ingram ............ Index ..................... M. Scotchburn.. . . Tons. 92 76 51 71 51 99 85 Tons. Names. Ocean ............. S p ra y............. Statesman .. . . . . .. 20 vessels o f . . . 82 99 62 45 44 N ew b u ryport. 313 Two or three only o f these vessels were got off and repaired after having gone ashore and been abandoned. Twenty lives were lost with them, ten o f them being in the Statesman, all her crew, and eight in the Traveler. The greatest number o f lives lost from any other place was Portland, eleven men perishing from that place. Portsmouth lost ten, and Dennis, Mass., ten— in all about 150 perished in the storm. Besides the changes in business already remarked, there have been others worth notice. Tanning and preparing Leather was once a prominent pur suit. In 1781, there were in Newburyport and Newbury, 64 tanneries, a part o f them in connection with slaughter-houses. In 1845, they had dwindled to five. Rope-making was once extensively carried on. So l^te as 1840, there were six rope-walks in Newbury, and one in Newburyport, one o f them being worked by steam-power. The business is now entirely abandoned. In 1781, there were ten distil and sugar-houses; only one distillery is now left. Although ship-building has considerably revived o f late, it has not near regained its ancient importance. That the vessels built on the Merrimac excel still, in the manner o f old, their present fame gives ample assurance. Improvements in building are as likely to actually origi nate here as elsewhere; and when made abroad, are not deterred by the bar from finding their way up the river. Donald McKay, the celebrated East Boston builder, was located at Bellevilleport (now a part o f Newbury port) several years, and did much to restore to the Merrimac banks their former reputation. Some o f the very finest ships added to the New York packet lines for some years past, were built at Newburyport. A m ong the ships recently launched there, we need only mention the R acer , whose per fections were o f late the theme o f so much comment. The P a r th e n ia , owned in that place, is one o f the last that has been set afloat, and is a splendid specimen o f naval architecture. The old town o f Newbury has a number o f very interesting historical reminiscences. Thus, she claims the merit o f the first incorporated Acade my in the State (Dummer’s)— the first toll-bridge— the first suspension chain-bridge in the State or in the United States, and said to be the second in the world— and the first incorporated woolen factory in the State. Another evidence o f former enterprise, but which, like too many other efforts here, was very illy rewarded, remains yet in the N ewburyport Turn pike. The project o f this road— a company adventure— was started early in the century, in connection with other towns in the county, when the am bition o f this town was high and her prospects flattering. It was built on an arrow-line, across the whole county o f Essex and part o f Middlesex, mounting over hill and descending into valley, leveling the one and filling up the other, so as to leave no irregularities but long and gentle slopes which, though they look formidable ahead, the traveler scarce perceives in overcoming. Turning aside for nothing, it reached Malden bridge, and con nected Newburyport with Boston. It was finished in 1806, and cost $420,000. The expectations o f its projectors were high, but were totally disappointed. It never paid, and was at length wholly superseded by more eligible means o f travel. O f late years, the company have been endeavor ing, with but little success, we believe, to have it taken up by the several towns as a public road. There are several fine public buildings in Newburyport. The Custom house is o f rough granite, with hammered stone pilasters, entablature, cor nice, and portico. It is in the Grecian-Doric order; is entirely fireproof; 314 Com m ercial Cities and T ow ns o f the U nited States cost 125,000. The brick Court-house cost $16,000. The new City Hall is a beautiful edifice, costing $32,000 with the ground. But the Putnam School-house is the finest architectural effort in the city. The latter, with the ground, cost $25,000. The Suspension Bridge, built in 1827, cost $70,000. Newburyport is a delightful place for residence. Retired business men, gentlemen o f leisure, students, &c., could hardly select another place so in viting. Dr. Morse, the geographer, says there is not so beautiful a town in the United States. It sits on a gentle declivity, with the river at its base. The rise is about 100 feet in its length o f about three-fourths o f a m ile ; on the summit o f the ridge is High-street, an avenue o f unrivaled beauty. The town is laid out with exceeding regularity, the streets being all at right angles, wide and airy, trees abundant, and the houses elegant. Am ong what may be called the municipal advantages tempting to settlement here, are— extraordinary quiet, generally; an excellent state o f public health: good air and water; a gas supply just introduced; fine landscape; the pro pinquity o f fine summer resorts ; 16 churches, (one to every 750 inhabi tants), embracing ten different persuasions; eight male, seven female, and three mixed primary schools, five male and five female grammar schools, a male high school, a female liigh school, the Putnam Free School— an en dowed institution with a permanent fund o f $50,000— for teaching the com mon and higher branches o f English, the French language, &c., and (in Newbury) the Dummer Academy, one o f the most widely-known institu tions, as well as the oldest o f the kind, in the State, (incorporated 1 7 5 6 ); a Lyceum, furnished with the best popular lecturers every winter; a new and promising public library, just established; Masonic, Odd Fellows, and Sons o f Temperance lodges; and about a dozen religious and benevolent so cieties, open to the membership o f those inclined to do good by associative effort. In the same list are, also, a convenient and well-provided market; an efficient fire department, provided with eight fine engines; and a toler able' civil administration, (which people o f some other cities could appreciate if they had it). I f one has a relish for the air breathed by greatness, here were born or lived, such men as Rufus K ing and John Quincy Adams, Tristam Dalton, Senator in the First Congress, Gov. W m . Pluiner, o f N. H., Parsons, the unequaled jurist, Judges Bradbury, Jackson, Thatcher, W ild, and Lowell, o f the Supreme Court of Massachusetts, Jacob Perkins, the in ventor, Rev. Jedediah Morse, D. D., the learned geographer, and many others. Here Whitefield died, and his dust still reposes under the old South pulpit. One o f the eminent divines o f the city o f New York, Rev. Gardner Spring, went thither from Newburyport. That Newburyport will make a much better advance in the next ten years than she has effected within the last ten, cannot be doubted. A bet ter spirit seems to be gradually waking up ; some creditable efforts have been made, and, by-and-bye, the new city will take one o f those leaps, which have o f late years advanced other towns of the old Commonwealth to such respectable elevations, and will look about again with the renewed flush of 1810’s hopes and prospects. T ra its o f T rade— Laudable and In iqu itou s. 315 Art. IV.— TRAITS OF TRADE— LAUDABLE AND INIQUITOUS. C H A P T E R V II. FAILURES. I t has been estimated that over nine-tenths of the merchants in this coun try fail at least once in course o f three years devoted to mercantile pursuits. W h y this calculation is applied only to this profession, is not apparent, for it is not too strong a statement to make that nine-tenths o f the whole in dustrial population o f the United States fail in course of their lives. The merchant stands in the foremost rank in all business operations. If there is shipwreck, fire or fraud, he is the first to suffer and to fall. The custom o f the world with such unfortunate ones is to take from them all the little that is left, tread them under foot, close the ranks over them, and rush onward in the pursuit o f the all tempting gain. Let the same usage be applied to all classes and ranks o f men, and who would escape the direful fate ? Let the mercantile rule o f payment to the day or the hour, with or without grace, be enforced as a general rule, and in default thereof, an assignee be appointed and administration commenced. Under such circumstances, the petty guiddler who stands one side, and exists on the very indulgence o f the class o f courageous men he derides, may consult the annals o f bankruptcy to his heart’s content and welcome, if it affords him any satisfaction. The farmer who has lived upon the expectant crop, which the summer’s drought has curtailed, here finds no favorable extension to another season, but his farm and utensils must be brought to the hammer. The mechanic who, from ill health or accident, is withdrawn from his trade, would surely find a successor in his place. The physician who should neglect to collect his fees, would lack physic to prosecute his practice. The clergyman with his “ forty pounds” delayed, would find an undoubted opportunity to practice some o f the virtues, the theory o f which he is supposed to understand. In short, the rule would effectually prostrate all excepting the drones o f the world, who live on what others have stored up for them. Notwithstanding the large majority o f men who, in the pursuits o f wealth, fall victims to false legislation, to the abrupt change o f political policy, to fire, flood and famine, to fraud and pestilence, or to any other one o f the le gion o f causes ever lying wait in the merchant’s career, it is the habit o f the world to look upon his fate as more or less ignominious. This fact seems often to spur on the sensitive merchant to reckless madness. His honor, his integrity, are at stake. H e sees his own elevated position filled by another. His friends, his neighbors, look coldly upon him, or pass by without recog nition. His wife and children are slighted, his home, with all its treasured associations, is violated. Himself, after a life o f incessant toil, known to no other profession, is ground to poverty and may find his retreat in a workhouse or a madhouse. The mortal who lacks charity for such an one, most richly deserves the same tragical fate. There are large classes o f speculators who meet with failures in their operations, as frequent as the gambler loses his risk. Indeed, for the pur pose o f the present essay, this species o f character, viz., all who blindly rush into any sort o f speculation, without any regard to the legitimate rules o f trade, are to be left entirely out of the question. They are no merchants, any more than those who purchase lottery tickets, or such as lay a risk upon the cast o f a dye. Both are gamblers, and as such they may be left to their fate. 316 T ra its o f T ra d e— Laudable and In iq u itou s. In- regard to true mercantile failures, the ground to be taken here is, that in the very nature o f business operations, they are sure to occur to a very large proportion engaged therein, that there is, ultimately, no great evil in them, that there should be no ignominy attached to such a misfortune, and that o f all living men in the world, the embarrassed or failed merchant most needs sympathy and kindness. Merchants, as a class, take the responsibility o f transporting and equal izing the necessaries, the luxuries, the property o f the world. The profits of this business are nominally larger than for any other kind o f industry. If there was no loss, the profits would be too large. Inasmuch as there is great liability, this loss must occasionally come upon the inexperienced or upon the small capitalist. Failures follow as a matter o f course. Still, in the aggregate, the business goes on. The industrious, the rich, the valiant have fallen in the strife; yet the grand conquest is pursued. There may be one failure, one hundred, or one thousand, the city, as a whole, goes on in the steady acquisition o f wealth. You may take Boston, New York, Phila delphia or New Orleans, and count the failures that have happened in either place during ten, twenty, or fifty years, and moralize upon them as you may, these cities have steadily progressed, and will continue to progress, in the ac quisition o f wealth, mainly by merchandizing. Many men have failed once or twice, have rallied again, and left not the field until they had conquered success. Many more have failed and thereby become convinced that they were unfitted for the responsibilities they had undertaken. Others there are who, with a craven, cowardly spirit, rush into dissipation, or commit suicide, thus proving their natural inability to battle manfully in such a profession. “ But,” it is asked, “ can you not give us any directions how to avoid fail ures, cannot the rocks and rough seas be pointed out ?” There has never yet been any accurate mercantile chart promulgated, that could be safely re lied on by the inexperienced adventurer. The old routes are being con stantly changed, the old customs are renewed, and most fortunes are made in some new manner, unknown to few but those who make them. A ll that can be said by way o f advice, is “ Be cautious, conscientious and persevering. I f loss and failure come, and you fall, begin and climb again. Most men succeed the second time. I f creditors oppress and persecute you, what care you if you have done what you could? Y ou will, probably, have an op portunity to see some o f them in the same perilous position themselves. C H A P T E R V III. MONEY AND ITS USES. Let no one here squeamishly object to such a motive as “ the love o f m o ney ” being placed foremost in the forces that extend Commerce to the ends o f the earth ! There are other motives, undoubtedly, but this is, and ever will be, the leading impulse. Money, money is what men work for, suffer for, die for. It must be approved; it is the ruling passion ; it ever has been, and it ever will be as long as human nature is human nature 1 W ell, may not even the darkest deeds o f sin be made to praise the Giver o f all good 1 The conquests of the Roman Emperors extended Rome over so many coun tries, that Rom e became a term synonymous with the world. It was upon the wings o f this worldly power that the revelations o f God were borne to all nations. Christianity thus received an impulse which nothing else but direct personal inspiration could have given it. Rome, after thus accom T ra its o f T rad e— Laudable and In iqu itou s. 317 plishing an end to which all other objects in the world are as nothing, be came dismembered, and literally no more. Xerxes, weeping for more worlds to conquer, Caesar on the shores o f Gaul, these small men had small pur poses o f their own, and thought o f little save their own aggrandizement. Thus philosophically may be treated unlawful, even dishonest gains. The poor tool, who flatters himself that he has “ much goods laid up for many years,” and sees naught in prospect but magnificence and ease, by the un quietness o f conscience, or other causes, is made to disgorge his misgotten wealth. It may go to endow a church to make men better than he was. It may found a college where the very children o f those he has defrauded shall be reared and educated without price, for philanthropists, philosophers, and statesmen. It has been said that once upon a time a poor man lived upon the banks o f a broad and beautiful river. His land was poor, but it afforded good pas turage for his sheep, and, as he guarded them, he gazed over the playfully tumbling waters, and was content. A fisherman, strolling along his prem ises one day* talked to him o f richer lands in a neighboring town, where large crops o f grain could be raised. But his description reached not the heart o f the old shepherd. His father had lived there before him, and he thought that his children should live there after him. Other emissaries ap peared to him afterwards under different pretenses, but no effect could be produced upon him. The next winter was very severe, and the poor man’s sheep died. In the spring he was overjoyed to find that a stranger offered to sell him a new flock, and give him time to pay for them without any charge o f interest. Here was the snare that he could not escape. The poor man’s land was attached to pay for the sheep. The sheep must be sold for the shambles to pay for litigation. W h en it became certain that the land must be sold to pay the debt, it was sold at auction. One o f the largest o f X ew England manufacturing cities now stands upon that sheep pasture. The original owner died in the poorhouse. The purchaser is now one of the richest men in the country. A captain o f a small brig was once lying at a port in one o f the W est India Islands. A n insurrection o f the slaves broke out, and the wealthy citizens deposited their money and plate on board this American brig. The captain soon after sailed from the port. Some years after he was found in a very large and profitable importing business, and he is now a millionaire. H e has even beer called an honorable man. A shrewd lawyer, in the settlement o f a bankrupt’s estate, cunningly con trived to appropriate a valuable estate to himself by his misrepresentations to the creditors. H e succeeded and became immensely rich, while the credi tors o f that bankrupt believe him to be a dishonest man. A deacon o f an evangelical church became largely indebted to a London banking-house, and, upon some quibble, refused to make payment. H e in vested his money in lands neighboring to a city, in another man’s name, closed his business, and retired, apparently in poverty. H e has recently turned up rich. Facts like these are the most common occurrences in the annals o f trade. There is nothing to be said in extenuation o f such transactions. It can only be hoped that, when fortuues are thus accumulated, they will speedily fall to pieces for the benefit o f the oppressed. W hat will great wealth do for a man ? W h y, it will enable him to dine even on the rarest dainties, and sip champagne ; no, not champagne, but 318 T ra ils o f T rade— L audable and In iqu itou s. wines and brandies o f age and reputation ! It will enable your wife to out shine common-place people in her dress, diamonds, and equipage ! It will make ignorant, foolish men envy you, and take off their tattered hats to you 1 It will make your sons spendthrifts, gamblers, and dissolute; your daugh ters weak, vain and foolish ; while both sons and daughters will harbor a constant wish that “ the old coon would evacuate !” It will furnish you with a bloated body and with gouty feet at an early age. Finally, it will provide you with a magnificent funeral and a costly tom b ! But, burlesque aside, seriously there are the strongest reasons for the best men to seek money and to labor for it. W ith money, he and his family can be sheltered, fed and cloth ed! The man who has ever been certain of these first necessaries o f life, has never experienced the fearful misfortunes that lie at his very door. Oh, to lie down at nights, after a day’s anxiety and struggle for the coarsest fare, not to sleep, but to be enshrouded with the thought o f the sufferings that misfortune has borne down upon you and an endeared fam ily; to feel the winter’s piercing chills penetrating every crevice o f the hovel you call your h om e; to fear that colds, croups and con sumption are lying in wait for some little soul whose presence here is as ne cessary to you as your own health;— surely not to sleep, but to the torture o f the anguish o f want! To rise up in the morning without the certainty o f honestly providing bread to prevent starvation. But whoever has not expe rienced actual want, cannot be made to understand what it is unaccompa nied by filth, rags, and blasphemy. The general statement, however, can be comprehended. That is, place a man in such a position as to prevent him from suffering the terrific fears o f want, and you have his capacities free for intense mental and physical action. And this is the first great good that wealth brings to h im ; the comforts, yea, the luxuries o f a h om e! not the extravagant, but the convenient, comfortable home, furnished first with the absolute necessaries, then the means o f education and refinement. The place, not merely for the business man to board and lodge, but where he holds sweet companionship with the confiding, sympathizing wife, who, with a spirit equal to his own, can nerve him on to great and good deeds ; where his children climb upon his knees and lovingly lisp their tenderest endear ments ; where the best books are read and appreciated; where music is heard and pictures are seen ; where, above all things else, a domestic altar is founded, upon which the incense of a sincere and humble piety is offered up unceasingly to Heaven. These things alone are sufficient to force a man to strive after wealth; for without wealth they cannot be had. Are not all entitled to these blessings ® Are they not lavishly provided by a beneficent Providence for all men ? If so, let them be realized and possessed, for without them there is danger o f degradation and moral death. As a merchant makes money, he is entitled to' a wider range o f benefits. H e can indulge in travel to see the wonders o f nature and o f art. H e can procure books the concentrated wisdom of the ages, he can have compan ionship, thus, with the greatest and best minds that have ever sojourned on the earth, and time to spend with them. There too, are the luxuries o f doing good. The opportunities, every day occurring, to aid the deserving and striving youth, ia the way o f benefit to himself and usefulness to the world. To save the widow and orphan sensi tively secreted in some cold, dark attic; to project and carry out extensive plans o f benevolence for the poor, the down-trodden, and the cast-away o f T rad e o f Trebizond in 1 8 5 2 . 319 one’s own city and tlie w orld; to found institutions o f real and lasting bene fit to general literature and science; to exert a powerful influence against political wrongs, and eradicate institutions that have grown old in oppres sion ; to extend the holy truths o f Christianity to the heathen who are liv ing without God and without hope in the world. These are some o f the privileges and blessings o f wealth. W ithout wealth a man is comparatively powerless and insignificant. Make money, then, acquire wealth, not for the gross love o f lucre, but for the power it will give y o u ; for the blessings broadcast you can bestow ; for the right to be godlike in action; for your own highest good, and for the good o f all within reach o f your benevolence. Art. V,— TRADE OF TREBIZOND IN 1852. T he Commerce o f this great and chief port o f the Black Sea, amounted in imports in 1852, to 224,179,300 piasters, or $8,967,172, and in exports, to 105,052,656 piasters, or $4,202,107, showing a difference between the two o f 119,126,644 piasters, or $4,645,066. Part o f the transit trade to Persia has been balanced, as in last year, by returns in spiecie, the greater portion o f which go to Tifflis, in Georgia, where they are turned into paper, (bills o f exchange on Europe). In the notice o f exports, detailed under this head, is comprised 38,683,100 piasters, or $1,547,324, in specie, sent from Trebizond to Constantinople by steam, to pay for goods for the transit trade with Persia. The bales o f Persian productions amounted to some 17,116 in number, among which are 6,300 in silk, all brought from Persia, through Egeroom on horses or mules. On the other hand, there were imported for the transit trade o f this country, 48,300 bales o f manufactures, sugar, <fcc. B y comparing the figures o f the trade o f last year with these o f the present, a considerable diminution will be perceived in the imports in transit for Persia, which has its origin in the circumstance that a great amount o f goods was amassed in Persia in 1851, so that it caused a considerable diminution in the prices o f nearly all kinds o f manufactures, and thus prevented any farther orders be ing given for more. However, from the figures o f the present year, it will be observed that no unimportant amount o f trade has been carried on. The products o f Persia, especially silk, have found an active and free sale, and the loads o f the present year surpass those o f the last, 14,756. The number o f passengers which embark and disembark at Trebizond is very great. The Capital attracts vast numbers o f emigrant people from the interior. In 1852, they amounted to 17,200, the greater portion o f which took passage in the steamers belonging to the Imperial Arsenal, and to the Ottoman Company. The three companies, viz., Turkish, Austrian, and English, are declared rivals, and in spirit o f competition have lowered the fare so much, that it cannot certainly leave any profit to either. The trade o f Persia still continues to pass through Trebizond and Egeroom. The road which, at the request o f the British ambassador was commenced, between these places, has long since been abandoned. The peculations of the Governor o f the Province, Ismail Pacha, absorbed nearly all the sums devoted to that purpose by the Porte ; and it is not improbable also that Russian intrigue aided in putting a stop to an enterprise so useful 320 Trade o f Trebizond in 1 8 5 2 . to British manufactures and to Turkish Commerce, but so contrary to the views o f Russia, which still cherishes the idea o f drawing all the transit trade o f Persia through Georgia. To effect this, the emperor must obtain a port for his Georgian province— say Battoom— from Turkey, and then, by a little annexation, on the head branches o f the Arras, secure a direct and cheaper route for Persian caravans. IMPORTS. Piasters. Ottoman.— 51 steamers................... “ 120 sailing vessels.......... 120,225,151 9,525,440 Austrian.— 20 steamers................... “ 1 sailing vessel. . . . . . 52,803,996 73,984 English.— I t steamers..................... “ 3 sailing vessels........... 40,057,940 295,644 Danish.— 1 sailing vessel............... Russian.— 2 sailing vessels............. Greek.— 2 sailing vessels............... Ionic.— 1 sailing vessel................... French.— 1 sailing vessel in ballast 859,000 161,850 104,520 71,784 Piasters. 129,750,592 52,877,980 40,353,584 000 1,197,144 Total 224,179,030 Total number of vessels: 219— 88 steamers ; 130 sailing vessels; 1 sailing vessel in ballast. PRINCIPAL MERCHANDISES IMPORTED. Manufactures......... Cloth ....................... S ilk ......................... Coarse clo th s ........ Linen do................... ....... pkgs. Red ca p s................. Dry fru its............... Medicine................. P la n k s................... B eer......................... ........ bbls. B randy................... R u m ....................... Iron b a r s ................ Zinc in le a v e s........ Copper..................... S te e l....................... Tin-plate ................. N a ils....................... ......... bbls. Im plem ents........... Worked copper.. . . Glass wares............. Leather................... C olors..................... Books....................... Paper ....................... Jewelry ................. H orologery............. H ardw are............... Porcelains............... U m brellas............. 48,859 382 58 184 22 35 2,966 72 22,000 380 104 109 S u g a r ......................... Coffee......................... Pepper ..................... In digo......................... Cochineal................... Tea............................. Pianos ....................... Furniture................... Glass w a r e ............... Perfum ery................. Lucifer matches........ P ottery..................... 476 Incense ....................... 478 Tobacco....................... 4,497 Pipe nuts ‘. ................. I S Ropes ....................... 117 W o o l......................... 264 Yellow seed............... 191 Lemons & oranges. . . 227 Preserved fruits . . . . 309 Olives......................... 91 O i l ............................. 357 S o a p ........................... 1,100 Sundry provisions.. . 20 Sundry objects.......... 55 Charcoal..................... 327 S a lt ............................. 13 Rice............................. 15 W h ea t........................ ' 585 Maize........................... 15 B arley......................... 22 F lo u r .......................... 7,668 1,494 175 40 47 408 5 79 60 50 55 63 58 538 176 . 157 230 97 284 69 161 87 566 164 1,541 14,813 47,500 40 199,800 91,800 7,000 70 T rad e o f Trebizond in 1 8 5 2 . 321 EXPOETS. Piasters. Ottoman.— 61 steam ers......... “ 48 sailing vessels , “ 12 ditto in ballast 60,248,620 9.108,124 English.— 11 steamers........................... 3 sailing vessels in ballast 19,222,656 Austrian.— 20 steamers....................... . “ 1 sailing vessel in ballast 14,423,168 French.— 1 sailing vessel..................... Russian.— 1 d itto.................................... “ 1 ditto in ballast................. Danish.— 1 do.......................................... Ionic.— 1 d o ............................................. Greek.— 2 sailing vessels in ballast . . . 1,211,488 838,100 Piasters. 000 69,356,644 000 19,222,656 000 14,423,168 000 000 000 000 2,049,588 T o ta l........................................ T ota l: 219 steamers and vessels. 105,052,656 PRIN CIPAL MERCHANDISES EXPORTED. Shawls..................... ...........pkgs. Silk........................... Gall-nuts................. Leeches ................... Persian tobacco. . . . W a x ......................... T iftik ....................... T o w ......................... Boxwood................. Gum......................... Hemp th re a d ........ C arpet..................... T obacco................... Saffron..................... C a via r..................... .......... bbls. Honey..................... . C heese..................... Dry fru its............... A lu m ....................... L e a d ....................... C opp er..................... Ir o n ......................... Colors..................... VOL. X X IX .-----NO. III. 196 6,389 2,013 399 6,959 800 111 80 16,000 494 1,045 20 440 181 294 13 21 131 61 154 4,483 1,389 88 Pens (reeds)................. Turkey shoes................. Tressed stra w ............... G rease........................... T a r ................................. R i c e ............................... Yellow s e e d ................. Potatoes......................... N u t s .............................. Kidney-beans............... . W h ea t............................ Smoked m e a t............... A pples........................... Butter............................. ...b b ls. Worked leather........... . ..pkgs. Skins ........................... Salted skins................... Horsehair....................... Pipe w o o d ..................... Various d y e s ............... Turkish manufactures . Several merchandises .,. . .pkgs. 21 83 39 185 144 106 32 84 145 3,532 8,121 14,000 458 1,486 186 204 381 118 88 93 125 441 1,125 322 O porto : its Commerce, etc. Art. VI.— O P O R T O I T S COMMERCE, ETC. T he city o f Oporto, called the second capital o f the kingdom of Portugal, like the greatest part o f the maritime places on the southwestern coast of Europe, was built by the Phenicians, near the mouth of the river Douro, on the undulating declivities o f three large hills which form a kind o f amphi theater, the bases o f which are watered by the silvery waves of the same river. On the opposite side lies the town of Villanova, celebrated for its beautiful sites, like the hill o f Gaya, and the historical and splendid Serra do Pillar, which, in cases o f war, can be considered as the strongest bulwarks o f the fortress o f Oporto. But, more than to the enchanting beauties o f its scenery, Villanova owes its renown and richness to the immense number o f large and spacious wine-lodges which occupy nearly the whole area o f the lower part of the town, where all the best wines from the Douro are deposited and kept previous to being shipped, or used for internal consump tion. Only wines o f a second or inferior quality, destined for the home consumption, are admitted to storage within the city of Oporto, while those classified by the wine inspector as first quality wines, are to be stored in the lodges o f Villanova, which are numbered, registered, and often inspected by officers o f the custom-house and surveyors appointed by the Royal Douro W in e Company, and by the Commercial association.* The city o f Oporto has a population o f 80,000 inhabitants, inclusive o f the suburbs, and the watering place of St. Joao da Foz, situated about one league distant from the city, at the mouth o f the Douro. There the port of Oporto, which for small and middling sized vessels, would become one o f the best and safest mooring places on the Atlantic coast o f Europe, is encum bered by a bar formed by beds o f sand, and several rocks, above the ebb of the sea, among which 0 Cabedello and A punta da Cruz are the most con spicuous. These dangerous obstructions, against which, every year, at least half a dozen o f vessels meet with inevitable loss, make the passes impracti cable during the flood o f the Douro, and in irany other instances, when there is either too much surf, or too much current on the bar, or when the water is too low. Vessels making the bar of Oporto, are oftentimes obliged to cruise between that place and the rock o f Lisbon, for many days, before they receive a pilot from St Joao da Foz, and can attempt to cross the bar. In other instances, especially during the winter season, they are obliged to seek for shelter in the Bay of V igo, at about five leagues’ distance, on the coast o f Gallicia. The frequent and distressing losses o f valuable cargoes, and often of pre cious lives, on the bar of Oporto, impressed the Portuguese government with the necessity of doing something f o r it. Unfortunately, they did not do anything for it, but they made something out o f it. More than fifty years since, a law was passed, by which all the vessels, inclusive of the small crafts and coasters which cross the bar, are charged an extra tonnage duty o f 100 reis for each ton, to be appropriated to the improvement of the bar. That duty has been levied and faithfully collected ever since on all national and foreign vessels, by the custom-house o f Oporto, which gives an account o f * The first quality wines stored in the wine lodges at Villanova vary from 120,000 to 150,000 pipes; and the yearly exportations to the different parts of Europe, Brazils, and North America, average 36,000 pipes, at least 25,000 of which are shipped to England. , O porto : its Com merce etc. 323 nearly $10,000 a year, so that we can easily reckon that about $500,000 were actually received by the Portuguese government for what they call the works o f the bar (as obras da barra ; ) but, to the great shame o f that gov ernment, not one cent has yet been spent towards that salutary object, nor does exist any reserved fund in the hands o f the public functionaries, appiopriated to that specific purpose. Mismanagement, dilapidation, and pecula tion have always been prominent characteristics o f the government o f Por tugal. Many projects and plans have been presented, at several times, to the government, by foreign companies, and by rich and philanthropic capi talists o f Oporto, for the improvement o f that bar, by which Commerce in general, and the community o f Oporto especially, would have been greatly benefited, without any cost on the part of the government, except the extra tonnage due, which, o f course, would have been received by the contractors. But, up to this day, the ministers o f Her most faithful Majesty did not deem it fit to give up that small income for the better safety o f her subjects, and o f their property. Vessels drawing more than eleven feet o f water cannot cross the b Oporto, even in the best weather. After such premises, it is needless for us to say that the navigation of the beautiful river Douro, which, without much expense and trouble could be easily extended across all the province of Traz os Montes, to the very center o f Spain, in its present state, it is only prac ticable by small flatboats, which carry to the Oporto mart the productions o f the interior, the wines from the Regoa, and the wheat from Oastille, which is stored at Villanova, and re-exported, according to recent treaty stipula tions with Spain. The principal exportations from Oporto are made to Eng land, mostly in English bottoms, and consist in wine, fruit, argols, wool, and cork wood. A few cargoes o f the same goods are also sent to Hamburg, and to some other ports on the Baltic. To Brazils, with which Oporto has still a very lucrative intercourse, they export wine, hardware, common crockery, coarse woolens and cotton goods, in return o f more valuable car goes of hides, sugar, coffee, cocoa, raw cotton, and some lum ber* W ith the United States they exchange their wines (the average is 3,000 pipes a year, mostly o f the second quality) with staves, masts, rice, whale bone, cotton, and naval stores ; but the transactions between the two coun tries are almost insignificant. The greatest and most costly importations in Oporto come from England, especially in dry goods aad other manufactures, and in codfish from N ew foundland. To give an idea o f the extent o f the British trade with the kingdom o f Portugal, it will be sufficient to say that the value o f woolens and other manufactured wares imported into Lisbon and Oporto, from England, from 1800 to 1820, amounted to £5 3,259,580, although that period includes the time of the French invasion and of the Peninsular war. From 1815 to 1827, the importations from England averaged annually at £1,647,283. A t least two hundred English vessels are employed every year in carrying cod fish from Newfoundland to Lisbon, Oporto, Figuera, and Vianna; 4,242,441 quintals o f that commodity were imported during the period running from 1796 to 1810, and 5,941,615 quintals from 1816 to 1836. The great preponderance, at early periods, acquired by the British mer * All goods imported from Brazils have separate public stores, and a separate branch of the custom-house, called “ Alfandega de Massarellos.” 324 , O porto : its Commerce etc. chants in the Portuguese markets, cannot be ascribed solely to the superi ority o f their manufactures upon those of all other countries, but principally to the immense advantages and privileges granted to them from the several treaties stipulated by the British government with the Portuguese crown. Since the year 1571, Cardinal Henrique, as tutor and regent during the minority o f the king, Don Sebastian, stipulated a treaty of friendship and reciprocity, as such treaties are generally styled, with the Court o f St. James, and in 1624, another treaty of peace and Commerce was entered into with Great Britain by the K ing Don John IV ., by which British merchants ac quired the right to free and undisturbed trade, not only with Portugal and her islands, but also with Brazils and the ultra-marine possessions of the Portuguese crown. But the humiliating conditions agreed upon by either ignorant or corrupt ministers on the part o f Portugal, in former treaties, can hardly be com pared with the degrading stipulations o f the treaty o f Methuen, of the year 1703, and o f that o f 1810. The government which did not shrink before the sanction o f those conventions, delivered Portugal handcuffed and feetshackled to the prepotent cupidity o f an invading power, which turned to its own profit the ruin o f all manufacturing industry o f that beautiful and rich country. Notwithstanding the joint efforts of English egotism and o f Portuguese corruption in high quarters, to paralyze all spirit of industrial enterprise in Portugal, Oporto can still boast of being a manufacturing city. Besides some thousand looms which she possesses, and which furnish to the country, to the colonies and to the Brazils, substantial and very desirable wool and cotton goods, a large cotton spinning and twisting establishment was re cently founded near St. Tyrso, on Visella river. There are also in Oporto, many silk factories, where the common raw silk o f Traz os Montes is twisted into sewing silk, and the tram and orgarizine, imported from Italy, is con verted into beautiful velvet, silks, and gros-de-Naples. The wine, which is the principal resource o f Oporto and o f the surround ing districts, is made in a certain part of the country, placed on the right bank o f the Douro, from between ten to twenty leagues distant from the city. The principal entrepot is a small town called A Regoa, from which all the wines are sent in small flatboats down to Oporto and Viilanova. The Douro wine, in its primitive state, is not fit for shipment. In the wine lodges of Viilanova it always undergoes a process o f purification with the white o f eggs, and o f strengthening, through the addition o f strong white brandy, and o f some old wine. B y the repeated turning, shaking and mix ing o f the liquid, the wine is brought to that perfection which makes the port wine so acceptable and celebrated in all foreign countries. W hat is known in America as pure juice, is called in Portugal geropiga, and is generally used to give strength and an agreeable flavor to wines either naturally too poor, or having lost by age part o f their power. It is the first juice of the grape, put to boil until it is reduced to two-thirds of its volume, when one-third o f first-rate brandy is added to it, which gives to the stuff a high grade. In many instances sugar also is added, and the juice o f the elder-berry which, by its deep color, gives to the stuff an appearance o f a strong-bodied wine. W ith the view o f preventing frauds and adulterations in the wine manu facture, and o f preserving the high reputation enjoyed by the port-wine in foreign countries, the trade o f that valuable commodity has been so much Com mercial B en efits o f S la very. 325 entangled by an immense number o f legislative enactments and local regu lations, that, in the present state o f affairs, a more enlightened and broader policy is loudly claimed by the Commercial Association o f Oporto, which embraces the most patriotic and instructed men of that large city. Am ong the greatest deeds of the immortal Marquis de Pombal, is the es tablishment of the Royal Douro W in e Company, to counteract the long ex ercised monopoly o f the Englis'.i company known as the English Oporto fac tory. The K ing himself was the first stockholder o f the newly formed na tional company. W hen this patriotic measure was adopted in 1755, it ex cited the strongest complaints on the part o f the British merchants resident o f Oporto, and by their malignant suggestions and instigations a large num ber o f poor, narrow-minded inhabitants o f the wine region were so misled as to attempt an insurrection, which the strong arm of the uncompromising minister succeeded in repressing, not without some difficulty and bloodshed. The first effect of the establishment o f the Royal Douro W ine Company was, that the exportations o f the port-wine which, during the twenty years previous to that event, never exceeded 18,000 pipes, amounted in 1757 to to 35,000, and the price which, on account o f the British monopoly, had been kept down to 45 milreis per pipe, suddenly rose to 125 milreis. How ever, the many and important political changes occurred since that epoch, and the material progress o f all human speculations in our days, induce us to hope and wish that the privileges still enjoyed by the Royal Douro W ine Company, may soon be abolished, together with the many burdens and vex atious regulations which embarrass the wine trade and exportations in Oporto. The first quality wine exported to all foreign countries, is taxed with an export duty o f 15 milreis per pipe, part o f which is paid for the benefit o f the said Royal Company. The total amount o f the receipts o f the custom-house o f Oporto in the fiscal year 1841 to 1842, was 5,393,950 K’s. l. w . t. Art. VII.— CO IIER CIAL BENEFITS OF SLAVERY.* To F r e e m a n H unt, Editor o f the Merchants Magazine. D e a r S ir :— In discussing this subject apparent digressions will be made, owing to the intimate relations existing, and the dependence o f Commerce on the stability of governments. * W e published in the Merchants' Magazine for April, 1853, an article on “ T iie M o r a l B e n e f it s S l a v e r y ,” communicated by Dr. P r i c e , o f Spencerville, Alabama; and in June another com munication under the title o f “ T h e M o r a l R e s u l t s of S l a v e r y ,” from the Rev. T. W. H i g g in s o n , o f Worcester, Massachusetts, designed by the writer as a reply to the remarks o f Dr. Price. In pub lishing the last-named paper, we remarked, in substance, that both were admitted with equal reluc tance, because although, as Dr. Price argues, “ Slaves are considered and used as merchantable property,” and us such may be an appropriate subject in the pages o f a mercantile work, it was not the mercantile aspect o f that topic which he discussed. Now the “ moral benefits ” or the “ moral results " of Slavery, apart from their commercial and industrial bearing, are not topics falling within the design of the Merchants' Magazine. As, however, Dr. Price has seen fit to discuss what he terms “ The Commercial Benefits o f Slavery,” we are induced, in accordance with the rule which we have frequently laid down, and to which we have uniformly adhered, o f allowing a free and fair dis cussion of mooted points, falling within the range of the work, to admit the present communication; of 326 Com m ercial B en efits o f S lavery. 1. That the results o f slave labor furnish the basis for Commerce, and that it cannot be furnished with constancy by any other description of labor. 2. The tendency which Slavery has in giving stability to governments. 3. The contributions o f slavery to national wealth. To maintain the leading clause o f the first proposition, we look to the statistics o f those governments which exercise the most diffusing and power ful influence on Commerce; it is shown the articles of cotton, sugar, rice, and tobacco, (which are almost exclusively the products o f slave labor,) con stitute nearly two-thirds o f the exports o f the United States; on the exports are mainly dependent the imports, from which is derived government rev enue; lienee those articles not only form the basis o f external Commerce, but are the means through which two-thirds o f her revenue is raised. The product o f slave labor is o f acknowledged supremacy W’itk Great Britain, not only as a commercial and manufacturing basis, but as a means o f adding stability to the government, by furnishing employment to men, and money necessary for internal protection. Articles of merchandise giving healthful tone to the trade o f these governments, must to a great extent affect the Commerce o f all with which they have intercourse; which extends, directly or indirectly, to the known world. To render slaves profitable, strict regard must be had to their health, comfort, and happiness; with these con tributions, fidelity and usefulness will be the return under proper manage ment. The African race being the only one now recognized as slaves, in the full sense o f the term, these remarks will pertain to such, although there are others, as virtually slaves, with the (supposed) mild and qualifying epi thets o f serf, peyean, apprentice, hirelings, servant, laborer, subject, tenant, debtor, &c., many o f them with fewer allowed privileges, under the penalty o f dismissal or imprisonment for neglect o f duty, with the horrors of want to follow in their train.* and injustice to the writer, and the Magazine, we take the liberty o f subjoining the note o f Dr. Price; as a preface to his remarks, without further comment:— S p e n c e r v i l l e , A l a b a m a , July 2 0,1 84 3. Mr. F reeman Hunt :— D e a r 8 i r — I feel it a duty to offer an apology for sending you this article, after your note under Mr. Higginson’ s nominal reply to my April article. 1 assure you that it is not with the view o f invi ting discussion that my article on Slavery is sent to your journal; and had resolved in advance not to notice any reply that might be made. Because 1 have no idea o f convincing anv one (at least to bring them to the point of admission) whose prejudices are established against slavery; but their noticing my article is an evidence that public attention has been arrested, and that a spiri o f inves tigation is up, inside o f their public replies;—effect this and I am satisfied. The main object I have in sending my articles to your journal, is in consequence of the high value I attach to it in the hands of planters. I believe the statistics gathered from it saved for me more than a thousand dollars in the sale of 250 bales of cotton of last year’s crop, by enabling me to price it according to the rule of supply and demand. Having no selfishness in my composition, 1 want to see it in the hands o f every planter, feeling confident that they will esteem it, as I do, a faithful financial friend. You may in quire why it is necessary to publish such communications to secure its currency in the South. 1 an swer, because there have appeared in it frequently, articles, the leading views o f which were opposed to our institution of Domestic Slavery ; and l have often heard the remark made, that it was not a work adapted to the tastes and feelings of slave-holders on that account. 1 concluded and often ex pressed the opinion, from the liberal tone o f its editor g< nerally, the one-sided appearance o f the work was owing entirely to the want of articles being furnished on the opposite. And when my April article appeared, 1 felt confident in the opinion, and a different judgment respecting your jour nal became general among my acquaintances. Now sir, if you can, consistently with your views, ad mit this article into your journal, be assured that any reply to it will pass unnoticed by me, at least through your pages. I think the proper course would be to forbid any article purporting to be a reply ; but if any writer should send independent articles, setting forth his views on this subject, they should receive proper consideration. As slaves certainly are merchandise, I venture to send you this, hoping that you will not consider it discourteous; with the request that, should its publi cation not meet your views, you will return the manuscript at my expense; with the assurance that such refusal will not alter my estimate of Hunt's Merchants' Magazine, or create disappointment. Yours, with high respect* W m . S. P r i c e . Com m ercial B enefits o f S lavery. 327 As to the health o f slaves, every one is aware of its importance, hence no remark is necessary. Comfort and happiness are so nearly synonymous, when applied to the slave population, that to add the one the other follows, as a result. These blessings are to be conferred, by administering a welldigested police, by keeping them employed in a climate and atmosphere adapted to their physical nature, to the extent o f substituting moral employ ment and instruction for the vicious— inclinations and actions which are the legitimate fruits o f idleness. The business of planting affords such employ ment and location. Cotton, sugar, rice, and tobacco, can be produced for commercial purposes, only in a mild climate, and by such labor as can be controlled; to make a crop o f either, and prepare it for market, requires the entire year’s work, the least relaxation or neglect, in preparing the land, planting, cultivation, or gathering, insures defeat. Can such labor be found outside of Slavery; in other words, can these staples be produced, by any other labor than such'as can be sent to the field and compelled to stay there until a fair day’s work is done, for a succession o f years; which is necessary according to the pres ent method o f planting and the demands o f Commerce ? The experiment has been tried both in this and other countries, with strong inducements presented to the laborers for their continuance in the business with the necessary energy, but without any thing like success, they preferring a change o f employment, although want should be the conse quence, rather than submit to the constant labor in the sun, which is essen tial for the production o f these staples ; although there is immense territory in the same climate with our own adapted to cotton-raising, yet threefourths o f that which is used in Commerce is made by the well directed slave labor o f the Southern States; and so far as the labor is involved the same may be said o f sugar, rice, and tobacco. Curtail the supply o f these four staples, to the extent that experience has proven would be the case if any other description o f labor was to be relied on for their production, and what would be the condition o f Commerce ? War, pestilence, and famine, would not have such an effect on the world’s prosperity; it is likely they would be confined to localities, but the other would be o f world-wide effect, not only by land but by sea likewise; the affliction would not be confined to commercial communities, but every class would feel it ; not alone those who are engaged in manufacturing these staples, they being thrown out of employment would crowd other professions, which would be the means of reducing wages below a living, besides the awful doom that would await the present operatives engaged in their production, as vagabonds they would wander on the face o f the earth until the masses would be hunted down and destroyed by their more enlightened neighbors, as has been with some, and will be the fate o f all the aboriginal tribes o f Am erica; thus the calamity would be diffused through every branch o f business and every class o f so ciety, from the hamlet to the palace, its blighting effect would be felt. That Commerce is dependent on government for protection, no question will arise; a government, to enjoy the confidence of Commerce, and be able to extend protection, must have stability, and that stability is dependent on the subordination o f the mass o f her population, which is regulated either by their intelligence or their privileges. The masses o f almost every coun try are ignorant as to the requisites necessary to give form and stability to government; and in all that are densely populated experience has proven the necessity o f abridging the suffrage privilege, which some do by requiring 328 Com m ercial B enefits o f S lavery. a high property qualification, others by title and grade in society; by which means the mass o f common laborers have equivalent privileges with absolute slaves in making laws to govern themselves or reform the govern ment. B y the concentration o f power in the hands o f those possessing an identity o f interests, causing power and interest mutually to protect each other from encroachments by the masses, has given stability to many Euro pean governments o f long standing. The evidence we have that it is this policy which has given them stability, is to be found in the case of those governments which, for a time, adopted the popular or republican form ; such as France, Greece, Mexico, the States o f South America, &c., where their stability amounted to a biennial change; falling into the hands of such as were able to secure the favor o f the masses, independent o f merit or the form o f government to be administered when in power. Thus de monstrating that the republican form of government cannot be enjoyed by a people until educated in view o f it, which can be done only by a system o f general political education, conducted by liberty o f speech and o f the press; and the fact is not yet proven that they can be fully and safely tole rated among any other people than such as have been taught their use during the formation o f national character. Y et their toleration is abso lutely necessary to the formation and perpetuation o f a republican form o f government; hence it is the slave States o f this Union that may be looked to for its stability; if not the dominant, the conservative power should re main in their hands. The slave population precludes immigration to the extent o f a dangerous adulteration, by supplying labor, which will preserve in its original purity a white population, which has inherited the free and safe use o f speech and of the press, as a sure means o f perpetuating this government, which was conceived and brought forth in view o f the institution o f domestic slavery. This species o f property has the tendency to produce among those who are living in its midst, and are interested in its management, an identity o f in terest and feeling, a fondness for the same constitution and laws, that has been found to work well for Africa’s once valueless and benighted sons, for their perpetual guardians the moral and commercial world. Although po litical aspirants, and other restless spirits, may arouse and array party feel ing for a time, yet when the vital interests o f the country are at stake, its constitution and laws, there is but one sentiment, although they may differ as to action; so long as a people entertaining sentiments in common on questions o f government arising from its adaptation to their interests, and have power, there can be no danger o f its stability, or of its commercial prosperity from within. That the productions o f slave labor add largely to the wealth and power o f the United States is founded on the fact, that nearly three-fourths o f her surplus production is the result o f this description o f la bor: and it is only such surplus being thrown into commercial channels that can bring the wealth o f other countries to this, (except by a free gift,) which only could be considered a true addition or contribution to national wealth; all other means (strictly speaking) being the development o f internal resources. Commercial preparations and wealth are necessary concomitants when a na tion has to exercise offensive or defensive power; it is the surplus produc tion that gives rise to such preparations, hence much of the wealth which is added from without, and o f the. power which enables her to command respect abroad, is referable to her slave institution either directly or indi Com m ercial B enefits o f S lavery. 329 rectly. Much o f this reasoning is applicable to other nations dealing largely in the products o f slave labor, although they may disclaim the existence of positive or perpetual slavery within the pale o f their governments. The true interest o f every country is to encourage the useful arts, in view o f the development of all o f her natural resources, the idle waters, wild soil, things on the surface, hidden treasures beneath, and the air which sweeps above are her’s for culture and improvement, by which the national character is magnified, and physical support increased for a much larger population. To effect this in every country, and keep pace with science, the labor o f the world’s population, properly directed, would be inadequate; yet much o f this population is permitted to exist in as wild and dormant a state as the undeveloped resources are. There is no doubt but every man in a state o f civilization feels it his duty to be actively engaged, independent o f the mere supply of his own necessities, in converting the dormant resources of the world into a tangible and realizable form for the world’s progress, and it is only such that can take a retrospect and make claim to a well-spent life. S ow , if it is the rational desire and ambition o f civilized man to bring the things o f earth to this state o f usefulness, how much more so is it his duty to Bring persons bearing his own physical (and probably mental) image, purporting to have descended from the same common stock, who are by millions roaming on the earth’s beautiful surface, as wild as the beasts o f the forests, without any more moral culture or usefulness, ignorant o f any proper appreciation o f nature’s gifts, and a terror to civilized man in attempting to introduce cultivation or improvement. All experience has proven, and all historical authority is corroborative, that the speediest and only method which has succeeded to any extent in bringing the heathen (proper) into a state o f usefulness, is by placing them in contact with, and, under the educated hand o f civilization, until their wild nature and slothful habits shall be worn out, and a capacity for self government manifested, although'it should require thousands o f years to effect it. This work of usefulness is to be commenced by the civilized countries permitting, by law, their own and the population o f each other to obtain, by purchase or capture, o f the world’s heathen, as many as they can profit ably employ, to be perpetual slaves, with proper enactments for their treat ment. There is very little doubt but the'first governmental opposition to this once noble and praiseworthy license for doing good to the heathen, originated in the short-sighted apprehension that there would not be room in the civilized portions o f the world for the well-doing o f their own surplus population; but let them fear not, science will develop employment as fast as population can grow in all time to c om e; and selfish considerations should not be tolerated with such an amount o f good in prospect. The ostensible objections raised against slavery are its attendant cruelties and immoralities; but they are blessings when compared with such as are prac ticed in their native condition ; some of which are the scarifying o f infant’s cheeks, that pain may result when they attempt to express their wants by crying, selling each other for a trifle in return, regardless o f their future lot, torturing themselves and one another under the dominion o f superstition, by burying alive, the funeral pile, Juggernaut’s car, &c., but that which is the worst o f all is cannibalism. Think o f the number o f fat babies and sprightly youths o f their own people, besides the unfortunate strangers that are eaten ; with these historical truths before us it would be blind prejudice to compare the horrors o f heathendom with the necessary penalties of 330 Com m ercial B en efits o f S lavery. slavery, which are never carried further than to secure subordination to the reasonable government o f civilization, which brings with it benefits, individ ual and general, which are unknown in heathendom. If enlightened gov ernments were to take this view o f the heathen’s condition and act, leaving the semi-civilized nations as the field for Christian effort and benevolence, what would be the effect f The enterprise and progress o f the age would call into requisition many-fold the number that are at present engaged in the efficient school o f civilization, and the odium which is attached to the epithet slavery would be lost in view o f the mutual benefits accruing to the heathen and his enlightened instructors through this humane institution. If the labor o f the present number o f heathen that are employed in the moral arts has produced so good an effect on the world’s commerce as has been shown, we would expect any multiplied number to produce a propor tionate effect, the ocean highways between commercial nations would be so crowded with merchantmen that their canvas would never be out o f each other’s sight, bearing the valuable products o f slave labor. Bearing on this subject is appended a transcript o f the protest resolutions o f W ellington, St. Vincent, Penshurst, and Winford, presented to the British Parliament on the 20th August, 1833, against the third reading of the slavery abolition bill. DISSENTIENT. “ 1. Because it is attempted by this bill to emancipate a nation o f slaves, not prepared by a previous course o f training, education, or o f religious in struction, habits o f industry, or o f social intercourse, for the position in which they will be placed in societyr. , “ 2. Because the value, as possessions o f the crown o f Great Britain, o f the colonies in which these negroes are located, as wTell as the value o f these estates to the proprietors and colonists, depends upon the labor o f the ne groes to obtain the valuable produce of the soil, sugar, whether as slaves, as apprentices, or as free laborers for hire. “ 3. Because the experience o f all times, and o f all nations, particularly that o f modern times, and in our own colonies, and in St. Domingo, has proved that men uncivilized, and at liberty to labor or not as they please, will not work for hire at regular agricultural labor in the low grounds with in the tropics; and ihe example o f the United States, a country but thinly peopled in proportion to its extent and fertility, and always in want of hands, has shown that even in more temperate climates the labor o f eman cipated negroes could not be relied upon for the cultivation o f the soil; and that the welfare o f society, as well as that o f the emancipated negroes them selves, required that they should be removed elsewhere. “ 4. Because the number o f negroes on the several islands and settle ments on the continent o f America in which they are located, is so small in proportion to the extent o f the country which they occupy, and the fertility o f the soil is so great, and the climate (however insalubrious and little in viting to exertion and labor) is so favorable to vegetation and the growth o f all descriptions o f the produce o f the earth, that it cannot be expected that these emancipated slaves, thus uneducated and untrained, will be induced to work for hire. “ 5. Because, upon this speculation depends the value o f a capital o f not less than 200,000,000 sterling, including therein the fortunes and existence, in a state o f independence, o f thousands o f colonists and proprietors o f es I 331 J o u rn a l o f M erca n tile L a w . tates in the colonies, the trade o f the country, the employment o f 250,000 tons o f British shipping, and o f 25,000 seamen, and a revenue which pro duces to the exchequer, upon sugar alone, not less than 5,000,000 sterling per annum.” WM. S. PRICE, M . D. JOURNAL OF MERCANTILE LAW. THE IN C O R P O R A T IO N OF F IR E IN S U R A N C E CO M PAN IES IN T H E S T A T E OF N E W T O R E . W e publish below “ An Act to provide for the Incorporation o f Fire Insurance Companies,” passed June 25th, 1853, by “ The People o f the State o f New York, represented in Senate and Assembly,” which is now in force:— AN ACT T O P R O V ID E F O R THE IN C O R P O R A T IO N OF F IR E IN SU R A N C E CO M PAN IES. S ec. 1. Any number o f persons, not less than thirteen, may associate and form an incorporated company for the following purposes, to wit T o make insurance on dwelling-houses, stores, and all kinds o f buildings, and upon household furniture, and other property, against loss or damage by fire, and the risks o f inland navigation and transportation. S ec . 2. Any company organized under this act, shall have pow er to effect re insurance o f any risks taken by them respectively. S ec. 3. Such persons shall file in the office o f the Controller, a declaration signed by all the corporators, expressing their intention to form a company for the purpose o f transacting the business o f insurance, as expressed in the first section o f this act, which declaration shall also comprise a copy o f the charter proposed to be adopted by them, and shall publish a notice o f such their inten tion, once in each week for at least six weeks, in a public newspaper in the coun ty in which such insurance company is proposed to be located. S ec. 4. The charter comprised in such declaration, shall set forth the name o f the company, the place where the principal office for the transaction of its bus iness shall be located; the mode and manner in which the corporate powers granted by this act are to be exercised; the mode and manner o f electing trus tees or directors, a majority o f whom shall be citizens o f this State, and o f fill ing vacancies, (but each director o f a stock company shall be the owner in his own right o f at least five hundred dollars worth o f the stock o f such company at its par value;) the period for the commencement and termination o f its fiscal year, and the amount o f capital to be employed in the transaction o f its business; and the Controller shall have the right to reject any name or title o f any com pany applied for, when he shall deem the name too similar to one already appro priated, or likely to mislead the public in any respect. S ec. 5. No company formed under this act shall, directly or indirectly, deal or trade in buying or selling any goods, wares, merchandise, or other commodi ties whatever, excepting such articles as may have been insured by any compa ny, and are claimed to be damaged by fire or water. S ec . 6. No joint-stock company shall be incorporated under this act in the city and county o f New York, nor in the county o f Kings, nor shall any com pany incorporated under this act establish any agency for the transaction o f bus iness in either o f said counties, with a smaller capital than one hundred and fifty thousand dollars, nor in any other county in this State, with a smaller capital than fifty thousand dollars; nor shall any company formed for the purpose o f doing the business o f fire or inland navigation insurance, on the plan o f mutual insurance, commence business if .located in the city o f New York, or in the county o f Kings, nor establish any agency for the transaction o f business in either o f said counties, until agreements have been entered into for insurance 332 Journal o f Mercantile Law. with at least four hundred applicants, the premiums on which shall amount to not less than tw o hundred thousand dollars, o f which forty thousand dollars shall have been paid in cash, and notes o f solvent parties, founded on actual and bona fide applications for insurance, shall have been received for the remaining one hundred and sixty thousand dollars; nor shall any mutual insurance com pany in any other county o f the State, commence business until agreements have been entered into for insurance with at least tw o hundred applicants, the pre miums on which shall amount to not less than one hundred thousand dollars, o f which twenty thousand dollars shall have been paid in cash, and notes o f solvent parties, founded on actual and bona fide applications for insurance, shall have been received for the remaining eighty thousand dollars; no one o f the notes received as aforesaid shall amount to more than five hundred dollars, and no tw o shall be given for the same risk, or be made by the same persons or firm, except where the whole amount o f such notes shall not exceed five hundred dollars; nor shall any such note be represented as capital stock unless a policy be issued upon the same within thirty days after the organization o f the company, upon a risk which shall be for no shorter period than twelve months. Each o f said notes shall be payable in part or in whole, at any time when the directors shall deem the same requisite for the payment o f losses by fire or inland navigation, and such incidental expenses as may be necessary for transacting the business o f said company. S ec . 7. It shall and may be lawful for the individuals associated for the pur pose o f organizing any company under this act, after having published the no tice and filed their declaration and charter, as required by the third section o f this act, and also on filing in the office o f the controller p roof o f such publica tion, by the affidavit o f the publisher o f such newspaper, his foreman, or clerk, to open books for subscription to the capital stock o f the company so intended to be organized, and to keep the same open until the full amount specified in the charter is subscribed; or in case the business o f such company is proposed to be conducted on the plan o f mutual insurance, then to open books to receive propositions, and enter into agreements in the manner and to the extent speci fied in the sixth section o f this act. S ec . 8. It shall be lawful for any company organized under this act, to invest its capital, or the funds accumulated in the course o f its business, or any part thereof, in bonds and mortgages on unincumbered real estate within the State o f New York, worth fifty per cent more than the sum loaned thereon; but in such valuation farm buildings shall not be estimated, and also in the stocks o f this State or o f the United States, or in the stocks or bonds o f either o f the in corporated cities o f this State, which shall be at or above par at the time o f the investment, and to lend the same or any part thereof, on the security o f such stocks or bonds, or upon bonds and mortgages as aforesaid, and to change and re-invest the same as occasion may from time to time require; but any surplus moneys (over and above the capital stock) o f any such fire and inland navigation insurance companies, or o f any fire insurance company incorporated under any law o f this State, may be invested in or loaned upon the pledge o f the stock, bpnds, or other evidences o f indebtedness o f any institution incorporated under the laws o f this State, except their own stock; provided, always, that the current market value o f such stocks, bonds, or other evidences o f indebtedness shall be a least ten per cent more than the sum so loaned thereon. S ec . 9. No company organized by or under this act, shall purchase, hold, or convey real estate, excepting for the purposes and in the manner herein set forth, to w it:— 1. Such as shall be requisite for its convenient accommodation in the transac tion o f its business; or, 2. Such as shall have been mortgaged to it in good faith, by way o f security for loans previously contracted, or for moneys d u e; or, 3. Such as shall have been conveyed to it in satisfaction o f debts previously contracted in their legitimate business, or for moneys d u e; or, 4. Such as shall have been purchased at sales upon judgments, decrees or Journal o f Mercantile Law. 333 mortgages obtained or made for such d ebts; and it shall not be lawful for any such company to purchase, hold, or convey real estate in any other case, or for any other purpose; and all such real estate as may be acquired as aforesaid, and which shall not be necessary for the accommodation o f such company in the transaction o f its business, shall be sold and disposed o f within five years after such company shall have acquired title thereto, unless the company shall procure a certificate from the controller o f the State, that the interests o f the company will suffer materially by a forced sale thereof, in which event the sale may be postponed for such a period as the controller shall direct in said certificate ; and the controller may also give such certificate and extend the time for holding real estate, in the like circumstances, on the application o f any insurance company heretofore incorporated. S ec . 10. T he charter and p roof o f publication herein required to be filed by every such company, shall be examined by the attorney general, and i f found conformable to this act and not inconsistent with the constitution or laws o f this State, shall be certified by him to the controller o f the State, who shall there upon cause an examination to be made, either by himself, or b y three disinter ested persons specially appointed by him for that purpose, who shall certify un der oath that the capital herein required o f the company named in the charter according to the nature o f the business proposed to be transacted by such com pany, has been paid in and is possessed by it in m oney, or in such stocks and bonds and mortgages as are required by the eighth section o f this act; or if a mutual company, that it has received and is in actual possession o f the capital, premiums, or bona fide engagements o f insurance, or other securities, as the case may be, to the full extent and o f the value required by the sixth section o f this a c t; and the name and the residence o f the maker o f each premium note form ing part o f the capital, and the amount o f such note shall be returned to the controller; and the corporators and officers o f such company shall be required to certify under oath that the capital exhibited to those persons is bona fide prop erty o f the company. Such certificate shall be filed in the office o f the controller, who shall thereupon deliver to such company a certified cop y o f the charter and o f such certificates, which, on being filed in the office o f the clerk o f the county where the company is to be located, shall be their authority to commence busi ness and issue policies; and such certified cop y o f the charter and o f said cer tificates may be used in evidence for or against said company with the same effect with the originals. S ec. 11. T he corporators, or the trustees or directors, as the case may be, o f any company organized under this act, shall have power to make such by-laws not inconsistent with the consitution or laws o f this State, as may be deemed necessary for the government o f its officers and the conduct o f its affairs, and the same, when necessary, to alter and amend, and they and their successors may have a com mon seal, and may change and alter the same at their pleasure. S ec . 12. It shall not be lawful for the directors, trustees, or managers o f any such company, to make any dividend except from the surplus profits arising from their business, and in estimating such profits, there shall be reserved therefrom a sum equal to the amount o f premiums unearned on risks not matured, and also all sums due the corporation on bonds and mortgages, bonds, stocks, and book accounts, o f which no part o f the interest or principal thereon has been paid during the last year, and for which foreclosure or suit has not been com m erced for collection, or which after judgment obtained thereon, shall have remained more than tw o years unsatisfied, and on which interest shall not have been paid, and also all interest due or accrued, and remaining unpaid. A ny divi dend made contrary to these provisions shall subject the stockholders receiving it to a joint and several liability to the creditors o f such company, to the extent o f the dividend. S ec. 13. A ll notes deposited with any mutual insurance company at the time o f its organization, as provided in section six, shall remain as security for all losses and claims until the accumulation o f the profits, invested as required by the eighth section o f this act, shall equal the amount o f cash capital required to 334 Journal o f Mercantile Law. be possessed by stock companies organized under this act, the liability o f each note decreasing proportionately as the profits are accumulated; but any note which may have been deposited with any mutual insurance company subsequent to its organization, in addition to the cash premium on any insurance effected with such company, may, at the expiration o f the time o f such insurance, be re linquished and given up to the maker thereof, or his representatives, upon his paying the proportion o f all losses and expenses which may have accrued thereon during such term. The directors or trustees o f any such company shall have the right to determine the amount o f the note to be given in addition to the cash premium, by any person insuring in any such com pany; but in no case shall the note be more than five times the whole amount o f the cash premium. And every person effecting insurance in any mutual company, and also their heirs, executors, .administrators, and assigns, continuing to be so insured, shall thereby becom e members o f said corporation during the period o f insurance, and shall be bound to pay for losses and such necessary expenses as aforesaid, accruing in and to said company, in proportion to the amount o f his deposit note or notes. The directors shall, after receiving notice o f any loss or damage by fire sustained by any member, and ascertaining the same, or after the rendition o f any judgment against said company for loss or damage, settle and determine the sums to be paid by the several members thereof as their respective portion o f such loss, and publish the same in such manner as they shall see fit, or as the by-laws shall have prescribed; and the sum to be paid by each member shall always be in pro portion to the original amount o f his deposit note or notes, and shall be paid to the officers o f the company within thirty days next after the publication o f said notice. And if any member shall, for the space o f thirty days after the publica tion o f said notice, and after personal demand for payment shall have been made, neglect or refuse to pay the sum assessed upon him as his proportion o f any loss as aforesaid, in such case the directors may sue for and recover the whole amount o f his deposit note or notes, with costs o f suit, but execution shall only issue for assessments and costs as they accrue, and every such execution shall be ac companied by a list o f the losses for which the assessment is made. I f the whole amount o f deposit notes shall be insufficient to pay the loss occasioned by any fire or fires, in such case the sufferers insured by the said company shall receive toward making good their respective losses, a proportional share o f the whole amount o f said notes according to the sums by them respectively insured; but no member shall ever be required.to pay for any loss occasioned by fire or inland navigation, more than the whole amount o f his deposit note. •S e c . 14. It shall be lawful for any mutual insurance company established in conformity with the provisions o f this act, to unite a cash capital to any extent, as an additional security to its members, over and above their cash premiums and premium n o te s ; provided, that such cash capital shall not be less than thirty thousand dollars, and which additional cash capital shall be loaned and invested as provided in the eighth section o f this a c t ; and the company may allow an in terest on such cash capital, and a participation in its profits, and prescribe the li ability o f the owner or owners thereof, to share in the losses o f the company, and such cash capital shall be liable as the capital stock o f the company, in the payment o f its debts; provided, that such cash capital shall in all cases be paid in at the organization o f the company, and satisfactory evidence o f that fact fur nished to the controller. A n y existing joint-stock fire insurance company, and any company formed under this law may, (the written consent o f the holders o f three-fourths in amount o f the stock first being had,) permit the insured to par ticipate in the profits o f the business o f such company, and provide how for any scrip issued to the insured for such profits shall be liable for the losses to be sustained, and any company so doing, whenever an amount not less than one hundred thousand dollars has been accumulated and scrip so issued therefor, may, with the written consent o f the holders o f three-fourths in amount o f the stock, pay off and cancel an amount o f the original cash capital equal to one-half o f the accumulated profits, and so may continue from time to time until the whole amount o f the original cash capital is paid o ff: provided, that before any portion Journal o f Mercantile Law. 335 o f such capital stock shall he so paid off, proof shall be exhibited to the con troller that an amount o f accumulated profits has been realized, scrip issued therefor, and the investments made thereof, pursuant to the provisions o f the eighth section o f this act, at least equal to double the amount so desired to he paid oft' and canceled, and the controller shall also certify that he is first satis fied with such proof. S ec . 15. Every fire and inland navigation insurance company hereinafter or ganized, shall, if it be a mutual company, embody the word “ mutual ” in its title, which shall appear on the fir^t page o f every policy and renewal receip t; and every company doing business as a cash stock company shall, upon the face o f its policy in some, suitable manner, express that such policy is a stock policy. S ec . 16. Suits at law may he maintained by any corporation formed under this act, against any o f its members or stockholders for any cause relating to the business o f such corporation, and also suits at law may he prosecuted and main tained b y any member or stockholder against such corporations for any losses which may have accrued, if payment is withheld more than thirty days after such losses shall have become due ; and any member or stockholder, not indi vidually a party to such suits, may be a witness therein. S ec . 17. The trustees and corporators o f any company organized under this act, and those entitled to a participation o f the profits o f such company, shall be jointly and severally liable for all debts or responsibilities o f such company, until the whole amount o f the capital o f such company shall have been paid in and a certificate thereof recorded as hereinbefore provided. Notes taken in advance o f premiums under this act, are not to be considered debts o f the company in determining whether a company is insolvent, but are to be regarded as assets o f the company. S ec . 18. Any existing joint-stock fire insurance company heretofore incor porated under the laws o f this State, and any company organized under this act, may at any time within tw o years previous to the termination o f its charter, af ter giving notice at least once a week for six weeks successively, in a newspaper published in the county where such company is located, o f such intentions, and with a declaration under its corporate seal, signed by its president and two-thirds o f its directors, o f their desire for such extension, extend the term o f its orig inal charter to the time specified in the twenty-sixth section o f this act, b y alter ing and amending the same, so as to accord with the provisions o f this act, and filing a copy o f such amended charter, with the declaration aforesaid, in the office o f the con troller; whereupon the same proceedings shall be had as are required in the tenth section o f this a c t ; and any mutual insurance company heretofore incorporated under the laws o f this State, or organized under this act, may, with the consent o f two-thirds o f the corporators or members thereof, and the unan imous. consent o f the trustees or directors o f such company, unless otherwise provided in the charter expressed in writing, after having given notice once a week for six weeks o f their intentions in the State paper, and in a newspaper published in the county where such company is located, becom e a joint-stock company, by conforming its charter to, and otherwise proceeding in accordance with this a c t ; and every company so extended or changed shall com e under the provisions o f this act, in the same manner as if it had been incorporated orig inally under this act. S ec. 19. A ny existing fire insurance company, and any company formed under this law, may, at any time, increase the amount o f its capital stock, after notice given once a week for six weeks, in the state paper and in any newspaper pub lished in the county where such company is located, o f such intentions, with the written consent o f three-fourths in amount o f its stockholders; unless otherwise provided in its charter, or if a mutual company, with the unanimous consent o f its trustees, (unless otherwise provided in its charter,) by altering or amending their charter in this respect, and filing a copy o f their charter so amended, to gether witli a declaration under its corporate seal, signed by its president and di rectors, o f their desire so to do, with such written consent o f three-fourths in amount o f its stockholders, or the unanimous consent o f the trustees as afore 336 Journal o f Mercantile Law. said to such increase in the office o f the controller, and upon the same proceed ings being had as are required by the tenth section o f this act. S ec. 20. Such companies as may have been incorporated or extended under th e " A ct to provide for the incorporation o f insurance companies,” passed April 10th, 1849, are hereby brought under all the provisions o f this act, except that their capitals may continue o f the amounts named in their respective charters during the existing term thereof, and are also entitled to all the privileges grant ed by said charters. S ec. 21. A ll companies incorporated or extended under this act, shall be deemed and taken to be bodies corporate and politic in fact and in name, and shall be subject to all the provisions o f the revised statutes, and acts supplemen tal thereto, in relation to corporations so far as the same are applicable. S ec. 22. It shall be the duty o f the president or vice-president and secretary o f each company organized under this act or incorporated under any law o f this State, annually, on the first day o f January, or within one month thereafter, to prepare, under their own oath, and deposit in the office o f the controller o f this State, a statement o f the condition o f such company on the thirty-first day o f December, then next preceding, exhibiting the follow ing facts and items, and in the follow ing form, namely : F irst . The amount o f capital stock o f the company. S econd. T h e property or assets held by the company, specifying, 1. T he value, or nearly as may be, o f the real estate held by such company. 2. The amount o f cash on hand and deposited in the banks to the credit o f the company, specifying in what banks the same are deposited. 3. The amount o f cash in hands o f agents and in course o f transmission. 4. The amount o f loans secured by bonds and mortgages, constituting the first lien on real estate, on which there shall be less than one year’ s interest due or owing. 5. The amount o f loans on which interest shall not have been paid within one year previous to such statement. 6. The amount due the company on which judgments have been obtained. 7. The amount o f stocks o f this State, o f the United States, o f any incorpo rated city o f this State, and o f any other stocks owned by the company, specify ing the amount, number o f shares, and par and market value o f each kind o f stock. 8. The amount o f stocks held thereby, as collateral security for loans, with the amount loaned on each kind o f stock, its par value and market value. . 9. The amount o f assessments on stock or premium notes paid and unpaid. 10. The amount o f interest actually due and unpaid. 11. The amount o f premium notes on hand on which policies are issued. T hird . The liabilities o f such company, specifying, 1. The amount o f losses due and yet unpaid. 2. The amount o f claims for losses resisted by the company. 3. T he amount o f losses incurred during the year, including those claimed’ and not yet due, and o f those reported to the company upon which no action has been taken. 4. T he amount o f dividends declared and due, and remaining unpaid. 5. T he amount o f dividends (either cash or script) declared but not yet due. 6. The amount o f money borrowed, and security given for the payment thereof. 7. The amount o f all other existing claims against the company. F ourth . The income o f the company during the preceding year, specifying, 1. The amount o f cash premiums received. 2. The amount o f notes received for premiums. 3. The amount o f interest money received. 4. The amount o f income received from other sources. F ifth . The expenditures during the preceding year, specifying, 1. T he amount o f losses paid during the year, stating how much o f the same accrued prior, and how much subsequent to the date o f the preceding statement, and the amount at which such losses were estimated in such preceding statement. Journal o f Mercantile Law. a s? 2. The amount o f dividends paid during the year. 3. The amount o f expenses paid during the year, including commissions and fees to agents and officers o f the company. 4. The amount paid in taxes. 5. The amount o f all other payments and expenditures. The statement o f any company, the capital o f which is composed in whole or in part o f notes, shall, in addition to the foregoing, exhibit the amount o f notes originally forming the capital, and also what proportion o f said notes is still held by such company, and considered capital. The statement herein provided for shall be in lieu o f any or all statements now required by any existing law or provision. Every fire insurance company organized under any law o f this State, failing to make and deposit such statement, shall be subject to the penalty o f five hundred dollars, and an additional five hundred dollars for every month that such company shall continue thereafter to transact any business o f insurance. It shall be the duty o f the controller to cause to be prepared and furnished to each o f the companies and to the attorneys o f companies incorporated by other states and foreign governments, printed forms o f the statement required by this act, and he may, from time to time, make such changes in the form o f such statements as shall seem to him best adapted to elicit from the companies a true exhibit o f their condition in respect to the several points herein before enu merated. It shall be the duty o f the controller to canse the information contained in the statements required by this section to be. arranged in a tabular form, and pre pare the same in a single document for printing, which he shall communicate to the legislature annually. S ec. 23. It shall not be lawful for any fire insurance company incorporated by any other state o f the United States, or by any foreign government, directly or indirectly to take risks or transact any business o f insurance in this State, unless possessed o f the amount o f actual capital required o f similar companies formed under the provisions o f this act, and any such company desiring to transa't any such business as aforesaid by an agent or agents in this State, shall first appoint an attorney in this State, on whom process o f law can be served, and file in the office o f the controller o f this State a certified copy o f the vote or resolution o f the directors appointing such attorney, which appointment shall continue until another attorney be substituted, and also a certified copy o f their charter, to gether With a statement under the oath o f the president or vice-president, and sec retary o f the company, for which he or they may act, stating the name o f the company, and place where located; the amount o f its capital, with a detailed statement o f its assets, showing the amount o f cash on hand, in bank, or in the hands o f agents; the amount o f real estate, and how much the same is encum bered by mortgage; the number o f shares o f stock o f every kind owned by the company, the par and market value o f the sam e; amount loaned on bond and m ortgage; the amount loaned on other security, stating the kind, and the amount loaned on each, and the estimated value o f the whole amount o f such securities; any other assets or property o f the company, also stating the indebtedness o f the company, the amount o f losses adjusted and unpaid, the amount incurred and in process o f adjustment, the amount resisted by the company as illegal and fraudu lent, and any other claims existing against the company, also a copy o f the last annual report, if any made under any law o f the state by which such company was incorporated; and no agent shall be allow ed to transact, business for any company whose capital is impaired to the extent o f twenty per cent thereof, while such deficiency shall continue ; and any agent for any company incorporated by any foreign government, shall, in addition to the foregoing, furnish evidence to the satisfaction o f the controller, that such company has invested in securities o f a similar character as required o f companies organized under this act, an amount equal to the capital required by section six, o f companies organized un der this a c t; and that such securities and investments are held in trust by citizens o f the United States for the benefit and security o f such as may effect insurance with him or them; nor shall it be lawful for any agent or agents to act for any V OL. x x i x . — no . in . 22 338 Journal o f M ercantile Law. company or companies referred to in this section, directly or indirectly, in taking risks or transacting the business o f tire or inland navigation insurance in this State, without procuring from the controller a certificate o f authority stating that such company has complied with all the requisitions o f this act which apply to such companies, and the name of the attorney appointed to act for the com pany ; a certified copy o f such certificate o f authority with statement must be filed by the agent in the office o f the clerk o f every county where such company has agents, and shall be published in the paper in which the state notices are re quired to be inserted, four successive times after the filing o f such statement as aforesaid, and within thirty days thereafter proof o f such publication by the affi davit o f the publisher o f such newspaper, his foreman, or clerk, shall be filed in the office o f the controller. The statements and evidences o f investment re quired by this section, shall be renewed from year to year, with an additional statement o f the amount o f premiums received and losses incurred in this State duringthe preceding year, so long as such agency continues; and the controller, on being satisfied that the capital, securities and investments remain secure, as at first, shall furnish a renewal o f his certificates as aforesaid, and the agent or agents obtaining such certificates shall file the same, together with a certified copy o f statements and affidavits on which it was obtained or renewed, in the of fice o f the clerk o f the county in which such agency shall be established, within the month o f January. But the attorney, agent, or agents o f any company in corporated by any foreign government may furnish and file such statements and evidences as aforesaid, within the months o f January and February in each year, and publish the same as hereinbefore provided. Any violation o f any o f the provisions o f this section shall subject the party violating, to a penalty o f five hundred dollars for each violation, and o f the additional sum o f one hundred dol lars for each month during which any such agent-shall neglect to make such pub lication or to file such affidavits as are herein required. Every agent o f any fire insurance company shall, in all advertisements o f such agency, publish the loca tion o f the company, giving the name o f the city, town or village, in which the company is located, and the state or government under the laws o f which it is organized. The term agent or agents, used in this section, shall include an acknowledged agent or surveyor, or any other person or persons, who shall, in any manner, aid in transacting the insurance business o f any insurance company not incorporated by the laws o f fhis State. S ec. 24. It shall be the duty o f the controller, whenever he shall deem it expedient so to do, to appoint one or more persons, not officers o f any fire insu rance company doing business in this State, to examine into the affairs o f any fire insurance company incorporated in this State, or doing business by its agents in this State; and it shall be the duty o f the officers or agents o f any such compa ny doing business in this State, to cause their books to be opened for the inspec tion o f the person or persons so appointed, and otherwise to facilitate such ex amination so far as it may be in their power to d o ; and for that purpose, the controller, or person or persons so appointed by him, shall have power to ex amine under oath, the officers and agents o f any company relative to the busi ness o f said com pany; and when the controller shall deem it for the interest o f the public so to do, lie shall publish the result o f such investigation in one or more papers in this State; and whenever it shall appear to the controller, from such examination^ that the assets o f any company, incorporated in this State, are insufficient to justify the continuance in business o f any such company, he may direct the officers thereof to require the stockholders to pay in the amount o f such deficiency within such period as he may designate in such requisition, or he shall communicate the fact to the attorney general, whose duty it shall then be com e to apply to the Supreme Court for an order requiring them to show cause why the business o f such company should not be closed, and the court shall thereupon proceed to hear the allegations and proofs o f the respective parties; and in case it shall appear to the satisfaction o f said court that the assets and funds o f the said company are not sufficient as aforesaid, or that the interests o f Journal o f M ercantile Law. 339 the public so require, the said court shall decree a dissolution o f said company, and a distribution o f its effects. The Supreme Court shall have power to refer the application o f the attorney general to a referee to inquire into and report up on the facts stated therein. Any company receiving the aforesaid requisition from the controller, shall forthwith call upon its stockholders for such amounts as will make its capital equal to the amount fixed by the charter o f said com pany, and in case any stockholder o f such company shall refuse or neglect to pay the amount so called for, after notice personally given or by advertisement, in such time and manner as the controller shall approve, it shall be lawful for the said company to require the return o f the original certificate o f stock held by such stockholder, and in lieu thereof to issue new certificates for such number o f shares as the said stockholder may be entitled to in the proportion that the as certained value o f the funds o f the said company may be found to bear to the original capital o f the said company ; the value o f such shares for which new certificates shall be issued, to be ascertained under the direction o f the con troller, and the company paying for the fractional parts o f shares; and it shall be lawful for the directors o f such company to create new stock and dispose o f the same, and to issue new certificates therefor, to an amount sufficient to make up the original capital o f the company. And it is hereby declared that in the event o f any additional losses accruing upon new risks taken after the expiration o f the period limited by the controller, in the aforesaid requisition for the tilling up o f the deficiency in the capital o f such company, and before said deficiency shall have been made up, the directors shall be individually liable to the extent thereof. And if, upon such examination, it shall appear to the controller that the assets o f any company chartered on the plan o f mutual insurance under this act, are in sufficient to justify the continuance o f such company in business, it shall be his duty to proceed in relation to such company in the same manner as is herein re quired in regard to joint stock companies, and the trustees or directors o f such company are hereby made personally liable for any losses which may be sustained upon risks taken after the expiration o f the period limited by the controller for the filling up the deficiency in the capital, and before such deficiency shall have been made up. A ny transfer o f the stock o f any company organized under this act, made during the pending o f any such investigation, shall not release the party making the transfer from his liability for the losses which may have accrued previous to the transfer. And whenever it shall appear 1o the controller from the report o f the person or persons appointed by him, that the affairs o f any com pany not incorporated by the laws o f this State, are in an unsound condition, he shall revoke the certificates granted in behalf o f such company, and shall cause a notification thereof to be published in the state paper for four weeks, and the agent or agents o f such company is, after such notice, required to discontinue the issuing o f any new policy, and the renewal o f any previously issued. S ec. 25. Every penalty provided for by this act shall be sued for and recov ered in the name o f the people, by the district attorney o f the county in which the company or the agent or agents so violating shall be situated, and one-half o f the said penalty, when recovered, shall be paid into the treasury o f said county, and the other half to the informer o f such violation; and in the case o f non-pay ment o f such penalty, the party so offending shall be liable to imprisonment for a period not exceeding six months, in the discretion o f any court having cogni zance thereof. S ec . 26. All companies incorporated or extended under this act, may' crovide in their charters for not more than thirty years duration, but the legislature may at any time alter, amend or repeal this act, and provide for the closing up o f the business and affairs o f any company formed under it. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent subsequent extensions o f the charters o f com pa nies organized or extended under this act. S ec. 2 7 . T h e r e shall b e p aid b y e v e r y a ss o cia tio n , c o m p a n y , o r a g e n t, t o w h o m th is a c t shall a p p ly , th e fo llo w in g fe e s t o b e a p p ro p ria te d t o w a r d s p a y in g th e e x p e n s e s o f e x e c u t in g said a c t : F o r filin g th e d ecla ra tion re q u ire d b y th e third s e c tio n , th e certified c o p y o f th e ch a rter r e q u ir e d b y th e tw e n ty -th ir d s e c t io n , f o r th e 340 Commercial Chronicle and Review. papers required by the eighteenth or nineteenth sections, the sum o f twenty dol lars; for filing the annual statement, five dollars; for every certificate o f agency, one dollar. And all declarations, charters or other papers relating to fire and in land navigation insurance companies now on file in the office o f the secretary o f state shall be transferred to the office o f the controller, who shall furnish, on payment o f the usual fees, all certificates in relation thereto, as if the same had been originally filed in his office. Every county clerk shall demand and receive for every paper filed in his office under this act, the sum o f ten cents, to be ac counted for and paid over to the county treasury as provided by law with regard to other fees. S ec . 2 8 . So much o f the act entitled “ An act to provide for the incorporation o f insurance companies,” passed April 10, 1 8 4 9 as relates to fire and inland navi gation insurance, is hereby repealed; but such repeal shall not affect any compa nies organized under the said act. S ec. 29. This act shall take effect immediately, except that those companies whose officers or agents have complied with the law o f eighteen hundred and forty-nine, in making and publishing their respective statements, shall be permit ted to continue to transact the business o f insurance, without further statement, until the thirty-first day o f January, eighteen hundred and fifty-four. COM M ERCIAL CHRONICLE AND R E V I E W . I N C R E A S E D E X C I T E M E N T IN T H E M O N E Y M A R K E T — W I T H IN T O T H E C O N N E C T IO N BETW EEN — S U M M A R Y S T A T E M E N T OF T H E BANK TH E BANKS CO U RSE IN TH E R E T U R N S IN N E W Y O R K — C A S H R E V E N U E R E D E E M IN G PART OF PORTS A T NEW YO RK ED IM P O R T S — IM P O R T S EXPORTS FROM TH E N A T IO N A L FO R JU L Y OF DRY A N E X P L A N A T I O N OF I T S C A U S E S — IN Q U I R Y OF TH E B A N K S A N D T H E C O N V U L S IO N S IN T R A D E U N IT E D OF TH E S T A T E S — P R IV A T E U N IT E D D E B T — R E C E IP T S AND C O IN A G E O F G O L D PROPOSALS GOODS FOR JU L Y AND SIN C E J A N U A R Y NEW Y O R K , AND FROM FOR F O R JU L Y — IM A N D S IN C E J A N U A R Y 1 S T — C A U S E A N D E F F E C T O F T H E IN C R E A S 1 S T , FO R F O U R YE A R S*— N E W Y O R K F O R J U L Y A N D SIN C E J A N U A R Y 1 S T — E X P O R T S OF D O M E S T IC PR O D U C E FR O M B A N K IN G H O U S E S — S T A T E S , AND OF L E A D IN G A R T IC L E S A L L D O M E S T IC P O R T S . T he increased activity in monetary affairs, which w e anticipated in our last, has been realized. It was speedily follow ed, if not actually introduced, by a partial panic among stock operators and other speculators, and has been attend ed, in all o f the principal markets, with more excitement than has been previous ly witnessed for a twelvemonth. A t New Y ork several causes contributed to hasten the pressure. The imports have been very large, and the demand for cash duties absorbed a large amount o f capital. The works o f internal improve ment have drawn considerable capital from the seaboard, which could be poorly spared at such a crisis. An unprecedented amount o f fancy and investment stocks, bonds, and other similar securities, were held by speculators, but subject to call loans for which they were hypothecated. A large portion o f the heavy capitalists and moneyed men were absent in the country, and there was but little floating capital subject to a sudden demand. The increased anxiety among bor rowers resulting from these com bined influences was brought to a focus by the flurry among the banks, occasioned by the demand for a weekly statement o f the average amount for the previous six days o f their loans and discounts, deposits, specie, and circulation. This demand, authorizedby the Legislature, could not be resisted. It cut at once at the root o f all the k it in g which had been practised during the last two years by those institutions who pretended to lend, but were in fact borrowers o f capital. It has offended some who had no need o f such a Commercial Chronicle and Review. requirement, but who will in the end see both its justice and utility. 341 It has brought about daily settlements among the city banks, a measure often urged, but never before unanimously adopted. N ow each bank has possession o f its means and o f such deposits as it can obtain from bona fide customers, and is lim ite d to the business it can thus legitimately obtain. T he four items required, as an e x h ib it o f the condition o f the bank, are o f less value than generally sup posed ; but the influence o f the requisition upon the actual condition o f the bank has not been overrated. Under the operation o f the causes alluded to, the street rates o f interest have been quite irregular, but have ranged mostly from 9 to 12 per cent per annum for prime business paper. A t Boston, Philadelphia, and Baltimore, the pressure in the money market originated in part from their intimate connection with New York, and in part from local causes. T he excitement in each o f these cities has been less than in New York, and the stringency has been unaccompanied by the panic felt in the last named place. A t New Orleans the excitement has been from quite another cause. The Y ellow Fever has prevailed there to an extent unknown for many years, and the moveable population have mostly fled, leaving the city a desolation. A ll regular commercial business has been suspended, and even when the epidemic has aba ted, and the inhabitants have returned, it will take some time to reinstate the trade in its old channels. T h e great losses occasioned by this pressure in the money market, although they have fallen chiefly upon speculators and stock operators, have, nevertheless, suggested among all classes o f the commercial community some serious ques tions in regard to the present management o f the moneyed institutions o f this country. There can be no doubt but that the panic was immediately brought on by a sudden contraction o f their loans by the banking institutions o f New York and other cities. But had the banks no agency in p r e p a r i n g the mine, which all agree they were instrumental in exploding ? W e do not mean to charge the managers o f these institutions, as some do, with bringing on the cri sis for the.express purpose o f depressing stocks that they might profit by judicious purchases at a low rate; but we wish to inquire, i f in their anxiety to secure large dividends they have not contributed to the evil which they subsequently attempted to correct ? T he course pursued by the majority o f the banks may be too deep for ordinary comprehension, but, as far as we can judge, there seems to be a total want o f system in their general management. There are pointed excep tions to this rule, but the few who pursue a judicious course are mostly foiled in their efforts at regularity by the measures o f the rest. The banks certainly, in times o f expansion, presume too much upon their accidental capital, and exhaust their resources too closely. Then they commence a contraction, not gradual like 1he expansion, but sudden and oppressive. They attempt to regulate the foreign trade too much, and always at the wrong time. They will grant every facility to the importer, until he has given out his orders, and then when the goods are arriving freely, and he needs all their help to pay the duties and make up his remittances, they shut up their accommodations under the plea o f a whole some restriction o f an excessive importation. W e have begun to doubt whether the whole system o f loans on call is not a nuisance which should be abated. If the banks should keep a reserve fund for a sudden call, let them keep it to them- / Commercial Chronicle and Review. 342 selves. T he}' lend it “ subject to call,” and in calling for it shake commercial credit to its center. The floating capital thus loaned is almost wholly used for purposes o f speculation. gitimate business. Such loans are never o f any positive benefit to a le Prudent merchants will not touch them, but even the most prudent cannot escape from the trouble occasioned by the use which is made o f them by others. It may be that the banks will see the errors connected with the present mode o f business and work the change themselves; but if they do not, the community will at last effect the reform, although they may not do it as gently as could be desired. increasing. Meantime the number o f banks is everywhere The follow ing will show that the number, even up to the last official dates, has been considerably augmented since the heavy failures follow ing the attempted resumption o f specie payments in 1839. BANKS OF THE UNITED STATES. Date. 1 8 3 0 .. 1 8 3 7 .. 1 8 3 9 .. 1 8 4 3 .. 1 8 4 7 .. 1 8 4 8 .. 1 8 6 0 .. 1851. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. No. Capital. Loans. Specie. 330 $145,192,268 §200,451,214 §22,114,917 788 290,772.091 525.115,702 37,915.340 840 327.132.512 492,278,015 45,132 673 228.861,948 254,544,937 28,440.423 715 203,070.622 310,282,945 35,132.516 751 204,833,175 344,476,582 46,369,765 829 217,317,211 364,204,078 45,379,345 871 227,469,074 412,607,653 48,671,138 Circulation. Deposits. $61,32 3 ,8 9 8 149,185,890 135.170,995 58,563,608 105,519,766 128,506,091 131,316,526 155,012,912 $55,559,928 127,397,185 90,240,146 56.168,623 91,792.533 103,226,177 109,586,595 127,557,645 T h e la ter o fficia l retu rn s a re q u ite in c o m p le te , b u t th e p r e s e n t n u m b e r o f b a n k s in th e U n io n is o v e r o n e th o u s a n d . I f th e b a n k s c o n tin u e th e irre g u la ritie s h ith erto c h a r g e a b le t o th e m , p e rh a p s th e first n o t ic e a b le a tte m p t a t r e fo r m w ill b e th e e n c o u r a g e m e n t g iv e n t o p riva te b a n k in g . A lr e a d y a t s ev era l p o in ts t h r o u g h o u t th e U n io n p riv a te b a n k in g h o u s e s h a v e b e e n es ta b lis h e d , a n d are q u it e in fa v o r w ith th e c o m m e r c ia l c o m m u n ity . T h e b a n k s o f N e w Y o r k c it y are n o w m a k in g w e e k ly s u m m a ry s ta te m e n ts o f th eir c o n d it io n , fr o m w h ic h w e a n n e x th e f o l l o w i n g co m p a ra tiv e s u m m a r y :— Loans and discounts. A u g u st 6 ,1 8 5 3 ................. $97,899,499 A u g u st 1 3 ,1 8 5 3 ................. 94.633,282 A u g u st 20, 1 8 5 3 ................. 94,074,717 Specie. $ 9,746,441 10,653,518 1 1,082,274 Circulation. $9,5 13 ,0 5 3 9,451,943 9,389,727 Deposits. $ 60 ,579,797 5 7,457,504 5 7,207,223 T h e s e retu rn s s h o w th a t e a ch w e e k is a d d in g t o th e s tr e n g th o f th e ir p o s it io n . T h e la st q u a rte rly retu rn o f th e b a n k s in th e S ta te h a s b e e n p u b lis h e d , f r o m w h ic h w e h a ve c o m p ile d th e fo l l o w i n g co m p a ra tiv e t a b l e :— L oans and d is c o u n t s ..................................... S to c k s ..................... S p e c ie ................................................................. Cash it e m s ........................................................ B ank n o te s .......................... D u e from B anks............................................. C apital................................................................ C irculation......................................................... D ep osits.............................................................. D u e to b a n k s ................................................... Dec. 25, 1852. $ 1 3 4 ,8 7 7 ,2 00 18,110,316 11,493,743 20,906,241 2,877,708 14,546,432 65,4 49 ,7 0 3 33,4 16 ,1 0 0 74,923,943 29,3 03 ,3 5 3 Feb. 26,1853. $ 14 1,586,945 18,634,167 10,089,306 16,144,816 3 ,670,205 16.258,332 67,623,326 30,063,014 7 9,469,326 3 0,473,106 June 11,1853. $ 1 4 4 ,5 9 0 ,6 96 19,820,646 13,384,410 1 7,883,543 4,3 6 8,19 5 13,575,589 73,183,251 30.064.959 79,9 96 ,5 2 8 31,889,129 Since our last, the government has made a standing offer o f 121 and interest, for the return o f $ 5 000,000 United States bonds redeemable either in 1867 or 1868, and 116 and 108J respectively for $2,000,000 o f the stock redeemable in -i \ Commercial Chronicle and Review. 343 1862, and 1856; but even in the present stringent state o f the money market, the bonds come in very slowly. The par, o f course, is 100, and the excess above this in the priees named, is a p r e m iu m for anticipating the maturity o f the stock. The surplus now in the Treasury is very large, and is daily increasing. The follow ing will show the cash revenue received at New York :— CASB DOTIES RECEIVED AT THE PORT OK NEW YORK. 1840. 1851. 1852. 1851 In July............................ $4.210,115 95 Previous six months....... 13,029,910 05 $3,558,400 12 $3,240,787 18 16,652,665 60 14,250,312 88 $4,640,107 15 21,167,329 50 Total from January 1st. 20,211,065 72 17,491,100 06 25,807,436 65 17,240,02600 The receipts at other ports have increased, but not in the same proportion. The gold product has been large both from California and Australia. The amount reaching the Atlantic States from the former cannot now be so well as certained as formerly, since a large amount is assayed in California, and reaching New York in ingots, is exported without being sent to the Mint. Over a railio f dollars was shipped in this way since the date o f our last review. The follow ing will show the deposits and coinage at the United States Mint in Philadelphia, for the month o f July :— DEPOSITS FOR JULY. PHILA DE LPH IA. N EW ORLEANS. From California. Total. G o ld From C alifornia. $3,459,000 Total. $3,491,000 Pieces. 50,228 20,860 43,000 83,216 60,276 Value. $1,004,560 208,600 215,000 208,040 60,276 257,580 $1,696,476 2,762,993 GOLD COINAGE. Pieces. Total. D ou b le e a g le s ....................................................... E a g le s .................................................. ............. H a lf e a g le s ............................................................ Q u arter e a g le s .................................. ............. G o ld d o lla rs .......................................................... ............... ............... ....... ............... ............... T otal g o ld coin a g e G o ld b ars...................... $4,459,469 SILVER COINAGE. H a lf d o lla r s ......................................... Q u arter d o l l a r s ............................... D im es.......................................... H a lf d im e s ........................................... ... ............ ... ... 652.000 1,404,000 540.000 580.000 276.000 351.000 64.000 29.000 ... 3,076,000 $710,000 ... T ota l silv er c o in a g e ....................................... COPPER COINAGE. C e n t s ........................................................................ T o ta l C o in a g e ...................................... ... 183,288 $1,832 ... W e have received no returns from the New Orleans Mint for July. In our last number w e noticed the fact that the imports for the month then closing (July) were very large, although the total was not then made u p ; the official summary has since been received and we have com piled our usual com parative tables for New York, which show a larger amount o f merchandise than ever befere entered during any similar period. In 1850 a portion o f the Califor- / Commercial Chronicle and Review. 344 nia gold, shipped via Panama, was entered among the foreign ports, and thus the gross imports for July o f that year would appear to be greater than for the corresponding month this year; but excluding the specie, the imports for July, 1853, were $632,775 the greatest. The total for the month at the port men tioned, was $7,136,250 greater than for July, 1852, and 85,572,457 greater than for the same period o f 1851, as will appear from the follow ing com parison:— IMPORTS AT NEW Y O RK PROM FOREIGN PORTS FOR THE MONTH OF JULY. 1S50. 1851. 1852. 1851 E n tered for co n su m p tio n .................... $ 16 ,591,446 E n tered for w a r e h o u s in g ................ 2,155,320 F re e g o o d s -------! ................................. 499,512 S p e c i e ..................................................... 1,927,708 $12,374,701 $11,453,117 $16,725,643 1,022,725 423 .91 9 2,080,908 1,027,481 915 ,15 4 1,072,502 81,143 150,067 199,454 T ota l en tered a t th e p o r t ............... $21,173,986 ■Withdrawn from w a r e h o u s e .......... 944,127 $14,506,050 $12,942,267 $20,07 «,607 1,167,644 1,095,800 1,702,448 A t the other ports the aggregate receipts show a comparative decline, although at Philadelphia and Boston there is a slight gain. The great increase, however* has been at New York, and no inconsiderable portion o f the most expensive goods have come by steamer. The total foreign imports at New York from Jan uary 1st to August 1st o f the current year, are $43,677,146 greater than for the corresponding seven months o f 1852, $31,019,623 greater than for the same period o f 1851, and $19,718,266 greater than for the same period o f 1850. FOREIGN IMPORTS AT NEW YO RK FOR SEVEN MONTHS, ENDING JULY 31sT. 1850. 1851. 1852. E ntered for con su m p tion ..................$63 ,254,488 $70 ,76 2 ,8 9 3 $ 58 ,498,029 E n tered for w a re h o u sin g .............. 9,916,433 7,486,712 5,451,668 F re e g o o d s ......................................... 5,9 6 1,35 4 6,165,125 8,259,939 S p e c i e .................................................. 9,064,489 1,480,476 2,028,248 T ota l im p o r t s .........................$ 88 ,19 6 ,7 6 4 W ith d r a w n from w arehouse . . . 5,378,101 1863. $93,55 8 ,8 0 7 1 3,587,589 9 ,669,118 1 ,099,516 $86,895,407 $ 74 ,237,884 $ 1 1 7 ,9 1 5 ,0 30 6,879,985 9,622,577 8,227,102 The total for 1850 is swelled, as already noticed, by the California gold, part o f which cleared from Chagres as from a foreign port. This large increase in the im ports has excited much speculation throughout the country, and political writers o f various parties have each tried to make the fact serve as an argument in favor o f their respective theories. The difficulty with allsuch writers is that they look too far for causes, forgetting that the grandest effects are sometimes produced by the operation o f a very simple natural law. Tlje country has been enriched during the past three years, by the addition o f $100,000,000 to its metallic currency. Those who are frightened at the increased imports would do well to remember this fact. T h e exports have also largely increased both in quantity and in value, and the profits on the exports has been unprecedented. But the most important item in this connection is the great activity and high rate o f freights, a very great por tion o f which is in American bottoms which has to be drawn for, and helps ma terially to make up the balance o f trade. A bout half o f the increased imports have been in dry goods, and we extend the comparison for four years, as the year 1850 stood at the beginning o f the great increase o f trade brought on by the introduction o f California c o ld :— Commercial Chronicle and Review, 345 IMPORTS OF FOREIGN D R Y GOODS AT N E W Y O RK FOR JULY, ENTERED F O R CONSUMPTION. 1850. Manufactures of w o o l................... . Manufactures of cotton.................. Manufactures of silk,..................... . Manufactures of flax...................... Miscellaneous dry goods................ $3,552,120 1,607,775 4,572.161 741,095 380,698 Total...................................... . $10,853,849 1851. 1852, $2,354,643 $2,187,187 1,193,817 1,089,736 3,933,092 3,074,265 611,250 488,586 530,595 453,476 1853. $4,097,250 1,847,216 4.824,913 719,307 569,761 $8,546,278 $7,370,369 $12,058,447 W ITH D RAW N FROM WAREHOUSE. 1850. 1851. 1852. 1853. Manufactures of w o o l................... Manufactures of cotton.. .V .......... Manufactures o f silk...................... . Manufactures of flax...................... . Miscellaneous dry goods................ $314,619 104,880 124,574 24,695 10,984 $318,717 157,371 265,709 37,782 21,109 $237,434 96,970 149,394 32,064 12,416 $531,250 98,255 233,066 18,957 32,796 Total................................... Add entered for consumption . . . . . $579,752 10,853,849 $800,688 8,546,278 $528,278 7,370,369 $914,324 12,058,447 Total thrown on the market..,. $11,433,601 $9,346,966 $7,898,647 $12,972,771 ENTERED F O R WAREHOUSING. 1850. 1851. 1852. 1853. Manufactures o f wool..................... Manufactures of cotton.................... Manufactures of silk...................... Manufactures of flax..................... Miscellaneous dry goods................ . $486,339 393.93 i 222,142 71,207 12,313 $341,315 129,572 268,318 45.003 27,465 $126,623 72,226 130,624 16,299 21,556 $273,785 119,021 144,791 9,488 21,121 Total......................................., A dd entered for consumption.. . . . $1,185,934 10,853,849 $811,673 8,546,278 $367,328 7,370,369 $568,206 12,048,447 Total entered at the port . . . . $12,089,183 $9,357,951 $7,737,697 $12,626,658 IMPORTS OF FOREIGN D R Y GOODS AT NEW YO RK FOR SEVEN MONTHS, ENDING W IT H JUL1 3 1 st . ENTERED F O R CONSUMPTION. 1850. Manufactures of wool................. . . Manufactures of cotton ............. Manufactures of s ilk ................. Manufactures of fla x .................. Miscellaneous dry goods............ $9,892,766 1851. $8,936,521 6,978,178 15,742,584 4,147,367 2,373,047 1851 1853. $7,464,841 $14,913,222 5,715,788 9,469,017 12,242,731 20,679,454 3,423,990 4,918,869 2,492,455 3,356,511 Total................................... . $36,410,132 $38,177,697 $31,339,805 $53,337,071 W IT H D R A W N FROM WAREHOUSE. 1850. Manufactures of wool................ Manufactures of cotton.............. Manufactures o f s ilk ................. Manufactures of flax.................. Miscellaneous dry goods............ Total................................. Add entered for consumption.. . . 758,530 36,410,132 1851. 1858. $896,547 1,008,874 858,926 397,349 260,821 $1,079,133 1,125.786 1,401,176 615.523 239,265 $1,164,654 701,490 1,008,372 149,641 247,543 1853. $3,422,517 38,177,697 $4,460,888 31.339,805 $3,271,700 53,337,071 Total thrown on the market. $88,923,004 $41,600,214 $35,800,693 $56,608,171 Commercial Chronicle and Review. 346 ENTERED FOR WAREHOUSING. 1850. 1851. o f w o o l ..................... $1,312,992 o f cotton .................... 1,356.312 o f silk .......................................... o f fla x ......................... 473 ,33 6 67,363 d ry g o o d s ................. T o t a l ............................... A d d entered for consum ption. T ota l entered at th e p o r t . . . . M anufactures M anufactures M anufactures M anufactures M iscellaneous $4,004,545 36,410,132 1851 1851 $ 1,165,289 $91 5 ,1 8 3 $1,654,251 1 038,237 640 ,86 4 861,092 794 ,54 2 1,238,440 1,652,118 1,115,548 390,664 223,779 190,745 229,890 222,545 262,912 $4,0 62 ,5 2 0 38,177,697 $3,654,489 31,339,805 $4,084,548 53,337,071 $40,414,677 $42,240,217 $34,994,294 $57,421,619 The total for the month shows an increase o f $4,888,956 over the correspond ing month o f 1852, $3,268,702 over the same period o f 1851; and only $586,870 over the same period o f 1850. T h e receipts for seven months are $22,427,325 greater than for the same period o f 1852, $15,182,402 greater than for the same period o f 1851, and $17,006,942 greater than for the same period o f 1850. The fact that there has been no great over-importation is shown, not only in the little demand for spe cie for export, but in the profitable sales o f most o f the fabrics received. There have been quite as few goods sold at a sacrifice during the current season as in any similar period when the imports were lighter; and the stock now arriving is mostly in good request for distribution. T h e exports, as already stated, have largely increased. This increase is less apparent in amount at New York, where the comparison between imports and exports is always largely in favor o f the form er; but in proportion it has been very great, particularly during the last two months. In July the total increase, (exclusive o f specie,) was 70 per cent, as will be seen by the follow ing sum mary :— EXPORTS FROM N E W Y O RK TO FOREIGN PORTS FOR THE MONTH OF JULY. 1852. 1843. D om es tic p ro d u c e ................................. F oreign m erch an dise ( f r e e ) .............. F oreign m erch an dise (d u t ia b le )___ S p e c i e ....................................................... $3,5 74 ,2 6 0 17,563 413.671 1,518,080 1850. $ 3 ,1 88 ,0 2 7 2,311 284,397 6,004,170 1841. $ 2,965,542 20,759 325,732 2,971,499 $ 4,882,957 313,192 447,201 3,924,612 T o ta l e x p o r ts .................................... T o ta l, exclu siv e o f s p e c ie ............. $ 5,523,574 4,0 0 5,49 4 $9,4 78 ,9 0 5 3,474,735 $6,2 83 ,5 3 0 $ 9,567,962 3,312,031 5,643,350 There has been an increase o f specie for the month as compared with last year, but a falling off as compared with 1851. T he total, exclusive o f specie, is $2,331,319 greater than for July, 1852 ; $2,168,615 greater than for the same period o f 1851; and $1,637,856 greater than for the same period o f 1850. follow ing wi 11 show the exports at the same port since January 1st:— The EXPORTS FROM N E W Y O RK TO FOREIGN PORTS FOR SEVEN MONTHS, ENDING JULY g lS T . 1840. ' 1851. 1852. 1841 D om estic p r o d u c e ............................. $22 ,49 1 ,1 3 3 $ 25 ,644,866 $25,111,363 $30,305,247 F oreig n m erch an dise ( fr e e )............ 444 ,53 3 373,656 5 41,978 1,010,669 F oreig n m erchandise (d u tia b le ).. . 2,411.578 2,266,139 2,745,307 2,488,181 S p e c ie ........................................... . 3,971,812 25,097,685 15,595,508 12,579,594 T ota l e x p o r ts ................................... $29,319,056 $53,382,346 $ 43 ,994,156 $46,383,691 T o ta l, exclu siv e o f s p e c i e ........... 2 5,337,244 28,284,661 28,398,648 33,804,097 Commercial Chronicle and Review. 347 T he above shows an increase for seven months, exclusive o f specie, o f $5,405,449 as compared with the. corresponding period o f last year; $5,519,436 as compared with the same period o f 1851; and $8,466,853 as compared with 1850. T he great increase in exports, however, has been at the other ports, where, unfortunately, no monthly record is made up, which can be used for comparisonT h e returns are made quarterly, and then only after the lapse o f tw o or three months. Enough is known, however, to show a large increase in the quantity and value o f domestic produce, and to quiet all fears among those not disposed to be captious about the “ balance o f trade.” The demand for breadstuffs from Great Britain and the continent continues, and although the prices have been somewhat variable, they have shown a gene ral advance, and large fortunes have been made by many engaged in this trade. The follow ing will show the clearances from New York o f certain leading articles o f domestic produce, from June 1st to A ugust 20th :— EXPORTS FROM NEW YO RK TO FOREIGN PORTS OF CERTAIN LEADING ARTICLES OF DOMESTIC PRODUCE, 1852. FROM JUNE 1ST TO AUGUST 2 0 t H. 1852. 1853. A sh es— p o t s . . . 7,308 513 pearls. ............ 481 B e e s w a x .......... 132,962 Breadstuffs— W h ea t flour . . b b ls. 856,588 957,361 R y e flo u r ... 1,501 C orn m e a l .. 28,770 W h e a t . . . . , ..b u s h . 1,072,762 2,301,077 R y e ................ O a t s .............. 43,287 B a r le y .......... C o r n ............ 590.556 C an dles, m o ld . .b o x e s 40,370 33,698 sperm 3,330 C o a l ................... 21,775 C o t t o n ............... •b ales 273,051 192,549 H a y .................... 3,405 H o p s ................... 272 1853. N a va l s t o r e s .. . .b b ls . 2 82,500 291,213 30,912 219,148 O ils, w h a le ..........g a lls. s p e r m ................... 448 ,89 6 723,074 l a r d ....................... 21,975 42,9 92 l i n s e e d ................. 9,731 6,547 Provisions — 25,697 46,4 58 P ork .................... b b ls . B e e f............................. 34,866 34,273 C ut m e a t s ..........lbs. 1,190,302 6,927,865 B u t te r ......................... 449 ,75 4 1,116,020 551,456 2,628,688 C h e e s e ...................... L a r d ........................... 2,518,131 4,720,782 R i c e ......................... trcs. 22,378 13,407 T a llo w .......................lb s. 2 71,570 2,278,897 T ob a cco, c r u d e .. .pkgs. 16,887 13,908 Do,, m an ufactured.lbs. 2,583,799 4,015,823 W h a le b o n e .................... 577 ,63 6 2,353,590 It will be seen that there has been a large increase in the exports o f breadstuffs, and many other articles o f produce. H ow far this demand for our cereals is to be extended beyond the harvest now ingathering abroad, is not yet fully decided; but considerable engagements, both o f wheat and flour, to France and Great Britain, have been made, extending into October. A t one time, it was thought that the old times o f 1846-7 were to be realized again, and “ fam ine” prices obtained for all o f the principal articles o f fo o d ; but this is given up, and less extravagant expectations are now cherished. There can be no doubt, h ow ever, but what the total exports o f articles o f food from the United States will far exceed any. year since 1849. T he follow ing comparison, which we have carefully compiled from official sources, will be not without interest in this con nection :— 318 Journal o f Banking , Currency , awe? Finance . EXPORTS FROM THE UNITED STATE OF CERTAIN ARTICLES OF DOMESTIC PRODUCE, FOR THE YE AR ENDING JUNE 30TH. 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 Breads!uffs and Provisions. Cotton. $27,701,121 68,701,921 37,472,752 38,155,507 26,051,373 21,948,651 25,857,027 $42,767,341 53,415,848 61,998.294 66,396,967 71,984,616 112,315.317 87,965,732 ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................... ................................ ................................ Tobacco. $8,478,270 7,242,086 7,551,122 5,804.207 9,951,023 9,219,251 10,031,283 T h e h ig h e s t a v e r a g e c o s t o f b rea d stu ff's w a s in 1 8 4 7 . o f co tto n w a s in Rice. $2,564,991 3,605,S96 2.331,824 2,569,362 2,631,557 2,170.927 2,470,029 T h e h ig h e s t a v e ra g e 1 8 5 1 , w h e n it r e a ch e d 1 2 1 1 -1 0 0 c e n ts p e r l b . ; th e l o w e s t a v e r a g e w a s in 1 8 4 9 , w h e n th e la r g e s t n u m b e r o f p o u n d s ( e x c e p t in 1 8 5 3 ) w a s e x p o r t e d , a n d th e p r ic e f o r th e w h o le y e a r a v e ra g e d o n ly 6 4 -1 0 c e n ts p e r lb . I n t o b a c c o , th e h ig h e s t w a s $ 9 6 0 9 p e r h h d . in 1 8 5 1 , a n d th e l o w e s t $ 5 3 3 4 in 1847. In ric e , th e h ig h e s t w a s $ 2 4 9 7 p e r trc. in 1 8 4 7 ; a n d th e l o w e s t $ 1 9 9 4 in 1 8 4 9 . T h e h ig h c o m p a r a tiv e p rice s o f w h e a t o v e r flo u r h a v e in d u c e d th e fa rm e rs in th e in t e r io r t o s e n d th eir w h e a t t o th e s e a b o a rd in s te a d o f s e llin g it t o th e m ille r s , a n d th is m a y tell u p o n th e p r ic e o f flo u r. The numerous and fatal accidents upon the various railroad lines throughout the country have tended to limit the travel, otherwise the receipts from this source w ould have been larger than ever before known. Even with the limita tion, the pleasure travel has been very large, and with the additional receipts from an active freighting business, most o f the lines are doing very well, and must pay unusually large dividends. JOURNAL OF BANKING, CURRENCY, AND FINANCE. R E V E N U E AND E X PE N D IT U R E S OF GREAT BRITAIN. The following are the annual returns of revenue and expenditure for the years 1852 Year ending July 5. Quarter ending July 5. 1859. 1853. 1852. 1851 Custom s............................. Excise...............................:. S ta m ps............................... ' Taxes................................... Property tax....................... Post-office........................... Crown land s....................... Miscellaneous..................... £19.011,774 13,206,404 6,002,860 3,149,702 5,363,919 1,041,000 220.000 302,948 £18,954,362 13,737,599 6,477,347 3,201,047 5,589,079 1,066,000 392,888 159,862 £4 502,164 3,443,516. 1,626,826 1.503.707 1,056.991 280.000 60,000 202,189 £4.943,337 3,795,617 1,675,148 1,510,483 1,053,027 251,000 200,888 90,537 Ordinary revenue............... Imprest and other moneys. Repayment of advances... 48,298,598 695,004 842,886 49,578,184 768,789 1,322,469 12,625,893 212,688 216,652 13,510,037 253,759 424,573 Total income......................... 49,736,488 51,659,442 13,054,733 14,201,369 Applied to consolid’ed fund The amount applied a s a d v . Applied as waysand mea’s. 29,468,628 1,163,179 19,194,681 27,209,735 1,985,628 22,464,079 7,620,984 826.343 5,107,406 5,239,935 999,027 7,962,407 £49,736,488 £51,659,442 £13,054,733 £14,201,369 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. 34 9 A comparison of the table shows the following results :— Year ending July 5. Increase. . . Quarter ending July, 5. 185*. 185J. Decrease. £57,412 £531,195 474,487 51,345 225,169 25,000 172,888 Increase. £441,173 352.101 48,322 6,776 £3,964 21,000 140,888 111,652 143,086 Ordinary revenue............................ . Impre t and other m oneys........... . . Total............................................. . . Decrease. 1,480,084 163,785 479,583 200,498 1,101,260 44,071 207,921 115,616 2,123,452 200,498 200,498 1,262.253 115,616 115,616 Increase........................................... . £1,922,954 £1,146,636 The L o n d o n News in publishing the foregoing tables, says: “ Deducting the £3,964 deficiency under property tax, and the larger item that comes under the heading of miscellaneous, and we have the remarkable fact of an in crease on the quarter’s revenue of no less a sum than £1,146,636. This large total is doubly welcome when we come to note carefully the sources whence it is derived, and to remember the indications thence arising. First, we have a sum approaching half an extra million derived from customs, and telling a story of increased power o f con sumption by the people, of tea, sugar, aud other foreign products. Next, we have still more certain indication of a comfortable population— the extended demand for exciseable articles. The growth of revenue under this heading is seen to amount to something over a third of a million sterling on the three months 1 Notwithstanding the pending change in our stamp law— for pending changes always ch *ck consumption — we see the .activity of business indicated by an increased revenue on stamps to the tune o f £48,322; the post office, the crown lands, and “ repayments,” coming in to make up the remarkable and eminently satisfactory sum total. So much for the quarter. On the year ending yesterday we find a similar result, told in equally satisfactory, though different figures. For the twelve months the headings preserve the relation o f eight for increase, and only two for the reverse. After all the amelioration of our fiscal system, to find the national exchequer flour ishing after this fashion, surely encourages men of all parties— but especially the re formers to whose exertions all these changes are due— to persist in their wise deter mination not to rest until our system of taxation is so adjusted, as to press as lightly as possible on the energies of industrious people, whilst supply ing all that may be really needful for the national service, or really necessary for the honor and dignity of the country. The total surplus on the year approaches two millions sterling. This English balance-sheet may well be taken to illustrate the result sure to follow the steps of a nation that grows up in intelligence, industry, and lreedom. Where men are permitted full scope for their industry, and safe enjoyments of its fruits, na tional wealth is sure to accumulate, and national spirit and power to increase. CONDITION OF TH E BANKS IN TH E UNITED ST A T E S. The following statement of the condition of the banks in the several States named, has been copied with care from the official returns at the Treasury Department, and embraces all that have been received up to this date. No returns have been made from any of the banks in Pennsylvania; and those received from the States of Dela ware, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, and Tennessee, include only a part of the banks in those States. There are no banks legally existing in the States of Illinois, Texas, Florida, California, Iowa, and Wisconsin; and the banks in Arkansas are in a state of liquidation :— 350 STATEMENT IN GENERAL OF THE CONDITION OF SUCH OF THE BANKS OF DIFFERENT STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AS HAVE REPORTED TO NEAR 1ST OF JANUARY, 1 8 5 3 . T ota l................................................... Loans and Discounts. Stocks. Other Investments. Real Estate. $-7,042,461 5,571.524 5,567.464 77.172.079 18,737,093 20.572,263 130.124,403 8,389,262 37 92 00 03 51 47 00 90 115,833 326,714 20,950,230 636,416 00 68 00 22 1,359.501 15,185.587 21,784.357 7,126,008 17,970,341 7,088.252 4,876,031 17.038,359 7,207.491 14,088,798 160.746 4,249.994 16,787,252 1,416 328 3,109.559 38 79 93 96 77 09 44 40 70 04 19 43 39 13 65 50 683.512 740.949 150.000 1,487,785 421,193 829,276 5,742.394 120.985 295,903 13,052 108.485 2,803.438 508.678 51,872 00 08 68 00 60 51 79 14 19 95 64 00 48 63,098 52 11 19 $217,831,179 83 $414,268,894 49 $35,453,259 68 $118,523 101.086 56,482 1,090,463 258.923 418,232 4,262,480 254,387 22 69 00 09 12 08 00 29 37,896 328,813 752.674 122.905 803,801 245.839 66,371 1,340,463 289,191 354,390 10,070 319,448 432 569 129.520 122.869 59 78 43 54 55 52 48 79 66 55 87 18 ,48 25 65 Due bv other $15,996 50 22,757 10 5,283 25 8,623,583 00 2,071 21.9>7 126,493 8,994 1,076,262 66,684 88.479 1,149.015 143,543 12,023 69 66 71 56 40 02 22 07 71 13 207,803 851.284 43.751 48.028 40 14 66 88 Banks. $ 95 6 4 89 00 1,104,862 57 6 666,412 948.313 2.540,700 13,800,955 569,372 15 91 00 00 55 188,070 1,991.902 2,198,304 414,520 1,061,221 1.655.758 698.296 2,438,219 1,182.524 3,330,772 5,94 3 1,432 292 4,381,741 276.455 114.557 32 63 68 65 60 41 43 04 58 48 65 98 98 55 37 $297,375 80 $1,558,794 10 $47,905,686 43 f Journal o f B anking, Currency, and Finance. \ 1852. No. of State. Date o f Report. Banks. Capital. M aine, J u n e .................................................... 39 $3.9 28 000 00 V erm on t, O c to b e r ....................................... 32 2.721,168 00 N . H a m p sh ire, S e p te m b e r ....................... 31 3 ,076,000 00 M assachusetts, S e p t e m b e r .............................. 137 4 3,2 70 ,5 0 0 00 R h o d e Island, S e p t e m b e r ....................... 71 14.037.441 00 C onnecticut, A p r i l ..................................... 51 12,509,807 99 N e w Y o r k , S e p t e m b e r ............................ 277 62,207,216 00 N ew J ersey, (rep orted in f u l l ) ..................................... 4,325,115 00 P en n sy lv a n ia, (n o r e p o r t ) .................................................................................. D ela w a re, O ct. to Jan., ( p ’tlly r e p o r t e d ) ................. 610,000 00 M arylan d. O ct. to Jan., ( p ’tlly r e p o r t e d ) ................. 8.0 6 4.73 0 00 V irg in ia , D ecem b er, (in f u ll)......................................... 10,583,000 00 N orth C arolina, ( p a r t i a l l y ) ........................................... 3 ,605,000 00 S outh C arolina, “ 9.825,485 73 G eorgia , “ 3 ,810,000 00 A la b a m a , “ 2,000,000 00 Louisiana, (in f u l l ) ............................................................ 1 0,834.130 00 Tennessee, ( p a r t ia l l y ) ...................................................... 3 ,460,114 00 K en tu ck y , (in fu ll) .......................................................... 7 ,685.700 00 M ississippi, “ ............................................................ 132.726 98 Indiana, N ov.. (1 ban k, 13 branches in full). ... 2.083.007 44 Ohio, N ov., (in f u l l ) .......................................................... 7,115.011 00 M ichigan, “ ...................... , ................................ 665.803 00 M issouri, D ec., (1 bank, 5 branches in full). ... 1,210.622 69 f STATEMENT OF 1THE CONDITION OF THE BANKS OF THE UNITED STATES---- CONTINUED. .......... D e la w a r e ............................. ............ M a r y la n d ........................... .......... V ir g in ia ................................. .......... N orth C a r o lin a ................. .. S outh C a r o lin a .................. G e o r g i a ............................... ............ A la b a m a ............................... L o u is ia n a ............................. T en u essee ............................. K e n tu c k y .............................. M is s is s ip p i........................... I n d i a n a .................................. O h io ......................................... M ic h ig a n ............................. . M issou ri................................. T o t a l ........................ 9 6 ,4 5 0 58 7 7 1 ,1 9 0 00 172,697 16 13,032,961 00 127,143 94 10 8,378 44 96,123 13 62 00 8,581 31 00 Specie. $ 6 2 2 ,3 0 0 1 76,879 175 ,15 6 3,5 6 3,78 2 414 970 8 25 .37 9 9 ,993.816 877 ,50 7 00 66 00 52 02 20 00 74 Circulation. $ 3,254,882 3,779,131 2,625 707 21.172,360 3,322.314 7,118.625 29.934,657 3,126,083 00 75 00 75 26 06 00 60 Deposits. £1.525.627 872 ,42 0 743 .85 6 15.067,21 4 2,174.883 3,472.210 66,897,497 2,824,480 00 72 00 22 75 63 00 51 2 0 6 ,55 5 2,838,071 3,2 3 8,87 4 1 ,388,545 1 ,6 6 9.65 0 1 ,443.714 1 ,175,107 6 ,9 4 6 ,9 9 0 9 7 2 ,0 3 4 3 ,6 3 4,04 3 19,211 1 ,308.933 2,6 3 1.31 9 1 9 7 ,29 4 1,253,311 38 09 98 73 13 78 24 63 26 35 06 38 66 92 96 470 ,44 0 4,254.412 12.020,378 4,276.978 7 ,050.673 4 ,201.604 2,763.015 4.409.271 4 .879.196 8,889,101 4 9,925 3 907,371 1 1,373,210 861 .14 0 2,4 2 7,72 0 00 27 41 50 12 60 00 04 00 00 00 00 50 00 00 315.795 7,282.355 5,191.297 990.130 6 319.219 1,639.354 2.268.398 10 565.849 1.864.693 2,456,267 12,4 28 868,066 7,4 4 0,65 0 579,969 1,078,138 70 13 46 67 51 11 56 66 79 81 92 14 12 14 95 Due by other Ranks. $93,456 00 31,171 83 Other Liabilities. 8,608,238 692,108 642.637 28,796.332 433,280 01 38 65 00 $474,051 78 65,138 1,676,361 450,331 104.364 764.916 673d29 35,288 810 .45 4 199.513 2,060.923 2.721 108.392 3,166.879 63,084 160,995 66 53 75 18 11 56 96 16 41 23 75 77 04 15 00 32 $14 ,34 3 ,5 2 5 56 $ 4 4 ,73 2 ,5 5 8 60 $14 5 ,4 6 8 ,0 97 66 $ 2 2 ,40 0 ,8 3 0 7S $50 ,61 9 ,6 6 8 98 1.4 23,419 75 5,084,011 00 158,995 131,734 1,416,214 584.322 1,125.651 931,898 343.530 8,098,877 290,921 1,269,160 1.222 357,863 138,487 182,382 07 65 02 57 49 64 08 26 43 77 06 92 16 15 $ 32 2,547,958 351 177.224 07 1 ,1 0 0,38 0 65 820 ,26 6 23 58 01 334 ,84 4 48 00 32 53 41 Specie Funds. Journal o f Banking, Currency, ant/ Finance. V e r m o n t .............................. N e w H a m p s h ire ............... .......... M a ssa ch u setts................................ .......... C o n n e cticu t........................ .. N e w Y o r k ............................. .......... Notes o f other Ranks. $ 2 2 4 ,3 6 3 00 50 120,929 00 5,3 4 0,16 2 06 '726,039 77 09 1 5,840,540 00 352 Journal o f B anking , Currency, and Finance. CONDITION OF TH E BANKS OF OHIO. Below we publish a statement o f the condition of the banks in Ohio, as per returns f, 1853. ELEVEN INDEPENDENT BANKS. L IABILITIES. Notes and bills discounted. $2,192,080 198,471 Specie................................... 199,342 Notes of other banks........ Due from banks and ban’rs 128.012 Eastern deposits................. 227,502 87,081 Cash items........................... Bonds d e p o s ite d ............. 1,040,081 94,827 Real and personal prope’ty 193,550 Other resources................. 87 35 58 82 29 99 99 66 45 Capital stock................... . $669,380 00 911,748 00 Circulation....................... Safety fund...................... . 1,017,323 67 156,978 94 Due banks and bankers.. 1,368,250 46 Due depositors............... 67,075 91 Surplus fund.................... 70.196 04 Bills payable................... 12,969 88 Discount, Interest, e tc ... 6,476 00 Dividends unpaid.......... 35,509 10 Other liabilities.............. Total resources............... $4,805,852 00 $4,305,852 00 Total liabilities THIRTY-NINE BRANCHES STATE BANK. LIABILITIES. Notes and bills discounted. $11,525,477 1,725,298 S p e cie............................... 826,566 Notes of other banks.. . . Due from banks & bank’rs. 814,199 1,292,556 Eastern deposits............... 83,030 Cash item s....................... 874,935 Safety fund....................... 146,870 Real and personal prop’ty. 446,780 Other resources................ 85 12 36 45 65 80 64 91 35 $4,421,675 8,006,420 71,912 496,988 3,985,397 339,345 157,525 2.141 152.132 103,176 Circulation....................... Safety fund...................... Due banks and bankers. Surplus fun d................. Bills payable................. Discount, interest, etc . . Dividends unpaid........... Other liabilities.............. 00 50 80 67 02 20 95 80 75 44 Total resources.............$17,725,716 13 $17,735,716 13 FIVE OLD CHARTERED BANKS. 5. LIABILITIES. RESOURCES. Notes and bills discounted. $3,677,812 403.263 Specie.................................. 875,336 Notes of other banks........ 218,432 Due from banks & bankers., 598,540 Eastern deposits................ 112 Cash item s......................... 115.518 Real and personal prop’ty. . 814,481 Other resources................. 07 89 00 47 75 87 Bills payable..................... 08 Discounts, Interest, e t c .. 17 Dividends uupaid . . . . . . . Other liabilities................. Total Resources..............$5,698,497 25 . $1,547,526 . 1,524,654 . 1,150,835 . 1,054.239 306.549 6,647 56,186 1,845 50,103 00 00 65 21 48 66 84 00 11 . $5,698,497 25 THIRTEEN FREE BANKS. RESOURCES. LIABILITIES, $659,340 Notes and bills discounted.. $1,363,001 33 Capital stock........................ $659, Specie................. 154,754 94 Circulation................ 267.481 Notes of other banks........ 251,593 35 Safety fund......................... 267 131,000 Due from banks <St bankers. 253,085 66 Due banks and bankers ,. Eastern deposits................. 224,112 92 Due depositors................... 1,186 15,827 Cash item s......................... 18,422 69 Surplus fund .......... 65,572 Bonds deposited................. 882,028 67 Bills Payable............. 6,610 Real & personal property.. 22,969 00 Discount, interest, etc 34,912 Other resources................... 3,397 66 Dividends unpaid... . Other liabilities........ Total resources............... $3,173,360 22 Total liabilties............... $3,173,366 00 00 00 90 86 24 60 12 50 00 22 Journal o f Banking , Currency , and Finance . 353 INSURANCE COMPANIES IN NEW YORK. I t is a m atter o f p u b lic congratulation that Insurance, F ire, M arine, and L ife, says the Wall-street Journal, is not n eg lected . T h e prem ium on a house o r ship and ca rgo should b e reserv ed as the m ost indispensable o f the ch arges to be p aid on the p ro p e rty. I f there are any m en so rich that th ey can afford to b e their ow n insurers, let them d o it in a rou ud-abou t w a y b y takin g sufficient scrip in the com p anies w h ere th e y p a y prem ium s to receiv e a share in the profits o f the business. Thus w h ile th ey lose nothing, their m oney helps to form a p rop er basis for the protection o f their p oorer neighbors. C apital is, h ow ever, a secon d a ry m atter in resp ect to in su ra n ce ; if risks are p rop erly taken, the profits o f the business w ill secure the co m p a n y against loss. W e b eliev e that this is the case gen era lly , and that the busiuess is con du cted ca refu lly , that risks are d ivid ed p rop erly, and a m argin left so as to secure at once a p rofit to the com p a n y and a com p lete p rotection t o the insured. L a st y e a r the d iv i dends o f the insurance com p a u ies o f N ew Y o r k c ity am ou nted to fourteen m illi ns o f dolla rs— a sum show ing at least 1,500 m illions o f dollars o f insurable values p ro te cte d b y these com panies, and securing e v e r y ow n er from loss and ruin b y the p a ym en t m e rely o f his ow n share o f the t o t il loss accru in g on so vast an exten t o f p ro p e rty . T h e d ivid en d s o f the various com panies va ried from 15 p e r cent to 40 per cen t, and th e average w as about 27 per cent. T he business o f individual com p anies is n ow , b y m eans o f agencies, w id e ly e xte n d e d , a n d if our N e w Y o r k com p anies find here rivals, th ey in turn by th e ^ a m e m eans are e n a b led to scatter their risks o v e r the cou ntry. T h e busiitess men o f this city have p ursued the p rop er p o lic y in a lly in g them selves to the m anagem ent o f these co m panies, and their nam es are a p led g e w ell recognized in every part o f the continent w h ere N e w Y o r k m erchants are know n, that the insured w ill be treated liberally»and p a id p rom p tly in ca se o f a loss. B e lo w w ill b e fouud a list o f the com panies and a gencies d oin g business in N e w Y o r k , w ith their capitals. It w ill be seen that the total o f the cap ita ls o f the foreign com p a n ies is sw elled b y the large cap ital o f the tw o English com panies, each having § 1 0 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 . A m o n g the M utual com panies, b oth F ire and M arine, are som e w ith la rge accum ulations. F IR E COMPANIES. NEW YORK AND BROOKLYN. FOREIGN AND COUNTRY. Name. Capital. Name. E t n a ................................................. . $ 200,000 M erchants, L o u is v ille .............. A llia n ce ....................................... . 800.000 Merchants, B oston...................... A s t o r ................................................... 150,000 M erchants, P r o v id e n c e ............ A tla n tic ................. .......................... . 188,000 M oh aw k V a lley , A m sterd am , B ee k m a n ........................................ . 200,000 N ew Y o r k ................................ B o w e ry . . . . . . ................................ . 800,000 M haw k V a lle y , S ch en ecta d y , B r o a d w a y ..................................... . 200,000 N ew Y o r k ................................ B r o o k ly n ......................................... . 102,000 N ational, B o s t o n ........................ C it iz e n s .......................................... . 150,000 N ational Protec., S aratoga 210,000 C it y ............................................... . C lin to n ............................................. . 200,000 N ep tu ne, B oston ......................... C o lu m b ia ........................................ . 2<jO,0uO N. Y . Farm ers, U tic a ................ C o m m e rc ia l................................... . 200,000 N. Y . U nion. Johnston .............. C o m m e rc ia l................................... . M utual N . Y . W estern, O sw e g o . . . . . , . 500,000 C o m E x ch a n g e ............................. . 200,000 P eop les, K ingston, N. Y .......... G r o ce rs ..................................... . . . 200,000 P oughkeep sie, P ou g h k e e p sie . H a m ilto n ........................................ . 150,000 Etna, H a r t f o r d ........................... H a n o v e r ......................................... . 150,000 E tna, U tic a .................................. H o m e .............................................. . M utual A lb a n y , A l b a n y ........................ H o w a r d ........................................... . 250,000 D o. M utual, d o ..................... H udson R i v e r .............................. . 350,000 A llia n ce, B oston ........................ . 200,000 J e ffe r s o n ......................................... . 200,000 A m erican , P rov id e n e e .............. K n ic k e r b o c k e r ............................ . 280,000 A m erican , U t i c a ........................ L a fa rg e ........................................... . 150.000 A m erican , Mutual, A m sterL e n o x ............................................. . 150,000 dam , N Y ................................. L o r il l a r d ........................................ . 200,000 A u g u sta Ins. ifc B. Co., A u M anh attan...................................... . 250,000 gusta, G a . ................................ VOL. XXIX, ---- NO. III. 23 Capital. 117 6 ,0 0 0 500 ,00 0 150,000 200,000 175,000 500 ,00 0 200 000 3 00 /10 0 200,000 200,000 150,000 150 000 110,000 125,000 300 ,00 0 175,000 200 ,00 0 2U0,000 800,000 300 000 150,000 150,000 200,000 3 75,000 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. 354 $300,000 150.000 M a r k e t ..............................................$ 20 0 ,0 0 0 B oylston , B o s t o n ........................ M echanics <fc T ra d ers .................... 2OO.U0U C olu m b ia , C olu m bia, S. C . . . 2 0 0 ,00 0 C om m ercia l, C h a rleston ......... M e r c a n t ile ....................................... N a ssa u ............................................. , 150,000 C om m ercial, H a rtfo rd ............ N a t io n a l........................................... 150,000 H a rtford , H a r tfo r d ................... N ew A m s te rd a m ............................ 200,000 Ins. C o. N. A m ., P hiladel. . . N e w Y o r k C i t y ............................. 500,000 K n ick erb ock er, W a t e r f o r d .. E q u it a b le ......................................... 210,000 M anufacturers, B o s t o n .......... N . Y . F ire & M a r in e .................... 200,000 P rotection , H a rtfo rd ............... N iaga ra ........................................ 200,000 R ensellaer, L a n sin g b u rg .... . N orth A m e r ic a ................................ 250,000 R ochester, R o c h e s t e r ............. 350,000 R o g e r W illiam s, P rov iden ce N ortli R iv e r ..................................... P a c i f i c ................................................ 200,000 L iv e r p o o l & L o n d o n ................ P a r k ................................................... 200,000 R o y a l L iv e rp o o l & L on d on . P e o p l e s ............................................. 150,0n0 S pringfield, M ass...................... P e te r C o o p e r .................................. 160,000 S ta te M utual, P hila................ R e p u b l i c ........................................... 150.000 W arren, B o sto n ......................... S t. N i c h o l a s .................................... 150.000 W ashington, P rov id en ce . . . S tu y v e s a n t........................................ 200,000 S u n ..................................................... M u tu al U n ion M utual ................................ 750,000 250,000 U n ited S la t e s .................................. W a sh in g ton ...................................... 200,000 500.000 200.000 160,000 500.000 150.000 400.000 300.000 200.000 200,000 150.000 10, 000,000 10, 000,000 150.000 350.000 150 000 200.000 v $12,740,000 $29,335,000 LIFE COMPANIES. Farmers’ Loan and Trust C o. $2,000,000 Hoivard.................................... 110,000 Knickerbocker........................ 100,000 Manhattan............................... 100,000 M utual..................................... 2,000,000 New York L i f e . , ................... 636.000 New York Life & Trust......... 1,000.000 United States......................... 100,000 Etna, Hartford Mutual Albion, London & N. Y .......... $5,000,000 125.000 Am. Mutual, N. H................... British Commercial. . . . . . . . . 3,000,000 Connecticut Mutual................ 1.700.000 Hartford Life........................... 100.000 Mutual Benefit, Newark......... 1.559.000 National Loan Fund, London. 2.500.000 New England Mutual............ 600,000 Union Mutual.......................... 400.000 United States, Philadel........... 250.000 $6,046,000 $14,234,000 MARINE. Astor M utual........................ Atlantic M utual..................... Atlas Mutual........................... General Mutual.........._........... New York M utual................. $653,0U0 1,000,000 300,000 504,000 872,000 Delaware Mutual, Phila......... Falls City, Louisville.............. Hudson River, Crescent, N. Y. Phenix Mutual......................... Union M utual......................... $3,329,000 $500,000 150,000 350,000 300,000 380,000 $1,680,000 RECAPITULATION. New York Fire Companies....................................................... $12,740,000 Foreign and Country Fire do................................................... 29,335,000 New York L ife ......................................................................... 6,046,000 Foreign Life............................................................................... 14,234,000 New York Marine.................................................................... 3,329,000 Foreign and Country Marine.................................................. 1,680,000 x $67,364,000 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. 355 THE PURCHASE OF SILV E R BY TH E UNITED ST A T E S M IS T . The Director of the United States Mint at Philadelphia has issued the following circular touching the plan of purchasing silver:— M i n t of t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s , ) P h i l a d e l p h i a , July 27, J«53. \ The Director of the Mint gives notice, that from and after the 15th day o f August next, payments for silver purchased for tli * Mint at Philadelphia, and at the Branch Mint, New Orleans, will be made three-fourths in silver coin of the new emission, and one-fourth in gold. In accordance with existing arrangements the whole pr'ce will be advanced in the first instance in gold, and as the new coin is ready for issue it will be paid out, in the proportions specified, in exchange for gold returned by the parties selling silver, and in the order of their priority of sales. At the New Orleans Branch Mint an option is reserved to substitute, partially or entirely, drafts on the Assistant Treasurer at New York, for the gold otherwise pay able for silver purchased. The present prices of silver, which will be continued until further notice, are as follows:— For dollars of Mexico. Peru, Bolivia, Chili, and Spain ; for francs, and for silver coin of the United States, other than the three cents,— $1 21 an ounce. For thalers o f Sweden, and of the Northern States of Germany, Si 01 an ounce gross. For silver in bars, for mixed coins, and for other silver coins not herein specified, Si 21 for each,ounce at standard fineness (nine-tenths) as determined on assay at the Mint. JAMES ROSS SNOWDEN, Director. CONDITION OF TH E PLA N TE R S’ BANK OF T E N N E S SE E , 0 . E w in g , E sq., the Cashier of this Bank, has forwarded to the Editor of this Maga zine the subjoined official statement of the condition of the Bank and branches,on the 1st of July, 1853, as follows:— ASSETS. Notes discounted.......................................................... Domestic bills o f exchange.......................................... Suspended d e b t ............................................................ Real Estate.................................................................... $1,248,569 1,330,134 6r»,644 187,673 86 46 58 56 2,832,022 4 6 92,569 39 4,450 00 Tennessee State bonds, $108,750, cost....................... S tocks.. . . ....................................... .'.......................... Due from Northern Banks............................................ Due from Southern Banks........................................... Due from Tennessee Banks.......................................... 583.920 16 443,736 57 52,421 20 Cash on hand, viz., notes of other b a n k s................... “ gold and silver.............................. 72,214 00 623,742 36 1,080,071 93 595,956 36 $4,605,076 14 LIABILITIES. Capital stock......................................................................... Less Amount owned by the b a n k .................................... $2,248,300 739,500 1,508.800 00 192,050 66 P rofit and loss, (surplus a fter p a yin g d iv id e n d ................. Dividend unclaimed............................................................ Dividend declared July 1, 1853......................................... D u e to banks . . . D u e to depositors C ir c u la t io n .......... 1,745 60,352 62,097 5,667 646,183 2,190,278 00 45 03 00 $4,605,076 14 O. EWING,Cashier. Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. 356 CONDITION OF TH E BANKS IN TH E CITY OF NEW YORK. W e givq below a summary statement of the liabilities and resources of tbe Banks of the City of New York, in September of each year, from 1850 to 1852 inclusive, also for June 1853 :— LIABILITIES. Sept. 1850. Sept. 1851. Sept. 1852. June 1853. Capital.............................................. $27,440,070 $34,603,100 $36,791,760 $44,196,793 Profits............................................ 4,352,048 5,348,666 5,464,511 6,674,823 Circulation, old............................. 275,690 272,880 256,834 996,431 “ reported................... 6,419,320 7,103,234 8,421,830 8,087,675 Due State of New Y o rk ............. 275,583 221,840 187,200 213,111 D eposits........................................ 37,018,220 36,640,617 49,608,800 59,078,171 Due Banks........................ 16,624,440 11,094.293 22,434,214 24,961,931 Miscellaneous................................. 273,145 241,547 332,096 971,374 Total liabilities......................... 92,678,516 95,526,177 123,497,235 144,180,309 RESOURCES. L oa n s......................................... $57,705,810 $59,910,252 Loans to directors ..................... 2,912,332 4,203.951 Loans to brokers....................... 2,268,380 1,312,150 Peal estate................................... 1,956,284 2,397,980 Stocks, bonds, etc....................... 3,377,089 5,090,158 Loss and expense account........ 306,393 392,337 Overdrafts................................... 33,151 42,040 Specie.................................\ ___ 9,056.135 6,032,463 Cash item s................................. 9,292,290 10,900,135 B an k n otes................................. 815,200 1,065,842 Due from banks, etc................... 4,955,432 4,178,879 $79,039,394 $85,130,227 3,90,9,444 4,522,4445,866,626 5,867,985 2,702,410 3,457,545 5,539.815 7,183,925 404,950 443,459 41,210 63,965 8,702,895 12,174,509 11,866,284 16,383,916 1,195,842 2080,214 4,228,365 6,872,121 Total resources....................... $92,678,516 $95,526,177 $123,497,235 $144,180,309 In September 1850, the banking capital, it appears from the above, was $27,440,070, and June, 1853, $44,196,793: showing an increase from September, 1850, to June, 1853, of $16,759,723. CONDITION OF TH E BANK OF CHARLESTON IN 1853, W e have received from a correspondent the “ Proceedings at the Annual Meeting o f tbe Stockholders of the Bank of Charleston, South Carolina, held at the Banking House, July 6th, 1853.” From the report of the President, A. G. R o s e , Esq., we learn that the net profits of the year, after deducting current expenses, amount to $318,643. Out of this sum have been declared two semi annual dividends of 5 per eent each, amounting to $316,080, leaving to tbe credit of reserved profits $2,563. The following abstract from the cashier’s statement of the general condition of tbe Bank o q the 30th of June, may serve to illustrate the actual position of the Bank at that time, as to its immediate liabilities and resources:— LIABILITIES. Bank notes in circulation Due to city h an ks......... Due to distant banks.. . . Unclaimed dividends . . . Due to depositors........... RESOURCES. $2,111,054 31,972 750,576 11,044 607,678 Gold and silver coin.................. $562,238 Notes of city and country banks...................................... j- 98,897 Due by city banks................... 50,893 Due by distant banks............... 321,106 Due by agencies........................ 373,720 Foreign exchange unsold.......... 883,077 Domestic exchange maturing.. 2,112,984 S tock s....................... ............... 539,648 $3,512,324 $4,942,563 Journal o f Banking, Currency, and Finance. 351 Showing an excess o f resources over liabilities, of $1,430,239. The total amount lying over under protest in bank, on the 1st of July, 1853, was $40,080. The quarterly examination of the cash assets o f the Bank, shows that everything in that important department is correct and satisfactory. The stock o f the Bank is held by 1,07 5 proprietors, who are classed as follows:— By individuals in their own right $1,932,200; by guardians, executors, trustees, die., $220,400; banks and other corporate bodies $1,008,200; total capital $3,160,800. The President says:— “ The business of the year has generally been safe and regular. With but few ex ceptions, all obligations held by the bank have been punctually paid at their maturity. In the foreign exchange and discount departments, not a bill or note lies over. The exchanges this year have generally yielded but small returns of profit on the amount o f capital employed in them; which may mainly be attributed to the very great com petition and consequent equalization of values in the different markets, where we are accustomed to deal.” A summary furnishes some idea of the various transactions of the bank, and to what extent it has offered facilities to its customers and the community, in supplying the current demands of trade during the year. From this summary we learn that the bills and notes discounted amounted to $14,077,144 ; amount of domestic exchange purchased $11,859,436; amount o f foreign exchange purchased $3,305,249 ; making a total of $29,241,829. The amount of exchanges sold in checks and credits on the North and elsewhere was $11,973,983; and in bills on England and France $2,903,107, showing a total amount of business transacted of $44,118,909. We subjoin a list of the present officers and directors of the Bank, viz:— A. G. Rose, President: J. K. Sass, Cashier; John Cheesborough, Assistant Cashier ; H. Gourdin, Ker Boyce, L. M. Wiley, G. A. Trenholm, Win. Bull Pringle, Wm. IJ. Gil liland, Alexander Robertson, J. S. Bowie, Charles T. Lowndes, T. L. Wragg, W. C. Courtney, J. K. Sass, Directors. SUPPLEM EN TA L BANKING LAW OF ILLINOIS. W e give below the several sections of “ An act supplemental to, and explanatory of an act entitled An act to establish a general system of bauking, and to prevent the issuing and circulating of illegal currency.” S ec. 1. Be it enacted by the people o f the State o f Illinois, represented in the Gene ral Assembly, That the act to which this is supplementary shall be so construed, that no person or persons shall become incorporated under said act until he, she, or they, shall first have deposited with the auditor United States stocks or State stocks, as re quired by said act, so that the capital stock of said incorporation shall amount, in such United States stocks or State stocks, at the rate and value fixed by said act, to the sum of fifty thousand dollars; and at no period during the existence of said bank shall the said capital stock of the same, in stocks deposited as aforesaid, be less than the sum of fifty thousand dollars. S ec. 2. No bank, banking association, corporation, broker, banker, dealer in money, produce, or foreign merchandise, or other person, shall emit, issue, utter, pay out, pass, or receive in payment or on deposit, any bill o f credit, boud, promissory note, bill of exchange, order, draft, certificate of depost, written instrument, or in-trument partly written and partly printed, to be used as a general circulating medium, as or in lieu of money, or other currency, or intended by the makers thereof to be so used, other than the bills or notes of banks of this State, countersigned in the auditor’s office, according to the provisions o f the act to establish a general system of bauking, or the notes or bills, (of a denomination not less than five dollars.) of specie-paying banks, created by an express authority of law, in either of the United States, Territories, the District of Columbia, or Canada. Every bank, banking association, corporation, bro ker, banker, dealer in money, produce, or foreign merchandise, or other person, who shall violate the provisions of this section, shall forfeit and pay to any person or per- 358 , , Journal o f Banking Currency and Finance . sons, who may sue for the same, the sum of fifty dollars for each and every bill of credit, bond, promissory note, bill of exch mge, order, draft, certificate of deposit, or other instrument, so issued, uttered, paid out, passed, or received, contrary to the pro visions of this section, to be recovered in an action of debt before any justice, magis trate, or court, having juri>dictiou to the amount claimed in any such suit. S ec. 3. In addition to the penalties in the foregoing section, every broker, banker, dealer in money, produce, or foreign merchandise, and every officer, agent, or em ployee, of any bank, banking association, corporation, broker, banker, dealer in money, produce, or foreign merchandise, who shall offend against the provisions o f this act, shall, for every bill, bond, note, order, certificate of deposit, or other instrument or piece of paper emitted, issued, uttered, paid out, passed or received, contrary to the provisions of this act, be liable to be indicted, and, on conviction, shall be imprisoned in the county jail not more than one year. It shall not be necessary in any indict ment, suit, or prosecution, under the provisions of this act, to specify or particularize any particular bill, note, bond, order, certificate of deposit, or other instrument, but it shall be sufficient to allege generally that the defendant or defendants have been guilty of violating the provisions of this act by uttering, emitting, paying out, passing or receiving, as the case may be. any such bill, note, bond, order, certificate of deposit, or other instrument, of the character or description which by this act are forbidden or prohibited to be issued, passed, or received, and proof of such general nature shall be sufficient to sustain such indictment, suit, or prosecution. S ec. 4. Whenever it shall be represented to any one of the bank commissioners, upon the oath or affirmation of any creditable person, setting forth the facts, or when ever, from any information, any one of the said commissioners shall have reason to believe that any bank, corporation, broker, banker, dealer in money, produce, or for eign merchandise, or any officer, clerk, agent, or other employee, of any such bank, corporation, broker, banker, dealer in money, produce, or foreign merchandise, shall have been guilty of any violation of the provisions of this act, it shall be the duty of such commissioner forthwith to proceed to the said bank, or place of business of such bank, corporation, broker, banker, dealer in money, produce, or foreign merchandise, officer, clerk, agent, or employee, and then and there to inquire, by the oaths of the said broker, banker, dealer, officer, clerk, agent, or employee, or other testimony, whe ther the said bank, corporation, banker, broker, dealer in money, produce, or foreign merchandise, officer, clerk, agent, or employee, have been guilty of any violation of this act. The said bank commissioner shall have full power and authority to issue subpoenas and attachments, to compel the attendance of witnesses before him, from any part o f the State, and shall also have power and authority to administer all oaths and affirmations to parties, witnesses, or others, required to be administered or taken by this act. He shall reduce the said evidence and answers to writing, and report to the other bank commissioners, and also to the State’s attorney for the judicial circuit in which the said bank or other corporation, or the place of busine. s of any such broker, banker, dealer, officer, clerk, agent, or other employee, may be situated, and if the said commissioner shall be of opinion that any such banker, broker, dealer, officer, agent, or employee, has been guilty of any violation of the provisions of this act, he shall make complaint before some judge, justice of the peace, or other proper officer, and the said judge, justice of the peace, or other officer, shall proceed against the person or persons named in said complaints, in all respects, as provided by the eighteenth division of chapter thirty of Revised Statutes, entitled “ Criminal Jurispru dence;” and, for the purpose of compelling the attendance of witnesses, may issue subpoenas and attachments to any part of the State: provided, that no answer made by any broker, banker, dealer in money, produce, or foreign merchandise, officer, clerk, agent, or employee, or any other person, upon any examination made by or before any bank commissioner, judge, or justice of the peace, or other officer, touching any violation of this act, shall be given in evidence against him, her, or them, on the trial of any indictment, suit, or prosecution, for the recovery of any penalty or forfeiture imposed or provided for by this act, or in any other writ or legal proceeding what ever. S ec. 5. In case the bank commissioners, or a majority of them, shall be satisfied that any bank, corporation, broker, banker, dealer in money, produce, or foreign mer chandise, or such officer, agent, clerk, or employee, has been guilty of any violation of the provisions of this act, they shall immediately apply to some judge of a circuit or supreme court for a writ of injunction against such bank, corporation, broker, banker, dealer in money, produce, or foreign merchandise, such officer, clerk, agent, or employee, forbidding or restraining him or them from violating any of the provis , , Journal o f Banking Currency and Finance . 359 ions of this act; and such judge, after reason ible notice given to such bank, corpora tion, banker, broker, dealer in money, produce, or foreign merchandise, such officer, clerk, agent, or employee, shall proceed Without delay to investigate the questions in volved in such application, and shall have power to compel the production of all books, papers, vouchers, and documents, in the possession of the defendant or defendants, or to cause and require answers, on oath, from such defendant or defendants, which an swers shall not be evidence on the trial of any other action or suit in law or equity; and if, upon such examination, he shall be of opinion that any of the provisions of this act have been violated, he shall issue such writ or injunction and enforce the same, in case it shall be disregarded, according to the practice o f the courts of chancery; and such further proceedings shall be had upon such application, in the circuit court of the county where the office or place of business of such bank, corporation, broker, banker, dealer, officer, clerk, agent, or employee, may be situated, as may be neces sary to enforce the provisi' ns of this act. And if it shall be finally determined by the judge or court that any of the provisions of this act have been violated, it shall, by the order of the judge or court, be certified to the auditor, which shall be sufficient authority to him, and he shall proceed to put the said bank into liquidation, in the matter contemplated by this act and the act to which this is a supplement. S ec. 6. The bank commissioners to be appointed under the provisions of the act to which this is a supplement, before entering upon the duties of their office, shall take and subscribe on oath or affirmation, faithfully and impartially to perform all the duties enjoined upon and required to be performed by them under the provisions of this act, and the act to which this is a supplement; which said oath or affirmation shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State. S ec. 7. Every payment made, in whole or in part, in any bill, note, bond, order, draft, certificate of deposit, or other instrument or paper, the passing, uttering, emit ting, or use of which is prohibited by this act, shall be utterly null and void, and the persons or corporation to whom any such payment may have been made therein, may sue or lecover upon the original contract or cause of action, in the same manner and with like effect as if no such payment had been made. % S ec. 8. No action shall be maintained in any court of this State upon any contract, expressed or implied, the consideration o f which, in whole or in part, shall be any note, check, draft, or other instrument or paper, the use, receipt, or emission of which is prohibited by this act, but the same shall be adjudged to be utterly null and void. S ec. 9. In all prosecutions and suits for the recovery of the penalties imposed for any violation of the provisions of this act, the person sueing for the same, (notwith standing he may be liable for, or may have given bond for the costs of such suit, or may be entitled to the said penalties when recovered), and the defendant or defend ants shall be competent witnesses. S ec. 10. This act to be in force and take effect from and after the first day of August, 1853. GOLD— IT S INCREASE AND IT S EFFECT. The Boston A tla s,(n o v ? edited by the Hon. C h a r l e s H u d s o n , late naval officer at the port of Boston.) gives an able article on the increase of gold and the effect upon the Commerce and condition of the world. The editor says that since the working of the mines in California there has been a rapid increase of gold. Up to 1852, it has been estimated that the gold from California alone would amount to $153,000,000. The total coined at the United States Mints in 1852 was $52,240,000; and though a small portion of this may have been obtained from North Carolina and Georgia, and another small portion may have been a recoinage o f foreign gold, yet it is believed that as large a quantity of California gold has been used in manufactures as all the coinage of foreigu gold, added to what has been obtained from Carolina and Georgia. We will, however, drop the odd numbers, and set down the amount at $52,000,000. The quantity of gold dust sent from California to Great Britain and other foreign countries during the same years, must have amounted to at least $12,000,000— making the product of California for 1852, $64,000,000. Some have estimated it much higher. From present appearances the quantity from California the present year will be in creased rather than diminished. We will set it down at $66,000,000. We will also suppose that Australia and Siberia will yield $44,000,000 more; we shall then have an annual production of $110,000,000'of gold, over and above the ordinary product from other parts of the world. , , Journal o f Banking Currency and Finance. 360 Of the effect he remarks:— “ On a full view of the subject, we arc inclined to the belief that there will be no very great decline in the value of the precious metals. The causes to which we have alluded will tend to counteract that downward ten dency in the value of gold, which would otherwise result from the vast increase. But after making all reasonable allowance for the increased demand, the addition of 8100,000,000 to the precious metals can hardly fail to produce some effect upon their exchangeable value. As gold and silver are a lawful tender in the com mercial world, and as the law fixes their value, that value must remain; that is to say, a dollar will remain a dollar, an eagle an eagle, a franc a franc, and a sovereign a sovereign. But though these coins retain the same nominal value, their exchangeable value may be reduced by the rise in the price of articles which they will purchase. Thus, if a quantity of goods or provisions, which can now oe purchased for 8100, should rise to 8110, in consequence of the abundance of gold, this must be substantially the same in effect as though the gold had depreciated ten per cent" REDEM PTION OF TH E PUBLIC DEBT OF TH E UNITED ST A T E S. With a view o f reducing the public debt, the Secretary of the U. S. Treasury has issued the following notice, which, if it brings forward the stocks to the amount indi cated, may affect the money market to some extent favorably:— T reasury De pa r tm en t. July 30, 1853. Notice is hereby given to the holders of the six per cent stock of the United States, of the loan authorized by the act o f 28th January, 1847, and redeemable the 31st of December, 1867, and of the loan authorized by the act of 31st March, 1848, and re deemable 30th June, 1868, that this Department is prepared to purchase, at any time between the date hereof and the 1st day of December next, to the extent of the sum of five millions of dollars of the said stocks, in the manner and on the terms herein after mentioned, to w it: . In case offcny contingent competition, within the amount stated, preference will be given in the order of time in which the said stocks may be offered. The certificates, duly assigned to the United States, must be transmitted to this Department ; upon the receipt whereof a price will be paid, compounded of the following particulars: 1. The par value or amount specified in each certificate. 2. A premium on said amount of twenty-one per cent. 3. Interest on the par of the certificate from the 1st of July, 1853, to the date o f receipt and settlement at the Treasury, with the allowance (fur the money to reach the owner) of one day’s interest in addition. Payments for said stocks will be made in drafts of the Treasurer of the United States, on the Assistant Treasurer, at Boston, New York, or Philadelphia, as parties may indicate. i JAMES GUTHRIE, Secretary o f the Treasury. PRODUCT OF TH E PRECIOUS M ETALS IN 1852. PRODUCT OF THE PRECIOUS METALS THROUGHOUT THE W O RLD IN Silver. Gold. A m erica .................................. $31,000,000 Australia............................................................ E u ro p e .................................... 8,000,000 Asia.......................................... 5,000,000 Africa, &c ................................. ................. T o ta l............................... $87,000,000 76,000,000 22,000,000 14,600,000 3,800,000 $44,000,000 $204,400,000 1852. Total. $119,000,000 76,000,000 30,000,000 19,600.000 3,800,000 $248,400,000 The following statement will exhibit the annual product of the precious metals at different periods prior to the above:— 1492 1500 1600 1700 ........................... ........................... ........................... ........................... $250,000 3,000,000 11,000,000 23,000,000 1800 1843 1848 1851 ........................... ........................... ........................... ........................... v $52,529,867 73,678,743 86,661,060 174,000,000 9 Commercial Statistics. 36 1 COMMERCIAL STATISTICS. COMMERCE AND NAVIGATION OF TH E UNITED ST A T E S. The annual report of the Secretary of the Treasury, transmitting a report from the Register of the Treasury, of the Commerce and Navigation of the United States, for the year ending June 30th, 1852, has at length made its appearance. By the act o f 1850, it should have been printed and ready for “ delivery on or before the first day o f January next ensuing the close of the fiscal year to which the report relates.” W e give below the tabular statements of the report relating to Commerce. DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF THE UNITED STATES. SUMMARY STATEMENT OF THE VALUE OF THE EXPORTS OF THE GROWTH, PRODUCE, AND MANUFACTURE OF OF JULY, 1851, THE UNITED STATES, DURING THE YEAR COMMENCING ON THE 1ST AND ENDING ON THE 30TH OF JUNE, THE SEA. Fisheries— Oil, spermaceti................ Oil, whale and other fish. W halebone..................... Spermaceti candles . . . . Dried or smoked fish .. . Pickled fish..................... TH E FOREST. Wood— Staves, shingles, boards, hewed timber, e t c .. . . Other lu m ber................. Masts and spars............. Oak bark aud other dye. Manufactures of w ood... Naval stores, tar, pitch, rosin, <fc turpentine . . . Ashes, pot and pearl . . . Ginseng............................... Skins and furs..................... A G R IC U L T U R E . Of animab— Beef, tallow, hides, horned ca ttle........................... Butter and cheese........... Pork, (pickled,) bacon, lard, live hogs.............. Horses and mules........... Sheep............................... W o o l ............................... Vegetable food— W heat............................. Flour ............................... Indian co rn ..................... Indian meal..................... Bye meal......................... 1852. Rye, oats, and other small grain and pulse........... 334,471 §809,274 Biscuit or ship bread... . 318,899 440,2S7 115,121 P ota toes......................... 436,073 A pp les............................. 43,635 143,098 Rice ............................... 2,471,029 354,127 C otton ................................. 87.965,732 98,883 Tobacco................................ 10,031,283 Hemp.................................... 18,649 $2,282,342 Other agricultural products— Flaxseed......................... 56,1S7 H o p s ............................... 69,042 Brown sugar.................... 24,057 In d igo............................. 910 §2,674,577 123,522 $124,375,887 95,459 MANUFACTURES. 160,154 2,193,085 W ax..................................... $91,499 Refined sugar...................... 149,921 1,209,173 Chocolate............................. 3.267 507,673 Spirits from grain............... 48,737 102,073 Spirits from molasses........ 323,949 798,504 Molasses................................ 13,163 Vinegar................................ 12,220 §7,864,220 Beer, ale, porter, tfe cider . . 48,052 Linseed oil........................... 14,981 Spirits of turpentine........ 137,856 Household furniture........... 430,182 172,445 $1,500,429 C« aches and other carriages 779,391 Hats..................................... 80.453 Saddlery............................. 47,937 3,765,470 Tallow candles and soap... 660,054 247,550 Snuff and tob a cco ............. 1,316,622 16,291 Leather, boots, & shoes... . 428,708 14,308 Cables and cordage........... 62,903 Gunpowder ....................... 121,580 2,555,209 S a lt ...................................... 89,316 11,869,143 Lead...................................... 32,725 1,540,225 Iron— pig, bar, and nails . . 118,624 574,380 Castings....................... 191,388 64,476 A ll manufactures o f... 1,993,807 Commercial Statistics, 362 Copper and brass, and manfaetures of........................ Medical drugs...................... Cotton piece goods— Printed or colored ......... Uncolored....................... Cotton thread and yarn... . Cotton, all manufactures of. Flax and hemp— Cloth and th read........... Bags and other man’es of Wearing a pp arel............... Earthen and stone w a re.. . Combs and buttons............. Bru-hes of all kinds........... Billiard tables and appa ratus ............................... Umbrellas, parasols, A sun shades ............................. Morocco and other leather not sold by the pound . . Fire-engines A apparatus . Printing presses and type . $103,039 Musical instruments............ 263,862 Books and maps.................. Paper and stationary......... 926,404 Paints and varnish.............. 6,139.391 G lass.................................... 34,718 Tin......................................... 571,638 Pewter and lead.................. Marble and stone................ 5,468 Gold A silver A gold leaf . 8,154 Gold and silver coin............ 250.228 Artificial flowers A jewelry. 18.310 Trunks ............................... 2S,S33 Brick and lime.................... 4,385 Coal...................................... I c e ........................................ 1,088 Articles not enumerated— Manufactured................. 8,340 Raw produce................... 18,617 16,784 Total.................... $4I7,781 67,733 217,809 119,535 85,369 194,634 23,420 18,469 57,240 20,332 37,437,837 114,738 15,035 13,539 188,906 161,086 2,877,669 1,195,775 $192,388,984 VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF UNITED STATES TO EACH FOREIGN COUNTRY. VALUE OF THE DOMESTIC EXPORTS OFT HE UNITED STATES TO EACH FOREIGN COUNTRY, AND TO DOMINIONS OF EACH FOREIGN POW ER, DISTINGUISHING THE AMOUNT SHIPPED IN AMERICAN AND FOREIGN VESSELS, FOR YEAR ENDING JUNE 3 0 , 1 8 5 2 . Whither exported Russia........................... Prussia........................... Sweden and Norway . . Swedish West Indies... Denmark. ..................... Danish West indies... . Hanse Towns................. H olland......................... Dutch East In d ie s___ Dutch West Indies........ Dutch Guiana................ Belgium......................... England......................... Scotland......................... Ireland........................... Hanover......................... Gibraltar....................... Malta............................... Cape o f Good H o p e ... British East Indies........ Honduras......................... British Guiana................ British West Indies . . . Canada.......................... British American Col'es. Falkland Islands........... Australia....................... France on the Atlautic. France on the Mediter’n. French West Indies.... French Guiana............. In American vessels. $860,478 20,668 367,571 82,034 5,548 603,533 1,591,166 1,438,611 142.172 271,737 83,952 2,889.144 62,764,957 1,401,986 179,361 163,556 79,134 186,008 554,667 11,520 263,631 593,585 2,498,767 2,083,918 604,454 196,554 20,063,296 1,281,600 305,916 64,747 In foreign vessels. $201,270 72,565 365,275 8,768 87,461 206,906 4,604.761 854,237 825 27,942 313,623 45.023,700 1,039,162 393,889 5,906 66,746 17,213 38,228 10,471 29,182 148,701 1,013,366 1,921.045 2,045.680 7,363 730,582 114,592 123,930 To each country. $1,061,748 93,233 732,846 90,802 93,009 810.439 6,195,927 2,292,848 ] r 299,679 83.952, 3,202,767 107,788 657 j 2,441,148 673,250 5,906 229,302 96.347 224,236 565,138 11,520 292,813 742,286 3,512,133 4,004,963 2,650,134 7,363 196,554, 20,793.878 1,396,192 y 428,946 64,747 J To the do minions of each power. $1,061,748 93,233 823,648 903,448 6,195,927 15,0Ac-,1 •U 3,202,767 123,341,750 22,684,663 Commercial Statistics. In American vessels. Whither exported. Spain on the A tlantic.. Spain on the Meriiter’an Tenerife A ot’r Canaries. Manilla ^.Philippine Is. Cuba........................ Other Spanish W. Indies Portugal......................... Madeira ....................... Payal A other Azores.. Cape de Verde Islands.. Italy generally.............. Sicily.............................. Sardinia ....................... Tuscany...................... .. Trieste, A c .........1,497,125 Turkey, Levant, A c .. . . Hayti.............................. M exico........................... Central Republic o f A ’a New Grenada................ Venezuela......... ............ Brazil............................. Cisplatine Republic . . . Argentine Republic . . . Bolivia............................ P eru ............................... Chili................................. China............................. West Indies generally.. South America ge’erally Asia generally............. Africa generally............ South Se’s A Pacific Oc’n. Total....................... 215,321 260,800 13.837 211,791 5,643,066 881.714 181,323 66,115 12,975 51.490 1,161,344 23,459 649,929 ........... In foreign vessels. • 282.993 2,457,704 2,634 160,130 1.33,849 52,741 21,817 4.791 2.935 412,508 32.190 119,280 17,697 906,405 265,825 1,272,284 1,290,908 365,121 1,281,383 680,647 2,572,019 98,260 468,137 210,705 267,784 1,968.207 2,477,886 49,844 37,824 14,049 1,173,313 311,791 $127,340,547 207,042 115,464 21,015 16,853 45,377 210,160 82,896 49,870 66,010 75.629 2,180 12.364 6,467 38,047 $65,026,437 363 To the dominions of each power. To each country. 489.314' 2,718,504 16,471 211.791 5.803,196 1,015,563 234.064] 87,932 17,766 54.425 1,573,852 55.649 767,209 17.697 2,403.530 265,825 1,479 326 1,406,372 386,136 1,298,236 726,024 2,782,179 181,156 518,007 210,705 333,794 2,043,836 2,480,066 72,208 43,291 14,049 1,211,360 311,791 $192,368,984 10,263,839 394,187 1,573,852 55,649 769,209 17,697 2,403,530 265,825 1,479,326 1,406,372 386,136 1,298.236 726,024 2,782,179 181,156 518,007 210,705 333,794 2,043,836 2,4SP,066 72.208 48,291 14,049 1,211,360 311,791 $192,368,984 FOREIGN MERCHANDISE EXPORTED TO EACH FOREIGN COUNTRY. VALUE OF FOREIGN MERCHANDISE EXPORTED FROM UNITED STATES TO F.ACII FOREIGN COUNTRY, (F R E E OF DUTY, AND PAYING DUTIES,) DISTINGUISHING THE AMOUNT SHIPPED IN AMERICAN AND FOREIGN VESSELS, FOR THE YEAR ENDING JUNE Whither exported. Russia........................... Prussia ......................... Sweden and Norway . . Swedish West Indies .. Danish West Indies . . . Denmark........................ Hanse T ow n s............... Holland......................... Dutch East Indies........ Dutch West Indies.. . . Dutch Guiana............... Belgium......................... England.......................... Scotland. ....................... Gibraltar....................... M alta............................. British East Indies........ Free of duty $697 2,414 613 84,419 16,807 248,580 3,179 154,430 2,387 39 377,591 2,379,826 17,830 8,868 17,976 Paying duties Total. ad valorem. $138,732 $138,035 153 153 22,908 25.322 1,380 1,193 36.278 120,697 5,836 22.643 432,450 681,030 201,502 204,681 26.755 181,185 17,766 15,379 7.243 7,282 623,412 1,001,003 2,156.369 4,536,185 230,635 230,635 100 100 31,277 49,157 16,975 8,907 21,384 39,360 30, 1852. In American vessels. $113,933 518 1,948 66,356 18,934 284,513 08,245 181,185 13,576 7,282 877,365 2,896,959 176,015 41,801 8,420 39,360 In foreign vessels. $24,799 153 24,804 45 54,341 3,709 396,517 136,436 4,190 123,638 1,639.226 64,620 100 7,356 8,555 Commercial Statistics. 364 Whither exported. Australia....................... Cape of Good H o p e ... British Honduras........ British G uiana............. British West Indies___ British A. Colonies.. . . Other British Colonies.. Canada........................... France on the Atlantic. France on the Mediter’n French West Indies___ French Guiana............... Spain on the Atlantic.. Spain on the Mediter’an Teneriffe & o’er Canaries Cuba............................... Other Spanish W. Indies Portu gal....................... Madeira......................... Fayal & other Azores... Cape de Yerd Islands . Italy............................... S icily ............................. Sardinia.......................... Trieste, <fcc..................... Turkey, Levant, <fcc___ H a y ti............................. Mexico............................ Central Republic of A ’a New Grenada................ Venezuela...................... Brazil............................. Cisplatine Republic . . . Argentine Republic . . . C hill............................... Peru................................ Free of duty. 75 5,600 9,845 8,820 262,737 1,104,549 1,474,958 48,936 12,834 117 26,113 87,965 45 6,246 380'382 5,301 103 7,000 Payinff duties ad valorem. 11,638 1,718 63,659 8,536 71,136 879,085 3,996 1,607,548 246,483 30,198 12,764 1,161 2,095 26,272 3,681 333,973 34,241 4,026 480 1,386 4,229 30,731 5,699 13.178 101,133 15,759 231,926 876,936 81,615 190,501 31,217 105,900 6,385 22,693 259,854 21,408 163 3S3 26,541 20,859 939 Total. 11,713 1,718 69,259 18,381 79,956 1,141,822 3,966 2,712,097 1,721,441 79,134 25,598 1,278 28,208 114,237 45 9.927 714^355 39,542 . 4,129 7,480 1,386 9,651 205,342 10,890 42,286 329,S89 50,371 239,577 878,557 87,382 217,558 67,387 238.863 11,917 281,110 295,297 22,048 183,111 34,781 21,615 1,177 In American vessels. 11,713 748 66,562 17,011 56,800 88,997 2,065 1,753,631 1,655,712 72,958 5,654 1,278 26,408 94,532 45 9,927 ' 708^155 32,999 2,726 7,000 1,386 9,651 180,266 9,627 In foreign vessels. 970 2,697 1,370 23,156 1,052,825 1,901 958,466 65,729 6,176 19,944 * . • •. 1,800 19,705 6,200 6,543 1,503 480 Africa generally........... South Seas..................... Falkland Islands............ 5,422 174,611 5,191 29,108 228,756 34,612 7,651 1,621 6,767 27,057 36,172 132,963 5,532 258,417 35,443 640 19,728 8,240 756 238 Total....................... 7,774,457 9,514,925 17,289,382 12,136,390 5,152,992 7,774,457 1,562.673 1,096,482 6,855,770 1.562,673 8,870,939 6,855,770 1,292,762 6,159,827 4,683,801 269,911 2,711,112 2,171,969 Entitled to drawback.. . Not entitled todrawba’k From warehouse............ VALUE OF IMPORTS Whence exported. Russia........................... Sweden and Norway... Swedish West Indies.. Danish West Indies . . . Denmark........................ 1,177 STATES FROM EACH FOREIGN DISTINGUISHING Pitying COUNTRY, THE AMOUNT IMPORTED IN F O R - EIGN AND AMERICAN VESSELS, FOR THE YEAR ENDING JUNE Free of duty. 16,604 39,584 10,254 107 3,078 30.753 10,722 5,989 74,343 5,813 FROM EACH FOREIGN COUNTRY, VALUE OF MERCHANDISE IMPORTED INTO UNITED FREE OF DUTY AND PAYING DUTIES 91,800 50,371 222,973 838.973 77,128 217,451 64,311 208,110 1,195 275,121 220,954 16,235 183.111 34,781 21,615 25,076 1,263 42,286 238,089 30, 1851. In American duties. Total. vessels. $54,379 $1,527,241 $1,581,620 $1,279,388 75 21,188 21,263 21,263 774,743 705 775,448 229,670 3,229 1,055 4,284 3,782 10,775 180,970 191,745 168,953 16,611 16,611 In foreign vessels. $305,232 545,778 502 22,792 16,611 Commercial Statistics, Free of Paying duty. duties. 100,709 8,070,702 267,193 1,368,368 746,250 269,744 386,578 165,983 2,842 83,896 17,000 2,037,043 2,890.932 85,228,927 2,832 2,353,115 149,546 2,987 9,251 96,602 2,091 112,273 178,017 4,047,024 40 190,758 38,399 223,247 25,290 18,653 297,605 733,032 218,718 1,301,612 3,828,398 761,571 850,605 23,345,309 3.252 1,691,100 7,435 24,987 43,382 2,905 524 342,096 8,580 1,435,395 51,615 4,809 1,517,837 553,982 17.307,746 37,287 2,963,936 850 266,014 10 89,993 1,428 27,918 5,598 12,531 33,073 1,201,832 3,667 602,874 1,381 73,520 3,624 206,965 23,591 Trieste & o’er Aus. ports 3,972 304^777 Turkey, Levant, etc----547,005 9,095 1,493,573 377,099 Hayti.............................. Mexico............................ 1,114,506 534,700 230,269 Central Republic of A . 138,086 New Grenada................ 464,822 285,705 Venezuela...................... 1.140,127 981,737 Brazil............................... 10,171,087 2,059,202 Cisplatine Republic . . . 18,812 30,895 Argentine Republic . . . 6,841 2.084,256 C hili............................... 281,462 1,780,698 76,884 6 IS,008 Peru ............................. C hina............................. 7,147,412 3,446,538 Asia generally............. 1,451 130,132 Africa generally............ 143,465 914,192 S. America generally... 32,159 80,927 Equador......................... ■ 1,261 69,324 S. Seas & Pacific Ocean. 4,462 Atlantic Ocean, etc . . . 176 Sandwich Islauds.......... 5,988 Whence exported. Hanse Towns................. H olland......................... Dutch East Indies . . . . Dutch West Indies.. . . Dutch Guiana................ Belgium.......................... England......................... Scotland......................... Ireland........................... Gibraltar........................ Malta............................. British East Indies......... Cape of Good Hope . . . British Honduras........... British Guiana............... British West Indies. . . . British A- Colonies........ Canada........................... France on the Atlantic. France on the Mediter’n French Guiana............... French West Indies... . Miquelon & Fre'ch Fish’s Spain on the A tlantic.. Spain on the Mediter’an Teneriffe & ot’r Canaries Manilla <fc Philippine Is.. Cuba............................... Other Spanish W. Indies Portugal......................... Madeira.......................... Fayal <fc other Azores.. . Cape de Yerd Islands . Italy................................. Sicily.............................. Sardinia......................... Tuscany......................... Total....................... Total. 8,171,411 1,635,561 1,015,994 552,561 86,738 2,054,043 88,119,859 2,355,947 152,533 105,853 114,364 4,222,041 190,798 261,646 43,943 1,030,5 37 1,520,330 4,589,969 24,195,914 1,694,352 32,422 46,287 524 342,096 1,443,975 51,615 1,522,646 17,861,728 3,001,223 266,864 90,003 29,346 18,129 1,234,905 606,541 74,901 210,589 23,591 808/749 556,100 1,870,672 1,649,206 368,355 750,527 2,121,864 12,230,289 49,707 2,091,097 2,062,160 694,892 10,593,950 131,583 1,057,657 113,086 70,585 4,462 176 5,988 865 In American In foreign vessels. vessels. 3,584,022 4,587,389 700,771 934,790 82,767 938,227 506,728 45,833 86,708 30 1,494,105 559.938 58,382,915 29,736,944 726,370 1,630,577 25,643 126,890 38,274 67,579 79,097 35,267 3,967,920 257,121 186,545 4.253 222,766 38,880 43,122 821 591,937 438,600 184,534 1,335,796 2,278,603 2,311,366 22,922,707 1,273,207 961,318 733,034 32,422 44,293 1,994 624 185,865 156,231 928,390 515,585 32,305 19,310 1,467,421 55,225 16,716,323 1,145,405 2,525,521 475,701 65,769 201,095 86,576 3,427 25,637 3,709 18,129 970,877 264,028 371,499 235,042 294 74,607 210,589 23 591 147,304 161,445 508,616 47,484 1,678,911 191,761 1,387,757 261,449 356,011 12,344 738,077 12,450 1,816,916 304,948 9,777,645 2,452,644 49,707 1,562,068 629.029 2,011,845 50,315 607,513 87,379 10,248,528 345,422 131,583 1,032,402 25,255 85,785 27,301 68,666 1,919 4,462 176 6,988 29,692,934 17S,603,921 208,296,855 155,258,467 53,038,388 Commercial Statistics, 366 COMMERCE OF THE UNITED STATES WITH ALL NATIONS. S T A T IS T IC A L V I E W OF EXPORTS TO, E N D IN G JU N E OF THE AND COM M ERCE IM P O R T S OF TH E FROM , EACH U N ITE D E X H IB IT IN G CO U N U R Y , D U R IN G THE THE VALUE YEAR 30, 1852. Countries. Russia................................................ Prussia.............................................. . Sweden and Norway ..................... Swedish West Indies..................... Denmark .......................................... Danish West Indies......................... Hanse Towns................................... . Value of Exports. Domestic. Value of Foreign. produce. Total. imports. produce. $1,061,748 $138,732 $1,200,480 $1,581,620 93,886 21,263 93,233 153 732,846 758,168 775,448 25,322 90,802 4.284 1.993 92,795 93,009 115,652 16,611 22,643 810,439 931,136 191,745 120,697 8,171,411 6,195,927 681,030 6,876,957 Holland.............................................. 2,292,848 Dutch East Indies........................... 142,997 Dutch West Indies.......................... 299,679 Dutch Guiana................................... . 83,952 B elgium ............................................ . 3,202,767 England............................................. ,. 107,788,657 2,441,148 Scotland............................................ . 573,250 Irelan d....................................... ..... 229,302 Gibraltar........................................... M a lta ................................................ 96,347 5,906 11,520 British East In dies......................... 565,138 Cape of Good H o p e ....................... 224,236 British Honduras............................. 292,813 742,286 British Guiana................................. British West Indies.......................... . 3,512,133 British American Colonies............. . 2,650,134 Canada .............................................. . 4,004,963 France on the A tlantic................... . France on the Mediterranean........ French West Indies......................... French Guiana................................. Miquelon and French Fisheries . . . . Spain on the Atlantic...................... Spain ' n the Mediterranean.......... Teneriffe and other Canaries........ Manilla and Philippine Islands . . . C u ba.................................................. Other Spanish West Indies............. Portugal............................................. Madeira.............................................. Fayal and other A zores................. Cape de Verd Islands..................... I t a ly .................................................. Sicily.................................................. Sardinia............................................ . . . . Trieste and other Austrian ports.. . T u rk ey............................................. ST A T E S, F O R E IG N 196,554 7,363 20,793,878 1,396,192 429,846 64,747 ........... 1,635,561 204,681 2,497,529 1,015,994 181,185 324,182 552,561 17,766 317,445 86,738 7,282 91,234 1,001,003 4,203,770 2.054,043 4,536,185 112,324,842 88,119,859 230,635 2,671,783 2,355,947 573,350 100 152,533 278,459 105,853 49,157 16,975 113,322 114,364 5.906 11,520 39,360 604,498 4,225,041 190,798 1,718 225,954 261,646 69,259 362,072 18,381 43,943 760,667 79,956 3,592,089 1,030,637 1,141,822 3,791.956 1,520,330 6,717,060 4,589,969 2,712,097 3,966 3.966 11,713 208,267 8,540 1,177 1,721,441 22,515,319 24,195,914 79,134 1,475,326 1,694,352 46,286 25,598 455,444 32,422 1,278 66,025 524 498,314 2,718,504 16,471 211,791 5,803,196 1,015,563 234,064 87,932 17,766 54,425 1,573,852 65,649 769,209 17,697 28,208 114,237 45 9,927 714,355 39,542 4,129 7,480 1,386 9,651 205,342 10,890 42,286 526,522 342,096 2,832,741 1,443,975 16,516 51,615 221,718 1,522,646 6,517,551 17,861,728 1,055,105 3,001,223 238,193 266,864 95,412 90,003 19,152 29,346 64,076 18,129 1,779.194 1,234.905 66,539 606,541 74,901 811,495 210,589 17,697 2,403,530 265,825 329,889 50,371 2,733,419 316,196 23,591 308,749 556,100 Commercial Regulations. Countries. H ayti............................................. Mexico........................................... Central A m erica......................... New Grenada............................... . . . . Venezuela..................................... Bolivia ......................................... ___ Brazil........................................... . Cisplatine Republic.................... ___ Argentine Republic.................... Peru.............................................. China........................................... L iberia....................... ■ ........ Patagonia.......................... .................. West Indies generally............... . . . Asia gen era lly ___ "..................___ South America generally............ Africa generally......................... . South S ea s................................... Equador...................................... Greenland..................................... Atlantic Ocean............................. Pacific Ocean............................. . Indian O cean..................................... Sandwich Islands......................... Northwest C oast......................... Uncertain Places................._............ San Francisco, California......... Domestic prod uce* 1,298,286 726,024 210,705 181,156 518,007 ........... 72,208 14,019 43,291 Value of exports. Foreign produce. 239,577 878.557 87.382 217.558 67,389 238,863 11.917 281,110 295,297 22,048 183,111 ........... 34,781 21-.615 367 Value of Total. imports. 1,718,903 1,870,672 2,284,929 1,649,206 473,518 368,355 1,515,794 750,527 798.413 2,121,864 210,705 3,021,042 12,230,289 193,073 49,707 799,117 2,091,098 2,339,133 2,062,160 355,842 694,892 2,663,177 10,593,950 ........... 72,208 14,049 43,291 1,246,141 333,406 181,583 113,086 1,057,657 4,462 70,585 176 .......... ......... ........... ........ 5,988 ........... ........... ........... ........... 4,648,587. Total............................................192,368,984 17,289,382 209,658,366 212,945,442 COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS. ALTERATIONS IN THE BRITISH TARIFF. W e give below, from an authentic and reliable source, a complete list of all altera tions made in the Custom Duties, during the present session of the British Parliament. These changes will extend the freedom of trade, and lessen the inconveniences which all such duties impose upon the trade of the w orld:— Schedule No. 2. Duties on Tea— That in lieu of the duties of customs now chargeable on tea imported into the United Kingdom, the following duties shall be charged; that is to say, upon every pound of tea, and that the allow ance of one pound for draft on each chest exceeding 28 lbs. in weight shall cease and determine:— To 6th April, 1854, inclusive................................................................... From and after 5th April, 1854,to 5th April,1855, inclusive............... From and after 5th April, 1855,to5th April,1856, inclusive.............. From and after 5th April, 1856............................................................... £ s. d. 0 1 10 0 1 6 0 1 3 0 1 0 Schedule No. 3. Duties on the articles undermentioned: Apples, raw (not of British possessions).................................. bushel Ditto, dried....................................... ................................................................... Butter (not of British possessions)............................................................... cwt. Cheese (ditto), to be charged on the landing w eight.................................... C ocoa.................................................................................................................. lb. 0 0 0 1 0 6 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 6 1 368 Commercial Regulations. Ditto, husks and shells....................................................................................... Ditto, paste and chocolate................................................................................. Eggs (not ° f British possessions)..................................................................120 Nuts, sm a ll.................................................................................................bushel Ditto, walnuts..................................................................................................... Oranges and lem ons........................................................................................... Raisins............................................................................................................. cwt. £ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 s. d. 0 0 2 0 4 1 0 1 0 0 8 10 0 Schedule No. 4. Duties on the articles undermentioned: Almonds, Jordan..................................................... cwt. Not Jordan, nor bitter....................................................................................... Paste o f ,.............................. lb. Arrowroot....................................................................................................... cwt. Barley, pearled................................................................................................... Baskets, viz, baskets corresponding with the description commonly called B erlin............................................................................................. cubic foot All others......................................................................................................... Beads, co ra l............................ lb. Arrango, crystal, jet, and other sorts, not enumerated or described....... Books, being of editions printed in or since the year 1801, bound or unbound....................................................................................................... cwt. Admitted under treaties of international copyright, or if of and from a British possession......................................... Brass, manufactures of, not otherwise enumerated....................................... Brocade, of gold or silver................................................................................ lb. Bronze, manufactures of, not otherwiseenumerated................................cwt. Candles, viz., spermaceti.................................................................................... Stearine, till the 5th April, 1858.................................................................. T allow .............................................................................................................. W a x .................................................................................................................. Canes, viz., walking canes or sticks, mounted, painted, or otherwise orna mented.......................................................................................................100 Umbrella or parasol s tic k s .......................................................................... Capers, including the pickle.......................................................................... lb. Cards, viz., playing-cards..................................................................doz. packs Cassava pow der............................................................................................cwt. Cas>ia lignea.................................................................................................... lb. Cherries, r a w ............................................................................. bush. Dried, until 5th July, 1854, inclusive.......................................................lb. From and after 5th July, 1854 .................................................................... Chicory, or other vegetable matter applicable to the uses of coffee, viz., roasted or ground........................................................................................lb. Raw or kiln-dried, until the 10th Oct.,1854, inclusive ....................... cwt. From and after the 10th Oct., 1854.............................................................. China ware, or porcelain, painted or plain,gilt or orriamented............... cwt. Cinnamon.......................................................................................................... lb. Clocks, viz., not exceeding the value of 5s. each....................................... doz. Exceeding the value of 5s., and not exceeding the value of 12s. 6d. e a ch ........................................................................ doz. Exceeding the value of 12s. 6d., and not exceeding the value of £3 ea ch .......................................................................................... each Exceeding the value of £3, and not exceeding the value of £10 e a ch ........................................................................................................each Exceeding the value of £10 e a ch ................................................................ Cloves................................. lb. Coculus Indicus.............................................................................................cwt. Coffee, roasted or ground............................................................................... lb. Comfits, dry, until 5th July, 1854, inclusive.................................................. From and after 5th July, 1854 .................................................................... Confectionery, until 5th July, 1854, inclusive................................................ From and after 5th July, 1854............................................................... 0 10 0 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 4\ 4£ 0 0 7 0 0 2 0 1 6 0 0 2 1 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 10 5 10 2 3 2 2 0 6 0 3 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 free. 0 10 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 4 6 4 4 0 0 1£ 0 4£ 1 2 2 1^ 4 0 0 2 0 0 8 0 0 2 0 0 4 0 10 0 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 2 1^2 1£ Commercial Regulations, 86 9 s. d. Copper, manufactures of, not otherwise enumerated or described, and 10 copper plates, engraved ........................................................................cwt. 0 Corks, ready made............................................................................................lb. 8 Squared for rounding............................................................................... cwt. 0 Cotton manufactures, viz , fringe.................................................................. lb 0 Gloves, of cotton or thread........................................................dozen pairs Stockings, of cotton or thread................... .................................................... 0 0 Socks or halt-hose, of cotton or thread........................................................ 0 0 Articles of manufactures of cotton, wholly or in part made up. not other 0 wise charged with d u t y ........................................for every £100 value 10 D ates............................................................ cwt. 1 .pair D ce ......................... 10 Earthenware, not otherwise enumerated or described............................cwt. Embroidery and needlework, viz., silk net, figured with the needle, being imitation lace, and articles thereof............................................................lb. io Cotton net, figured with the needle, being imitation lace, and articles 8 thereof...........................................................................................................lb. Curtains, commonly called Swiss, embroidered on muslin or n e t................. 0 1 A ll other embroidery not enumerated......................... for every £100 value 10 0 Of and from Br itish possessions....................................for every £lu0 value 5 0 lb. 0 8 Feathers, dressed, viz , ostrich................ Paddy bird..................................... ................................................................. 0 3 Not otherwise enumerated or described..................... ............................... 0 3 Flowers, artificial, not made of silk— per cubic foot as packed— no allow ance for vacant spaces............... ................................................cubic foot 0 12 Wholly or in p u t made of s ilk .............................................................. .. 0 12 Fruit., raw, not otherwise enumerated.............................. bushel 0 0 Ginger, preserved, until 5th July, 1854, inclusive.......................................lb. 0 0 From and after 5th July,1 8 5 4 ...................................................................... 0 o Glass, viz.: Any kind of window glass, white or stained, of one color only, (except plate or rolled glass,) and shades and cylinders, until the 6th April, 1855. in clu sre...........'..................................................................cwt. 0 2 From and after 5th Apiil, 1855, until 5th April, 1857, inclusive........... 0 1 free. From and after 5th April. 1857........................................................ All flint gla^-s, flint colored glass, and fancy ornamental glass, of what ever kind...................................................................................................... 0 10 G rapes....................................................................................................bush. 0 0 Hair articles, manufactures of hair or goat’s wool, or of hair or of goat’s wool and any other material, wholly or in part made up, notparticu larly enumerated or otherwise charged with d u ty .. . .every £100 value 5 0 Hats or bonnets, viz.. Of c h ip ........................................... .......................... lb. 0 2 OI bast, cane, or horsehair............................................................................. 0 2 Of straw ......................................... 0 2 .each 0 1 Of felt, hair, wool, or beaver.......................... Of silk or silk shag, laid upon felt, linen, or other material..................... 0 1 Iron and steel, wrought or manufactured, viz.: Machinery, wrought, cast ings, tools, cutlery, and other manufactures of iron or steel, not enume ra te d ........................................................... cwt. 0 2 Fancy ornamental articles of iron ................................... .. 0 15 Steel . . . . ........................................... lb. 0 0 Jewels, emeralds, and all other precious stones, s e t.. . . .every £101) value 10 0 Lace and articles thereof, viz.: Mohair or w orsted..................................... lb. 0 1 Thread or cotton pillow lace, (not being Biussels, point, or Saxon ‘bone lace,) not exceeding one inch in w id th ................................................. lb. 1 0 Thread or cotton pillow lace, (not being Brussels, point, or Saxon bone lace,) exceeding one inch in width................ .lb. 2 0 Silk lace, pillow, and application, (not being Saxon wire-ground lace,). 1 10 Silk Saxon wire-ground lace, and all lace known as Maltese.................. 0 8 Brussels, point, and other lace, made by the hand, not otherwise charged with d u ty .................................................................... every £100 value 10 0 Lead, manufactures of, not otherwise enumerated................................ cwt 0 2 Leather, viz.: Boot backs......................................... ........................ doz. pairs 0 1 Cut into shapes.......................................................................................... cwt. 0 10 V O L . X X I X . ----- .N O . I I I . 24 0 6 0 2 3 6 3 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 H 6 6 0 2 0 6 6 6 0 0 6 0 6 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 o 370 Commercial Regulations. £ linen, or linen and cotton manufactures, viz.: Cambric handkerchiefs, hemmed or hem-stitched, not trim m ed................................................doz. Stays............................. ........................ ...........................................doz. pairs Articles, manufactures of linen, or of linen mixed with cotton or with wool, wholly or in part made up, not particularly enumerated, or otherwise charged with d u ty .....................................every £100 value Liquorice paste (not of British possessions)..................... ,\...................... cwt. Powder (riot of British possessions)............................... .............................. Root, until 5th April, 1857, inclusive.............. . . .■..................................... From and after 5th April, 1857.................................................................... Macaroni................................................... ........................................................... Ib. Mace.................... Marmalade, until oth July, 1854, inclusive.................................................... Froth and after 5th July, 1854 .................................................................... M edlars........................................................................................................bush. Millboards.........................................................................................................lb. Music and musical instruments, viz.: Musical-boxes, small, not exceeding four inches in length......................................... ................................. the air L a rg e ............................................................................................................... Overtures, or extra accompaniments........................................................... Piano-fortes, horizontal grand ................................. each Upright or square...................................................... .................................. Harmoniums or serapliines, not exceeding three stops............................ Four stops, and not exceeding seven s to p s................................................ Eight stops, and not exceeding eleven stop s............................................. Exceeding eleven stop s.................................................................................. Accordions, commonly called Chinese............... . . ...........the 100 notes Other sorts, including flutinas and common German square concertinas. Concertinas of octagon form, not common German................................... Brass instruments, all sorts .......................................................................lb. Musical instruments, not otherwise enumerated or described, for every £100 value Mustard flour................................................................................................ cwt. Nutmegs, except those commonly called wild............... lb. Nux Y om ica ..................................................................................................cwt. Oil, viz.: Alm onds..................'.................................. i ................................. lb. B a y s.................................................................................................................. Essential oil of cloves..................................................................................... Onions...........................................................................................................bush. Paper, viz.: Brown paper, made of old rope or cordage only, without sep arating or extracting the pitch or tar therefrom, and without any mix ture of other materials therewith..................................... lb. Printed, painted, or stained paper, or paper-hangings, or flock paper, the square yard Waste paper, or paper of any other sort, not particularly enumerated or described, not otherwise charged with d u ty .................................. lb. Pasteboard........................................................................................................... Fears, ra w ....................................................................................................bush. D ried .. . . ......................................... . . . . . * ..................................................... Percussion ca p s ............................. ..................................................... the 1,000 Perfumery, not otherwise enumerated, and scented or fancy s o a p ......... lb. Pewter, manufactures of, not otherwise enumerated..............................cwt. Pickles, preserved in vinegar.......................................................................gal. Pim ento..........................................................................................................cwt. Plate o f g o ld ...........................................................................................oz. troy Silver, gilt, or ungilt....................................................................................... Platting, or other manufactures o f straw, chip,* or other materials to be used in or proper for making or ornamenting hats or bonnets, not other wise enumerated or charged with d u t y .................................................. lb. Cordonet, single and twist of straw or of other materials......................... Willow squares......................................................................................... doz. * Platting of chip is now free o f duty. 0 0 8. d. 2 4 5 1 1 0 6 0 0 0 0 5 free. 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 3 0 2 0 0 12 1 4 1 10 2 0 0 1 0 5 0 4 0 0 3 8 6 0 0 0 0 0 G 0 0 0 9 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 H 2 H 0 0 1 6 1 0 2 0 O' 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 - i 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 5 1 1 2* 3 0 1 2 0 1 0 0 8 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 6 1 n Commercial Regulations. 371 £ Plums, commonly called French plums and prunellea.............................cwt. Dried or preserved, (except in sugar,) not otherwise d e s c r i b e d , ......... Preserved in sugar, until 5th July, 1854, inclusive......................... . . .lb. From and after 5th July, 1854 .................................................................... Pomatum.............................................................................................................. Potato flour..................................................................................................... cwt. Powder, viz.: Hair p o w d e r............................................................................ lb. Perfumed......................... ................................................................................ Not otherwise enumerated or described, that will serve the same pur pose as starch............................................... cwt. Prints and drawings, plain or colored, single................................................lb. Bound or sewn................................................................................................. Admitted under treaties o f international copyright, single, bound or sew n............................................................................................................lb. Quassia........................................................................................................... cwt. Quinces............................................................ „ „.......................... ........... bush. Bice, not rough nor in the h u sk .................. cwt. Bough and in the husk.................................................................................qr. Sago.................................................................................; .............................. cwt. Scaleboard.............................................................................. ............................ Semolina.............................................................................................................. Ships, foreign ships, to be broken up, with their tackle, apparel, and furni ture, (except sales)...........................................................every £100 value Broken u p ........................................................................................................ Silk manufactures, being velvet, the produce of Europe, plain or figured: Broad stuffs................................................................................................... lb. Tfee foundation of which is wholly composed of cotton or other mate rial than s ilk ......................................................................................... lb. Eibbons of velvet, or silk embossed with velvet........................................ The foundation of which is wholly composed of cotton or other mate rial than s ilk ......................................................................................... lb. Manufactures o f silk, or of silk mixed with any other materials, the produce o f Europe, called p lu s h ........................................................... lb. Commonly used for making hats.............................................................. Parasols and umbrellas............................................................................ each Damask of silk and wool, or other materials, forfurniture...................lb. Damask China............................. ...............................................running yd. Corahs, Choppahs, Bandannoes, and Tussore cloth, viz.: In pieces not exceeding 5J- yards in length......................................... piece Exceeding 5J-, and not exceeding 6£ yards in len gth ................................ Exceeding 6£, and not exceeding yards in len gth ............................... Exceeding 7J-, and not exceeding 8£ yards in len gth ................................ Exceeding 8J, and not exceeding 9 j yards in len gth ............................... And for every additional yard in length.................................................. yd. China crape shawls, plain and damask..................................................... lb. Embroidered............................................................................................... Pongees, in pieces, not exceeding 15 yards in length.............................piece Exceeding 15 yards, and not exceeding 21 yards in length......................... Exceeding 21 yards, and not exceeding 31 yards in length......................... Handkerchiefs, plain and figured, in pieces cot exceeding 9 yards in length............................................................................................................... Exceeding 9 yards, and not exceeding 18 yards in length........................... Soap, not being scented or fancy,viz.: H ard............................................................................................................cwt. S o ft................................................................................................................... N a p les.............................................................................................................. Spa w a re............................................................................................. cubic foot Spelter, or zinc, manufactures, not otherwise enumerated......................cwt. Spirits, cordials, or strong waters, not being the produce of any British possession in America, nor of any British possession within the limits of the East India Company’s charter, in regard to which the conditions of the act 4th Victoria, chap. 8, have or shall have been fulfilled, sweet ened, or mixed with any article, so that the degree of strength cannot s. d. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 0 15 0 0 2 0 1£ 0 2 0 4£ 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 0 4£ 0 8 0 3 0 0 1J 0 1 0 0 0 8 0 0 4} 0 0 6 0 0 4£ 0 10 0 0 4£ 6 5 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 3 0 0 10 0 0 3 6 0 3 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 10 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 6 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 14 3 0 5 0 2 0 3 0 5 0 0 0 1 6 3 0 0 2 8 0 2 8 0 2 8 0 0 6 0 2 0 Commercial Regulations. 372 £ s. d. be exactly ascertained by Syke’s hydrometer; and perfumed spirits to b e used as p erfu m ery o n l y ................... ............................................................. ga l. S ta r c h ............................ , .................. . . . . ................................... .............................. cw t. G u m of, torrified or c a l c i n e d ............... .................. ................................................. S uccades, including all fruits and veg e ta b le s p reserv ed in sugar,, until 5th. J u ly , 1854, inclusive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................................................. lb . F rom and a fter 5th J u ly , 1 854 ............................................................................... T a p ioca .c w t. Tin f o i l ................................................................................................................................... M anufactures of, n ot oth erw ise e n u m e r a t e d ..................................................... T o y s . v iz .: M a r b le s ,......................................................................................................... A ll oth er t o y s ........................................................................................... .c u b ic fo o t T urnery, n ot otherw ise d escrib ed ............................................................................... V arnish, containing any q u a n tity o f a lcoh ol or s p i r i t .............. ..................... gal. V e r m i c e l l i .............. ................................................. cw t. V in e g a r ................... ..................................... ..................................... ............................ga l. W ash in g b a l l s . . . . .................. lb . W a tch es, o f g o ld , silver, or any other m eta l, ex ce e d in g th e value o f £ 1 0 ........................ ..................................................... ........................ . . ......... ea ch O ther w a tch es, v iz .: G old op en fa c e s ................. ..................................... ........... H u n t e r s . . , . . , . . , , . . , , .................................................... ...................................... R e p e a te r s ......................................................................................................................... S ilv er, or a n y oth er m eta l not g o ld , op en fa ce s .................................................. H u n te r s .......... ................................................................................................................. R e p e a t e r s .................................................... .................................................................... W a ter, C ologn e w a ter, the flask, (3 0 o f such flasks containing n ot m ore than one g a llo n )............................................................................................................. W hen n ot in flasks, (as p erfu m ed s p irits ).......................................... gal. W oolen s, articles or m anufactures o f w o o l, (n ot b ein g g o a t’s w o o l,) or o f w o o l m ixed w ith cotton , v i z .: C arpets and r u g s ......................... squ are y d . S h a w ls, scarfs,an d handkerchiefs, plain, and n ot p r i n t e d ....................... lb. P r in t e d .............................................................................................................................. G l o v e s .......... .......................................................... A rtic le s or m anufactures o f w o o l, (n ot b ein g g o a t’s w o o l, o r o f w o o l m ix ed w ith cotton , w h o lly o r in p a rt m ad e up, n ot oth erw ise charged with duty,).................................................................... every £100 value 1 0 0 0 0 4^ 0 0 4£ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1-J0 4^ 10 0 10 0 1 0 0 4 0 4 12 0 1 0 0 3 0 2 1 0 0 0 5 0 0 7 6 0 15 0 0 2 6 0 3 6 0 8 0 0 ,0 1 0 0 0 5 8 0 0 6 0 04 0 8 doz. pairs 0 0 Schedule No. 5. Duties on spirits imported into Scotland and Ireland:—• Spirits or strong waters, for every gallon of such spirits or strong waters, Of any strength not exceeding the strength of proof of Syke’s hydrome ter, and so in proportion for any greater or less strength than the strength of proof of and for any greater or less quantity than a gal lon, viz.:— The produce of any British possession in America, not being sweetened spirits, Or spirits mixed with any article, so that the degree of strength thereof cannot be exactly ascertained by such hydrometer:— I f imported into Scotland.. . . ................................. ............................... gal. 0 5 0 “ “ Ireland................................................................................... 0 3 8 Rum, the produce of any British possession within the limits of the East India Company’s charter, not being sweetened spirits, or spirits so mixed as aforesaid, in regard to which the conditions of the act 4 Vic., cap. 8, have or shall have been fulfilled:— I f imported into Scotland.............................................................................gal. 0 5 0 “ “ Ireland........................ ........................................................... 0 3 3 Rum shrub, however sweetened, the produce o f and imported from such possessions, in regard to which the conditions of the act 4 Vic., cap. 8, have or shall have been fulfilled, or the produce of and imported from any British possession in America :— I f imported into Scotland............................................................................ gal. 0 5 0 “ “ Ireland............................. ...................................................... 0 3 8 0 03 Commercial Regulations. 373 Schedule No. 6. £ s. d. In lieu of ad valorem duties: Biscuit and bread...................*................................................................... cwt. 0 0 i { Caoutchouc, or india-rubber, manufactures o f .................................. ........ lb. 0 0 4 Coral negligees.................................................< ............................. ................. 0 1 0 Daguerreotype pla tes........................................................................................ 0 0 3 Flock for paper stainers................................................. cwt. 0 7 0 Fig ca k e ............................................................................................................... 0 15 0 6-utta percha, manufactures of, not moulded, such as bands, sheets, soles, tubing..........................................................................................................cw t 0 5 0 Articles moulded..........................................................................................lb. 0 0 2 Lucifers, o f wood, in boxes containingnot more than100matches, the gross of boxes 0 0 2 In boxes containing more than 100 m atches.................................................. 0 0 3 Vesta of wax, in boxes not exceeding 1,000 matches..................doz. boxes 0 0 6 In boxes exceeding 1,000 matches........................................................... 1,000 0 0 0 Mandioca Hour..............................................................................................cwt. 0 0 4| Manna crou p....................................................................................................... 0 0 4* Mustard, mixed or manufactured, except d o u r .............................................. 0 5 0 Oil cloth, for table covers.................................................................square yd. 0 0 1 Paper, gilt, stained, colored, embossed, and all fancykinds, not being paper-hangings............................................................................................ lb. 0 0 H Salacine . .......................................................................................................... oz. 0 0 3 Sauces, not otherwise enumerated................................................................lb. 0 0 1 Soy ................................................................................................................. gal. 0 0 6 Steariue, till 5th April, 1858 ............ cwt. 0 3 6 • After 5th April, 1858..................................................................................... free. V eneers................................................................................................................ 0 1 0 OF TH E A PPR A ISEM EN T OF IMPORTED MERCHANDISE, We have received from the Treasury Department the following instructions to Col lectors and other officers of the Customs in the United States, under the act of 3d of March, 1851, regulating the appraisement of imported merchandise, which we publish for the benefit of importing merchants and others :— T reasury D epartm en t, July 20, 1853. Your special attention is called to the following instructions in relation to the ap praisement of merchandise, under the act o f 3d March, 1851, additional to, or in modi fication of the circular instructions from this Department, dated 27th March, 1351. The invoice cost of foreign merchandise, supported by the oath required by law, will be held and taken as the importer’s declaration of value at the port and time of shipment, and conclusive against the importer; unless, before entering the same, the said importer, his consignee, or agent, where the merchandise has been actually pur chased, shall declare in writing, under oath, on the invoice, a decline in value between the time of such purchase and the date of shipment, and the amount thereof; in which case such declared value shall be conclusive against the importer: but in either case the appraisers will determine and fix such additional value as the law and the tacts may warrant. JAMES GUTHRIE, Secretary o f the Treasury. REDUCTION OF DUTIES BV TH E GERMAN Z0LL-VEREIN. D epartm en t of St a t e , July 23, 1853. Information has been received at this Department from the United States Consul at Frankfort, that a reduction in the rate of duties on certain articles imported into the States of the Zoll-Verein went into effect on the 1st instant, to wit:— Tobacco leaves and stems from the present rate of 5^ rix dollars to 4 rix dollars per cwt. French brandies from 16 rix dollars to 8 rix dollars per cwt. Wines in casks, 8 rix dollars to 6 rix dollars per cwt. Coffee, 6£ rix dollars to 5 rix dollars per cwt. Teas, 4§- rix dollars to 8 ri* dollars per cwt. 374 Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. R A ILR O A D , CANAL, AND STEAMBOAT STA TISTICS. GENERAL RAILROAD LAW OF IOWA. W e give below the General Railroad Law of Iowa. The companies are organized under the Act providing for the organization of companies for p e cu n ia ry p r o fit. The additional privileges necessary to the construction of a railroad, such as condemning lands, and crossing public highways, are provided for by another act. 1. Any number of persons may associate themselves and become incorporated for the transaction of any lawful business including the establishment of ferries, the con struction of canals, railways, bridges, or other works o f internal improvement; but such incorporation confers no power or privilege not possessed by n a t u r a l p e rso n s ex cept as hereinafter provided. 2. Among the powers of such body corporate, are the following :— 1st. To have perpetual succession. 2d. To sue and be sued by its corporate name. 3d. To have a common seal which it may alter at pleasure. 4th. To render the interests of the stockholders transferable. 5th.' To exempt the private property of its members from liability for corporate debts except as herein otherwise declared. 6th. To make contracts, acquire and transfer property, possessing the same powers in such respects as private individuals now enjoy. 7th. To establish by-laws, and make all rules and regulations deemed expedient for the management of their affairs, in accordance with law and not incompatible with an honest purpose. 8. Previous to commencing any business except that of their own organization they must adopt articles of incorporation, which must be recorded in the office of the re o rd e r o f deeds of the county where the principal place of business is to be, in a book kept therefor. 4. Corporations for the construction of any work of internal improvement must, in addition, also file a copy of such articles in the office of a secretary of state, and have the same recorded by him in a book kept for such purposes. Such articles of incor poration must fix the highest amount of indebtedness or liability to which the corpo ration is at any one time to be subject, which must in no case, except in that of the risks of insurance companies, exceed two thirds of its capital stock. 5. A notice must also be published for four weeks in succession in some newspaper as convenient as practicable to the principal place of business. 6. Such notice must contain: 1st. The name of the corporation and its principal place o f transacting business. 2d. The general nature of the business to be transacted. 8d The amount of capital and stock authorized, and the times and conditions on which it is to be paid in. 4th. The time of the commencement and termination of the corporation. 5 th. By what officers or persons the affairs of the company are to be conducted, and the times at which they will be elected. 6th. The highest amount of indebtedness or liability to which the corporation is at any time to subject itself. 7 th. Whether private property is to be exempt from the corporate debts. 7. The corporation may commence business as soon as the articles are filed in the office of the recorder of deeds, and their doing shall be valid if the publication in a newspaper is made and the copy filed in the office of secretary of state, when such filing is necessary, within three months from such filing in the recorder’s office. 8. No change in any of the above matters shall be valid unless recorded and pub lished as the original articles are required to be. 9. Corporations for the construction of any work of internal improvement may be formed to endure fifty years: those formed fur other purposes cannot exceed twenty years in duration; but in either case they may be renewed from time to time for periods not greater respectively than was at first permissible, provided three-fourths o f the votes cast at any regular election for that purpose be in favor of such renewal, R ailroad , Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 315 and provided also that those thus wishing a renewal will purchase the stock of those opposed to the renewal at a fair current value. 10. The corporation cannot he dissolved prior to the period fixed upon in the articles o f incorporation except by unanimous consent, unless a different rule has been adopted in their articles. 11. The same period of newspaper publication must precede any such premature dissolution of a corporation as is required at its creation. 12. A copy of the by-laws of the corporation, with the names of all its officers ap pended thereto, must be posted in the principal place of business, and be subject to public inspection. " 13. A statement of the amount o f the capital stock subscribed, the amount of capi tal actually paid in, and the amount of indebtedness of the company iu a general way, must also be kept posted up in like manner, which statement must be corrected as often as any material change takes place in relation to any part of the subject mat ter of such statement. 14 Intentional fraud, in failing to comply substantially with the articles of incor poration, or in deceiving the public or individuals in relation to their means or their liabilities, shall subject those guilty thereof to fine and imprisonment or both, at the discretion of the court. Any person who has sustained inj ury from such fraud may also recover damages therefor against those guilty of participating in such fraud. 15. The diversion of the funds o f the corporation to other objects than those men tioned in their articles and in the notices published as aforesaid, (provided any person be thereby injured,) and the payment o f dividends which leave insufficient funds to meet the liabilities of the corporation, shall be deemed such frauds as will subject those therein concerned to the penalties of the preceding section, and such dividends or their equivalents iu the hands of individual stockholders shall be subject to said liabilities. 16. Dividends in insurance companies, made in good faith before their knowledge o f the happening o f actual losses, are not intended to be prevented or punished by the provisions of the preceding section. 17. A failure to comply substantially with the foregoing requisitions in relation to organization and publicity renders the individual property of all the stockholders liable for the corporate debts. 18. Either such failure or the practice of fraud in the manner hereinafter mentioned shall cause a forfeiture o f all the privileges hereby conferred, and the courts may pro ceed to wind up the business of the corporation by an information in the manner pre scribed by law. 19. The intentional keeping of false books or accounts by any corporation, where by any one is injured, is a misdemeanor on the part of those concerned therein, and any person shall be presumed to be concerned therein whose duty it was to see that the books and accounts were correctly kept. 20. The transfer of shares is not valid, except as between the two parties thereto, until it is regularly entered on the hooks o f the company so far as to show the name o f the person by and to whom transferred, the numbers or other designation of the shares, and the date o f the transfer; bat such transfer shall notin any way exempt the person or persons making such transfer from any liability or liabilities of said cor poration which were created prior to such transfer. The books of the company must be so kept as to show intelligibly the original stockholders, their respective interests, the amount which has been paid in on their shares, and all transfers thereof; and such books, or a correct copy thereof, so far as the items mentioned in this section are concerned, shall be subject to the inspection of any person desiring the same. 21. Any corporation organized or attempted to be organized in accordance with the provisions of this chapter shall cease to exist by the non-user of its franchises for two years at any one time, but such body shall not forfeit its franchises by reason of its omission to elect officers or to hold meetings at any time prescribed by the by-laws, provided such act be done within two years o f the time appointed therefor. 22. Corporations whose charters expire by their own limitation, or by the voluntary act of the stockholders, may, nevertheless, continue to act for the purpose of winding up their concerns, but for no other purpose. 23. Nothing herein contained exempts the stockholders of any corporation from in dividual liability to the amount of the unpaid installments on the stock owned by them or transferred by them for the purpose of defrauding creditors, and an execu tion against the company may to that extent be levied upon such private property of any individual. 376 Railroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 24. In none of the cases contemplated in this chapter can the private property of the stockholder he levied up*»n for the payment o f corporate debts while corporate property can be found wi'h which to satisfy the same, but it will be sufficient proof that no property can be found if an execution has issued on a judgment against the corporation and a demand thereon made of some one of the last acting officers o f the body for property on which to levy, and if he neglects to point out any such property. 25 The defendant in any stage of a cause may point out corporate property sub ject to levy, and upon his satisfying the court of the existence of such a property, by affidavit or otherwbe, the cause may be continued, or execution against the defendant stayed, until the property can be levied upon and sold, and the court may subse quently render judgment and order executbn for any balance which there may be after disposing of the corporate property, according to the stage of the cause; but if a demand of property has been made, as contemplated in the preceding section, the costs of such proceedings shall in any event be paid by the company or by the de fendant. 26. When the private property of a stockholder is taken for a corporate debt he may maintain au action against the corporation for indemnity and against any of the other stockholders for contribution. 27. For the purpose of repairs, rebuilding, or enlarging, or to meet contingencies, or for the purpose of a sinking fund, the corporation may establish a fund which they may loan, and in relation to which they may take the proper securities. 28. When the franchise of a corporation has been levied upon under an execution and sold, the corporators shall not have power to dissolve the corporation so as to de stroy the franchise, and if they neglect to keep up an organization sufficient to enable the business to proceed, the purchaser thereupon becomes vested with all the powers of the corporation requisite therefor; and when it becomes impracticable for an indi vidual so to conduct them, and in cases where doubts and difficulties not herein pro vided for arise, the purchaser may apply by petition to the district court, which is hereby vested with authority to make any orders requisite for carrying into effect the intent of this chapter in this respect. 29. In any pioceedings b / or against a corporation or against a stockholder, to charge his private property or the dividends received by him, the court is invested with power to compel the officers to produce the books of the corporation on the mo tion of either party upon a proper cause being shown for that purpose. 30. A single individual may entitle himself to all the advantages of this chapter provided he complies substantially with all its requirements, omitting those which fr6m the nature of the case are inapplicable. 31. Persons acting as a corporation under the provisions of this chapter will be presumed to be legally incorporated until the contrary is shown; and no such fran chise shall be declared actually null or forfeited except in a regular proceeding brought for that purpose. 32. No body of men acting as a corporation under the provisions of this chapter shall be permitted to set up the want of a legal organization as a defense to aD action against them a9 a corporation, nor shall any person sued on a contract made with such a corporation, or sued for an injury to its property, or a wrong done to its inter ests, be permitted to set up a want of such legal organization in his defense. 33. Corporations regularly organized under the general law heretofore in force, by adapting their articles of association to the provisions of this chapter, and by making the required publication of the change as well as of their intention to act under the foregoing provisions, will be entitled to all the advantages and subjected to all the liabilities above provided for, but the change in their articles of association must be made in accordance with those articles or by the unanimous consent of the stock holders. 34. Mutual insurance companies organized under the provisions of this chapter may render their premium notes a lien upon the whole or any part of their real estate upon which the property issued is situate, whether such real estate is or is not exempt from other liabilities as a homestead, but such lien will not attach uutil the premium note, stating the property on which it is a lien, is filed for record, and treated in the same manner as though it were a mortgage from the maker thereof to the company, except that it need not be acknowledged. 35. Nothing herein contained is intended to affect the interests of companies already organized farther than is above expressed. R ailroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 311 STEA M MARINE OF NEW YORK. A correspondent, of the C ourier des E t a t s U n is gives the following statement of the steam marine of New Y ork:— 17 15 1 19 / Tons. Traus-atlantic steamers, making voyages to Europe, and measuring........... Ocean steamers, intended for service to California and the West Indies.. . Steamer doing the West Indian business........................................................ Large coasting steamers................................. . ................................................. 37,662 30,000 800 17,112 Total, 52 steamers, measuring.......................................................................... 85,574 If we add to this sum total the Pacific steamers, which are in direct communication with the California steamers above mentioned, the sum total is augmented by 21 ves sels of 29,436 aggregate burden. And this last figure, let us repeat, would be much more considerable were it not for the recent disasters which have befallen navigation in the Pacific. But, even if we strictly confine ourselves to those vessels which make New York a point of entry and departure, we feel bound to acknowledge that they form a truly important fleet. Many States would deem themselves fortunate if they possessed for Commerce and defense a steam navy equal to that of the Empire City. RAILROADS: T H E IR N ECESSITY AS A MEANS OF WEALTH. [From the Cincinnati Railroad Record.] In the present state of railroad progress it would appear supererogatory to attempt a demonstration of the necessity of the “ iron road,” politically, commercially, and so cially; or show that facility of intercommunication increases such communication, creates business, begets sociality, tends to the dissemination of enlightened views, and by uniting all these advantages, promotes the growth, wealth, and prosperity of the country. It is a self evident proposition that accessibility promotes population. The history of our country is an enduring exemplification of this fact. As facilities of intercourse increased, the area of our settlements extended, until the entire continent has been embraced withiu our borders. Cities and towns have sprung up in the midst of the wilderness, and the wilds have been made to blossom like the rose; and if canals, rivers, and plank and Macadamized roads—the restricted means of intercommunica tion enjoyed before the introduction of railroads— have sufficed to render this country so prosperous, what may we not anticipate when the vast undertakings now projected shall have been completed ?—when the auriferous shores of the Pacific shall be con nected with the rocky barriers of the Atlantic by iron bands, and the treasures of the East and the islands of the seas shall be transported thereupon, to find a ready mar ket among the dwellers at the West? That railroads will hereafter be the means o f intercommunication is equally evident. They are the best and cheapest means for promoting accessibility ; they can be built wherever the people will it; and by their means time and distance can almost be an nihilated. The experience upon the few completed roads has demonstrated their utility and fitness for the purpose for which they were designed. And the completion of these few roads has made the building of others compulsory, or those sections lacking in such facilities must consent to si t supinely down, and witness the rapid de velopment in wealth and prosperity of such sections as keep up with the progress of the age. Wherever railroads have been built in this country, the inevitable consequence has been to enhance the value of property in the neighborhood. Depots have been estab lished along the lines for the reception and shipment of freight; and from these sim ple depots flourishing towns have grown up, magic-like, and, anomalous at it may appear, but in few instances producing any diversion of trade from one place to an other, seeming rather to create of themselves business for themselves— thus, by facilities of communication adding to population, and by population adding to the wealth and prosperity of the country. Not unfrequently does it occur that these depots are established in the vicinity of mines heretofore unavailable, for want of means of transportation, as is the case in many instances within our knowledge. So soon as the roads are completed, and these R ailroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. 378 mines brought within the reach of a market, a town at once springs up, and the here tofore waste lands become not only sources of wealth to a few-, perhaps, but of com petence to many. And when these roads are opened through an agricultural country, affording means of ready and cheap transportation to market, the farmer at once becomes independ ent. He is not compelled to haul his produce through almost impassable mudholes, sloughs, and ponds, to a market, where he is constrained to dispose of it at unremu nerating rates, rather than haul it home again; he can quietly wait until it is called for at his own door, or until he learns from the papers that it is to his advantage to ship to a distant market. Few persons are aware of the difference in the cost of transportation between the ordinary wagon and the rail. In one of our exchanges we some time since found the following table, in which is given the comparative value of a ton of wheat and one of corn at given distances from market, as affected by the cost of transportation by railroad, and over the ordinary road Miles. By railroad. Wheat. Corn. Ordin. highway. Wheat. Corn. Miles. By railroad. Wheat. Corn. A t market $49 50 $24 75 $49 50 $24 75 170___ . . $46 95 $22 20 10___ . 49 25 24 60 48 00 23 25 180___ 22 05 20___ . . 49 20 24 45 46 50 21 76 190___ . . 46 65 21 90 30 . . . . . 49 05 24 30 45 00 20 26 200___ . . 46 50 21 75 4 0 ___ . . 49 00 24 15 43 50 1875 210___ . . 46 35 21 60 5 0 . . . . . . 48 75 24 00 42 00 17 25 220___ . . 46 20 21 45 60___ . . 48 50 23 85 40 50 16 75 23u___ . . 46 05 21 30 70___ . . 48 45 23 70 39 00 14 25 240___ 21 15 80___ . . 48 30 23 55 37 50 12 75 250___ . . 45 75 21 00 90___ 23 40 36 00 11 25 260___ . . 45 60 20 85 1 0 0 ... . . 48 00 23 25 34 50 9 75 270___ . . 45 45 20 70 110___ . . 47 85 23 10 33 00 8 25 280___ . . 45 30 20 55 120___ . . 47 70 22 95 31 50 6 75 290___ . . 45 15 20 40 130___ . . 47 55 22 80 30 00 5 25 300___ . . 45 00 20 25 140___ . . 47 40 22 65 28 50 20 10 3 75 310___ 150___ . . 47 25 22 50 27 00 2 25 320___ . . 44 70 19 95 160___ . . 47 10 22 35 25 50 0 75 330___ . . 44 55 19 80 Ordin. t Wheat. Corn. $24 00 22 50 21 00 19 50 18 00 16 50 15 00 13 50 12 00 10 50 9 00 7 60 6 00 4 50 3 00 1 50 .... By this table it appears that a ton of corn is estimated not to be worth hau wagon, when 170 miles from market; while at the same distance upon a line of rail road it would be worth §22 20. A ton of wheat 230 miles from market is not worth the hauling by wagon, but by railroad it would be worth $44 55. Thus, as land may be near or more remote from lines of railroad is its value enhanced over and above the value had there been no such railroad. This is an important consideration to far mers when called upon to aid in the construction of railroads, and should influence their actions in the matter. While it thus develops the physical resources o f the country, and by the ready means of intercommunication it affords makes distant points accessible, the railroad is also intimately connected with Commerce, and with all of its powers and results, is peculiarly its agent, and has exerted a potential influence in the development and ex tension of modern trade, and is destined to work still greater changes and more vast achievements in behalf of the Commerce of the future. Such being the fact, and railroads being the “ necessity of the age,” we say let them be built wherever they can be with reasonable prospect of success; but in rail roads, as in every other line of business, judgment should be exercised, and rival lines on minor routes should be avoided, at least until such time as the wants of the com munity call for an extension of traveling facilities. This competition of rival lines will be one of the strongest objections to railroads, in the construction and prosperous management of which united effort is a peculiarly necessary ingredient. LOCOMOTIVES ON T H E PEKUSYLVAKIA RAILROAD. The Pennsylvania Railroad Company own and use upon their road, according to the last annual report, forty-three locomotive engines. Of these, 9 were placed on the road in the year 1849, 14 in the year 1850, 3 in 1851, and 17 in 1852. Of the whole number, 37 were built by M. W. Baldwin, 3 by Norris & Brothers, 2 by Seth Wilmarth, and 1 by Smith & Perkins. 28 of them have 4 drivers each, 7 have 6 drivers Railroad , Canal, awe? Steamboat Statistics. 379 each, 6 have 2 drivers each, and 2 have eight drivers each. As regards the size o f these drivers, 20 of them are each 4 feet 6 inches in diameter, 7 are of 5 feet each, 2 are of 6 feet 6 inches, 1 of 8 feet 6 inches, 3 of 6 feet, 2 of 4 feet, 1 of 3 feet 7 inches, and 1 o f 3 feet 8 inches. It will thus be seen that 82 of these engines have drivers of 4 feet 6 inches and upwards. During the year 1852 the total number of miles run by these locomotives was 663,991, and the total cost of repairs was $32,630 07, or an average cost of $4 92 per 100 miles run. In the year 1850 the total number of miles run by the locomotives on this road was 320,999, or nearly 11,000 less than half the total for 1852. SELF-ACTIJVU RAILROAD BRAKE. In these days of railroad accidents, every invention that may contribute in any de gree to prevent destruction of life deserves notice, and there is one, which has stood the test of a fair trial on the Reading Railroad, that ought to be universally adopted. It is called “ Lahaye’s Patent Self-Acting Brake,” and is the invention of Mr. J. J. Lahaye, of Reading. The mode o f its operation is very simple, and as it is self-acting, it dispenses with the necessity of brakemen on a train. The process is as follows :— As soon as an engineer, seeing danger before him, reverses the engine, the slight check given to the train, causes a pressure against the “ bumper ” of each car. Attached to this bumper, and passing under the car, is a rod connecting with a lever, which the moment it feels the pressure, forces a brake against the wheels of the truck, with such violence as to enable the engineer to stop the train in an astonishingly short time. On the Reading Railroad, where this brake has been in use for a year and a half, an engi neer can stop a train going at the rate o f thirty miles an hour, in a space of from two hundred to two hundred and fifty feet. It is easily seen that under these circumstances a collision can very rarely occur, as it is seldom that an obstacle in a track cannot be discovered at a distance of at least five or six hundred'feet. The operation of detaching the brake is also quite simple, and the whole apparatus is such as to recommend it to general adoption, especially on railroads having but a single track, where the dangers of collision are much the greatest. Ho description, without diagrams, can do full justice to the beauty and practical value of this invention; but the very fact that it has been successfully used, for a length of time, on a road doing such an immense business as the Reading Rail road, is sufficient to convince all of its excellence. F IR S T STEAMBOAT ON T H E W E ST ER N W ATERS. According to statements in the Newport (Ky.) N ew s, the first steamboat that ever ran on the western waters was built under the superintendence of Mr. John Robson, now 80 years old, and living with his son William, two miles back of Newport, Ky. His head is whitened by age, but his memory is good, and recollects well about his youthful exercises. He was employed by Fulton, Livingston & Co., of New York. The boat was launched at Pittsburg, Pa., on the 17th day of March, 1811, and was called the New Orleans. She was painted with a blueisli colored paint. She passed New Madrid, Mo., at the time of the earthquake in December, 1811. Mr. Scowls, now living in Covington, a wealthy man, was cabin-boy on her; Andrew Jack was pilot, and a Mr. Baker was engineer. She carried Gen. Coffee and Don Carl, with their troops, from Natchez down to New Orleans, in 1814, at the time Gen. Jackson was defending that city against the British. M 0E IL E AND OHIO RAILROAD, The Chief Engineer of the Mobile and Ohio Railroad Company reports that the whole road is now under contract to the Kentucky line, 453 miles from Mobile. The local subscriptions amount to $4,902,200, and the land given by Congress is valued at $3,469,075, making together a property capital of $8,372,176. Upon this it is intend ed to raise by mortgage of road and lands, a loan of $6,500,000, including the Tennes see loan of $1,000,000, at 6 per cent, to complete the main road and iron the Padu cah, Tennessee River, Columbus, Kentucky and Columbus, Mississippi branches, all of which branches, in the aggregate, will be 102 miles long. Thirty-three miles of the road, from Mobile to Citronville, are now in operation, and fifty-five miles in addition are now under contract, and will be ready for the iron by the 1st of November, 1853. J ournal o f M inin g and M anufactures. 880 JOURNAL OF MINING AND MANUFACTURES. SOJYG OF TH E M IN ER. TRANSLATED FROM THE GERM AN O F N O V A IS S. And caverned night releases To him a quenchless ray. W ho fathoms her recesses, Is monarch o f the sphere— Forgetting all distresses, Within her bosom here On every side he greeteth A long familiar land, And willingly she meeteth The labors o f his hand. o f all her granite piling The secret make he knows, And down amid her toiling Unweariedly he goes. For hopeful waves are flowing Along his mountain course, And rocky holds are showing Their treasures’ secret source. lie is unto her plighted, And tenderly allied— Becomes by her delighted, As if she were his bride. Toward his monarch’ s palace He guides the golden stream, And diadem and chalice With noble jewels gleam. New love each day is burning For her within his breast, No toil or trouble shunning, She leavetb him to rest. Though faithfully his treasure He renders to the king. He liveth poor with pleasure, And makes no questioning. To him her voice is swelling In solemn, friendly rhyme, The mighty stories telling O f long-evanished time. And though beneath him daily They tight for gold and gain, Above here let him gaily The lord o f earth remain. The Fore-world’ s holy breezes Around his temples play, MANUFACTURES OF PARIS. N O. II. S T A T IS T IC S OF F O O D AND TH E B R A N C H E S O F IN D U S T R Y R E L A T IN G TO IT , AT P A R IS . Of the seventeen branches of industry belonging to this group, according to the classification of the Report of the Chamber of Commerce of Paris, we have noticed all but the following:— Distillers, (liquors and sirups;) grocers, (manufacturing;) ice cream makers, alimentary paste makers, pastry cooks, sugar refiners, and pickle makers. M an u factu re o f L iq u o r s a n d S ir u p s .— Number of employers 126 ; amount of busi ness in 1847, 8,276,805 francs; in 1848, 5,379,900 francs. The effervescing drinks, of which the principal are effervescing lemonade and Selt zer water, are classed with medicinal mineral waters, and the manufacture of them is subjected to government regulation. There are two inspectors at Paris, who superin tend the manufacture of all artificial waters of this kind. G rocers , ( m an u fac tu rin g .)—Besides the numerous articles sold in small quantities for daily use, and which are simply bought at wholesale and sold at retail, without undergoing any change in the hands o f the grocer, there are many other articles which are prepared for use at the shop, and therefore are included in the list of Paris manu factures. Thus, at some grocers’ shops, chocolate, preserves, liquors, sirups, confection ary. and blacking are made, coffee also is burnt, and some vegetables prepared for use. Of these grocers, who are classed among the manufacturers of Paris, there are 1,180; of whom 1,044 confine themselves to articles of food: 62 manufacture black ing; 6, colors and blacking; 5, blacking and ink; 8, caudles, night-lights, glue, eau de J a v e lle , eau de Cologne. In 1847 the amount of business was as follows :— Articles of food, 9,621,269 francs; Journal o f M ining and M anufactures. 381 e a u d e Janette, 110,000 francs; candles, 101,600 francs; colors, 81,500 francs; black ing, 84,155 francs; glue, ink, eau de Cologne, and night lights, 2,370 francs. The total is 9,950,894 francs; but these figures are far from exhibiting the real extent of this branch of industry. Articles o f food, it will be seen, form the principal item. They consist of burnt coffee, the value of which was 7,000,000 francs, including the value of the coffee; chocolate and confectiouary, 2,402,913 francs; alimentary preserves, 218,346 francs. The value of coffee burnt by those who make it a special business was 2,033,070 francs, which, added to the above amount of 7,000,000 francs, makes the total 9,033,070 francs. The total value of sirups and distilled liquors was 8,276,805 francs; adding the amount made by the grocers, and we have a total of 8,469,781 francs. Almost all the grocers prepare chocolate. The total value manufactured in 1847 was 3,896,977 francs, in addition to that made by grocers. The aggregate of both is 5,068,493 francs. Nearly all the grocers (1,071 out of 1,130) make preserves also. Fruits preserved in sugar are an agreeable and useful article of food for children, and especially the sick. When the sirup alone is used, the preparations are called g e le c s: when a part of the pulp is retained they are m arm elades. Amount of busi ness in 1847, 1,231,397 francs; in 1848, 775,780 francs. Ice Cream. M ak ers. — The c a fe s are generally supplied with ices and sorbets from establishments where they are manufactured on a large scale: they are prepared, however, at some of the coffeehouses. Number of employers in 1847,45 ; amount o f business in 1847, 1,224,160 francs ; in 1848,6^0,360 francs. A lim e n ta ry p re p a ra tio n s of dough or paste, ( p a te s a lim en taire s ,) are made from the finest ground wheat, and are variously named, from their shape, m a c a ro n i, ver m icelli, la sa g n e , tag lio n i, a n d a r in i, m ille fa n ti, etoiles, <fcc. This manufacture is of Italian origin, and famous at Naples and Genoa. About the beginning of this century it was introduced at Paris and Lyons, and particularly at Clermont-Ferrand. Makers o f vermicelli, Ac., 17 ; amount of business in 1847, 1,567,728 francs; in 1848, 941,800 francs. One cause of thi3 falling off was the high price of wheat in 1847. P a s t r y Cooks.— The art of pastry includes pies, cakes, rolls, spice bread, Ac., and it is classified by the report into fine pastry and common pastry. Much of the com mon pastry is sold in the street by itinerants, who make their own cakes, or buy in the 12 arrondissements the peculiar articles made there called galettes, N a n te rre cak es, and p la is ir s . A marked change has of late taken place in the business of the pastry cook. Many no longer furnish meals at their own shops, but undertake to furnish complete enter tainments in the city. Nearly all the cooks are now instructed as apprentices by them. Number of pastry cooks, 402 ; of these 37 are also bakers; 11 makers of sirups and preserves ; 2 makers of ices; 1 maker of broiled oinions. .Amount of busi ness in 1847, 12,255,087 francs; in 1848,6,618,780 francs. S u g a r R efiners. — The use of sugar as a food, at once healthful and nutritive, is growing with the growth of wealth. Its importance as an article of Commerce dates back only to the 17th century. The Portuguese, sole possessors of Brazil, where the cane was first cultivated, had almost a monopoly of the European market. After wards the Dutch, English, and French colonies cultivated the cane; and under the colonial system each had the monopoly of supplying its mother country. The sugar trade in France is now supplied by native sugar made from the beet, by cane sugar from the colonies, and to a limited extent by foreign sugars ; but high du ties shut out the foreign sugars from consumption. What is received at the French 382 Journal o f M ining and Manufactures. entrepots is almost wholly re-exported. Refined sugars are allowed a drawback, by way of bounty, on exportation. Raw sugar was consumed in France to a considerable extent some years ago, but the use of it is very much diminished iu consequence of the reduction in the price of refined sugars, effected by the improved process o f refining. Cane sugar was in fact the only kind that could be used raw. Now, nearly all the sugar used is refined. Value of sugar entered at custom house in 1847,149,822,480 kilogrammes ; in 1848, 106,013,371 kilogrammes. Value o f sugar exported in 1847,18,400,556 kilogrammes; iu 1848, 8,258,089 kilogrammes. The consumption of sugar evidently fell off in 1848 in consequence of the political crisis of that year. It seems to be determined by the price of breadstuffs; the aver age consumption o f the richer classes being considerable, that of the poor very small. As prosperity increases, the consumption of sugar increases with it, and the compara tive wealth o f different classes would be pretty accurately shown by a classification based upon the average of sugar consumed by each individual. According to the generally received calculations, made in 1845, the average of sugar consumed by each individual in a year was, in Russia....................... kilogrammes Austria............................................ F rance............................... ........... 0.775 1.200 3.615 Holland....................... kilogrammes United S tates........... i .................... England............................................ 5.410 8.000 8.460 Raw sugar contains two different elements, the one a grain, the other a sirup, cov ering and closing the former. The process o f refining consists in separating the two, one of which is susceptible of crystallization and the other is not, and also in removing from the sugar the foreign substances mingled with it. To effect this various chemi cal and mechanical agencies are employed. The sugar is dissolved in water, decolor ized by animal black, clarified by beef’s blood, concentrated by heat, boiled in caul drons, and poured into moulds, in which it is crystallized in a rude manner, and then ground. There are 18 sugar refineries in Paris and the ban-lieue , which supply Rouen, Amiens, Rheims, Metz, Strasbourg, Besancon, Lyons, Moulins, Chateauroux, Tours, and also the foreign demand. The quantity of sugar received in the District of Paris, in 1847, may be estimated at 58 or 60,000,000 kilogrammes, of which from 16 to 18,000,000, or about one third, remained for local consumption. In 1848 the quantity received was only from 45 to 48.000. 000 kilogrammes in the city. Amount o f business in 1847, 23,000,000 francs; quantity of sugar made, 19.500,000 kilogrammes; workmen employed, 435. Amount o f business without the city, 42.000. 000 francs; quantity o f sugar made, 35,000,000 kilogrammes; workmen em ployed, 600 to 700. Total amount, 65,500,000 francs ; workmen, 1,100. In 1848 business fell to 17,625,000 francs, a reduction of 25 per cent. During the month following the revolution of February, 1848, 157 workmen out of 435, or 86 out of 100, were discharged. P ic k le M a k ers .—The last branch o f industry in the group of pursuits relating to food includes the preparation of vinegar for the table, of mustard, and of gherkins, and other vegetables and fruits pickled in vinegar. Of these articles Paris exports con siderable quantities; about one half of the quantity produced. Amount of business in 1847, 631,600 francs ; in 1S48, 461,000 francs: there is here a falling off of 27 per cent. "We shall next take up the second branch o f industry enumerated in the Report, that of construction— including ships, houses, streets, and pavements, plumbing, and the business of the mason, carpenter, and painter. Journal o f M ining and M anufactures 383 IRON MANUFACTURES IN GREAT BRITAIN. T H E M E T A L T R A D E S O F L IV E R P O O L -----IR O N . There are at the present moment 178 different iron works in the kingdom, witli an aggregate capital approaching £4,000,000. The production of pig-iron during the last twelve months was estimated at 2,697,240 tons; and, if we take only 2,000,000 tons, at £ 3 per ton, it makes the annual value of £6,000,000. The demand for iron of late years has greatly increased, owing to its adaptability for marine purposes, in the construction o f ship-building and steamers, as well as in the formation of railroads; and, although there has been a great scarcity of coal gene rally in South Staffordshire and to some extent in Wales. The production of pig-iron in the United Kingdom during the year 1852, was estimated as follows, the yield be ing calculated only upon those furnaces in blast:— Furnaces. In. Out. Total. 27 23 32 4 7 13 8 6 7 144 162 35 159 21 13 40 26 13 42 775,000 635,000 31,000 725,000 90,000 30,000 120,000 110,000 35,000 150,000 158 655 2,701,000 Scotland.................................................... South W a les.............................................. Ditto, Anthracite .................................... South Staffordshire................................. North Staffordshire................................. North W a le s.............................................. Shropshire .................................................. Durham................................................. Northumberland....................................... Yorkshire and Derbyshire....................... Total.................................................. Pig-iron. Tons. There is little doubt but in the course of 15 years, and even sooner, this manufac ture will be doubled in its quantity. A t the present moment there are 118 furnaces in blast in Scotland, producing at the rate of 800,000 tons per annum. The principal stocks of pig-iron held in this country are kept on wharves and in yards at Glasgow, and on premises belonging to the iron works in the neighborhood, as Gartsherrie, Dundyvan, &c . ; but there are smaller depots for pig-iron intended for consumption or re-manufacture in England, formed at Poulton, Fleetwood, Preston, Lancaster, Runcorn, Ellesmere Port, and Saltney, near Chester ; therefore we should first ascertain the amount of such stocks, the shipments, Ac., during the last seven years, which we find recorded in the report of Mr. John Barclay, iron broker, Glasgow, and Messrs. Stitt Brothers, Liverpool, as below :— STO C K S O F P I G -IR O N H E LD IN SCOTLAND ( iN TONS) ON THE 3 1 s t D E C E M B E R IN EACH YEAR. 1816. 1847. 1848. 1849. 1850. 145.000 90,000 100,000 200,000 275,000 S H IP M E N T S OF P I G -IR O N FROM ..........................................tons ................................................. ................................................. ................................................. ................................................. ................................................. ................................................. 119,100 143,460 162,151153,183 134,576 192,676 224,070 1852. 450,000 SCOTLAND. Foreign. 1846 1847 18(18 1849 1850 1851 1852 1851. 350,000 Coastwise. • 257,851 227,005 227,833 221,943 190,083 260,080 199,050 Total. 376,951 370,465 389,984 375,126 324,659 452,756 425,020 The consumption of pig-iron in Glasgow and that neighborhood is now 4,000 tons a w eek; equal to 200,000 tons a year ; and the manufacture o f malleable iron in Scot land has been calculated, in tons, as follows :— 1846. 1847. 45.000 60,000 1848. 1849. 1850. 1851. 1852. 90,000 80,000 80,000 90,000 90,000 As the United States of America purchase extensively, we will record the exports of pig-iron thence, direct from Scotland, during the last seven years, to show the mar velous increase :— Journal o f M ining and M anufactures. 384 1816. 13,918 1847. 1818. 1819. 1850. 1851. 44,993 90.235 94,212 57,509 80,019 1852. 100,700 The entire exports of iron from Great Britain are now double what they were in 1825, having almost reached 1,500,000 tons in the past year, 1853, of which those of Liverpool exceed one-fifth portion. The United States being our principal market, let us see what were the shipments of manufactured iron from Liverpool to the three chief ports, New York, Boston, and Philadelphia, duriug the last seven years :— 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 ........................... ........................... ........................... ........................... ........................... ........................... . . . ..................... Rails. Tons. Bars, k c . Tons. 12,514 12,635 60,188 33.849 29.808 78,199 74,468 12,807 37,543 33,621 57,135 66,338 64,301 • 72,064 Hoops, ike. Tons. Total. Tons. 1,686 7,195 7,237 13,203 19,486 19.293 22,196 27.007 57,373 92.046 104.187 115,632 161,793 168,728 Of this extraordinary increase during the last year, 1852, New York received from us 135,299 tons; Boston, 24,414 tons; and Philadelphia, 12,024 tons. The shipments to the East Indies are falling off. The total experts from Great Britain to Calcutta, of all sorts of iron, last year only amounted to 14,020 tons, of which 4,404 were sent from Liverpool. TH E IRON TRADE OF SCOTLAND. The average value, per week, of the whole make of pig iron in Scotland was, in 1830,£8,000; 1840, £22,000 ; 1845, £36,000 ; 1850, £25,000 ; 1851, £29,500 ; and. at 75s. per ton, it is now £56,250 per week. Mr. H. L. Seligmann, of Glasgow, estimates that the production during the past year was estimated at 770,000 tons, and for the year previous, 765.000 tons; of which there was stored in Glasgow, in 1852. 251,000 tons ; in makers’ hands and stored at oiher ports, 189.000 tons—total, 440,000 tons. In 1851 there was stored in Glasgow, 130.COO tons; in makers’ hands in other ports, 210.000— total, 304,000 tons. Of the shipments from all ports in Scotland there was. in 1852, foreign, including transhipment at Liverpool, 212,000 tons; coastwise, 218.000— total, 440,000 tons. In 1851, foreign, including transhipment at Liverpool, 178,000 tons; coastwise, 271,000 tons— total, 449,000 tons. In the past year, the highest number of furnaces in blast was in the month of December, and amounted to 113 ; and the lowest number was in July, and amounted to 106. In 1851, the high est number was in December, and amounted to 115; and the lowest number was in January, and amounted to 165. MANUFACTURE OF SILESIA N IRON. The London M ech an ics' M ag az in e says:— The most extensive display of iron, in all the stages of its manufacture, is sent from the numerous Luges of Hutton, of Count Renard, who alone occupies a large portion of the basement of the building. The quality of the metal produced at his works has secured a local reputation, though other establishments, as the Laura Works, at Beuthen, produce iron in bar, and the larger forms, in greater quantity. The Renard Works are unrivalled in the finer sorts; and of hoop iron, nail rods, wire, cast iron for cooking vessels, steel in many varieties, especially forged steel of the finest quality, there is a most abundant sup ply. Sheet iron is exhibited from these works, of such a degree ot tenuity that the leaves can be used for paper. A bookbinder of Breslau has made an album of noth ing else, the pages of which turn as flexibly a9 the finest fabric of linen rags. As yet no extensive application for this form ot the metal has been found, but the mana ger says the material must precede the use for i t ; perhaps books may hereafter be printed for the tropics On these metallic leaves, and defy the destructive power of ants, or any color or strength df forceps. We have only to invent a white ink, and the thing is done. Of the finest sort the machinery rolls 7.040 square feet o f what may be called leaf iron, from a hundred weight of metal. In point of price, however, the tSilesiau iron cannot compete with the English ; much i9 still smelted with wood, and the coal and iron districts lie at greater distances from each other, so that much capital is consumed by the conveyance of fuel to the works. Journal o f M inin g and M anu factu res . 385 MINING AND MANUFACTURING CORPORATIONS IN MICHIGAN. A N ACT TO AUTHORIZE THE FORMATION OF CORPORATIONS FOR MINING, SMELTING, OR MANU FACTURING IRON, COPPER, MINERAL COAL, SILV ER, OR OTHER ORES OR MINERALS, AND FOR OTHER MANUFACTURING PURPOSES. S ection 1. T h e peo ple o f the S ta te o f M ic h ig an enact. A ll corporations organized and established under the provisions of this act, shall be capable of suing and being sued, in any court in this State, and may have a common seal, and alter or amend the same at pleasure ; may elect, in such a manner as they shall determine, all neces sary officers; may fix their compensation and determine their duties, and make from time to time, such by-laws, not inconsistent with the constitution and laws o f this State, as a majority of the stockholders shall direct. S ec. 2. Any number of persons, not less than three, who shall, by articles of agree ment, in writing, associate according to the provisions of this act, under any name assumed by them for the purpose of engaging in and carrying ou any kind of mining or manufacturing business, or who shall comply with the provisions of this act, shall, with their successors and assigus, constitute a body politic or corporate, in fact, and under any name assumed by them in their articles of association, provided no two companies shall assume the same name. S ec. 3. Before any corporation formed under this act shall commence business, the president and directors shall cause their articles of association to be filled with the Secretary of State o f this State, and with the county clerk of the county or counties in which any such corporation shall conduct its mining or manufacturing business; which said articles shall be recorded in said office at length, in books prepared for that purpose at the expeuse of said corporation. S ec. 4, The articles of every such association shall be signed by the persons associ ating in the first instance, and acknowledged before some person authorized by the laws of this State to take acknowledgments of deeds, and shall state :— 1. Distinctly and definitely the purpose for which the same is formed. 2. The amount o f their capital stock and the number of shares. 3. The amount of capital stock actually paid in. 4. The name of the stockholders, their respective residences, and the number of shares held by each person. 5. The place in this State where their office for the transaction of business is loca-. ted, and the county or counties in which their business is to be carried on. 6. The term of its existence not to exceed thirty years. S ec. 5. Every such corporation shall annually in the month of July, make a report, sighed by a majority o f the board of directors, containing:— 1. The amount of capital actually paid in. 2. The amount invested in real estate. 3. The amount of personal estate. 4. The amount of their debts and credits as near as may be. 5. The name of each stockholder and the number of shares held by him at the date o f such report; and every such report shall be verified on oath, by the officers signing the same; and if any person shall, as to any material facts, knowingly swear or affirm falsely, he shall be deemed guilty of perjury, and be punished accordingly. S ec. 6. The amount of the capital stock in every such corporation shall be fixed and limited by the stockholders in their articles of association, and shall, in no case, be less than ten thousand dollars, nor more than five hundred thousand dollars, and shall be divided into shares of twenty-five dollars each. The capital stock may be in creased, and the number of shares, at any meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose ; p ro v ided , that the arnouut so increased shall not, with the existing capital, exceed five hundred thousand dollars. S ec. 7. The purposes for which every such corporation shall be established shall be distinctly and definitely specified in the articles of association; and it shall not be lawful for said corporation to appropriate its funds to any other purpose. S ec. 8. When any corporation shall be formed under this act, any two of those as sociated may call the first meeting of the corporation at such time and place as they may appoint, by giving notice thereof, by publishing the same in a newspaper, at least fifteen days before the time appointed for such meeting. S ec. 9. The stock, property, and affairs of such corporation, shall be managed by not less than three, nor more than nine directors, as the article shall determine, one of whom shall be a resident of this State. They shall hold their office one year, and un til their successors shall be duly chosen. VOL. X X IX .---- NO. III. 25 386 Journal o f M inin g and M anufactures. S ec. 10. The directors o f every such corporation shall choose one of their number president, and such other officers as their articles of association and by-laws may re quire, who shall hold their offices one year, or until a majority of the stockholders choose others in their stead. The directors for the time beiDg shall have power to fill any vacancy which may happen in their board by death, resignation, or otherwise, for the current year. S ec. 11. The directors may call in the subscription to the capital stock of such cor poration by installments, in such portion, and at such times and places as they shall think proper, by giving notice thereof as the by-laws shall prescribe, and in case any stockholder shall neglect or refuse payment of any such installment for the space of sixty days after the same shall have become due and payable, and after he shall have been notified thereof, the stock of such delinquent stockholders may be sold by the di rectors at public auction, at the office of the secretary of the corporation, giving at least thirty days notice in some newspaper published in the county : P ro v id ed , That if said stockholder shall reside in this State, the stock shall be sold at the business of fice o f said corporation, in the county in which they are doing business, giving at least thirty days notice thereof in some newspaper published in the county ; if no newspa per be published in said county, in which such corporation transact their business, then it shall be published in some newspaper in the city of Detroit; and the proceeds of such sale shall be first applied in payment of the installment called for, and the ex penses on the same, and the residue shall be refunded to the owner thereof; and such sale shall entitle the purchaser to all the rights of a stockholder to the extent of the shares so bought. S ec. 12. A majority o f the directors of every such corporation, convened according to the by-laws, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; and those holding a majority of the stock, at any meeting of the stockholders, shall be capable o f transacting the business of the meeting; and at all meetings of such stockholders, each share shall be entitled to one vote. Stockholders may appear and vote in per son, or by proxy, duly filed. S ec. 13. I f it shall so happen that an election of directors shall not take place at the annual meeting, such corporation shall not be dissolved, but the election may be held at any time thereafter, by giving thirty days notice of the time and place of such election, in the manner provided in the eleventh section. S ec. 14. The books of every such corporation containing the accounts shall, at all reasonable times, be open for the inspection of any of the stockholders, and so often as once in each year a statement of the accounts of such corporation shall be made by order of the directors and laid before the stockholders. S ec. 15. Every such corporation shall by their name have power to acquire and hold all such real and personal estate as shall be necessary for the purposes of carry ing on the business of such corporation: P rovided, That their real estate shall not ex ceed three thousand acres. S ec. 16. The stock of every such corporation shall be deemed personal property, and shall be transferred only on the books of such company in such form as the direc tors shall prescribe ; and such corporation shall at all times have alien upon the stock or property o f its members, invested therein, for all the debts due from them to such corporation, which may be enforced by advertisement and sale, in the manner herein provided for selling delinquent stock ; and all purchasers at such sale shall be entitled to the rights of stockholders. S ec. 17. The stockholders of all corporations founded upon this act, shall be indi vidually liable for all labor performed for such corporation or associations, which said liability may be enforced against any stockholders founded on this statute at any time after an execution shall be returned not satisfied against said company, P ro v id e d a l w ays, That if any stockholder shall be compelled by any such action to pay the debts o f any creditor, or any part thereof, he shall have the right to call upon all the stock holders to contribute their part of the sum so paid by him as aforesaid, and may sue them jointly or severally, or any number of them, and recover in such action the rata ble amount due from the person or persons so sued. S ko. 18. Every such corporation formed for mining purposes, shall annually, in the month of July in each year, make a report, which shall state the amount of copper, iron, or other mineral which such company may have mined within the year past, which report shall be signed by the president and a majority of the directors, and shall be verified by the oath of the secretary or other officer making the same, and be filed in the office of the clerk of the county in which the business of any such corporation is carried on, and a duplicate thereof in the office of the Auditor General. Journal o f M ining and M anufactures. 387 S ec. 19. Every corporation formed under the provisions of this act, for the purposes o f carrying on manufacturing business, shall annually in the month of July, in each year, make a report, which shall state the amount of capital actually paid in, and the amount borrowed by such company and remaining unpaid in whole or in part; which report shall be signed by a majority of the directors, and verified by the oath of the secretary or other officers making the same, and be filed in the office of the clerk of the county in which the business of any such corporation is carried on, and a dupli cate thereof in the office of the Auditor General. S ec. 20. All corporations formed under the provisions of this act for the purpose of mining, shall pay into the State treasury specific taxes, as follows, that is to sa y: every such corporation engaged in copper mining, shall pay a tax of one dollar for each ton of copper of mineral obtained, every such corporation engaged in iron mining, shall pay a tax of ten cents for each ton of iron obtained, and every such corporation engaged in coal mining, shall pay a tax of one-half cent for each ton of coal obtained by such corporation in such mining business ; which taxes shall be paid annually, in the month of July, at the office of the State Treasurer, or such place in the city of Detroit as he may designate; and the same shall be in lieu of all State taxes to be paid by such corporations respectively: P ro v id e d , Nothing herein shall exempt from State taxation, any property of said corporation not invested in the said mining or manufacturing business, contemplated in this act. S ec . 21. All corporations formed under the provisions of this act for manufacturing purposes, shall pay to the State a specific tax of one-half of one per cent on the amount of their capital stock paid in, and also money borrowed, which for this pur pose shall be considered as capital stock o f such corporations. The said tax shall be paid on the first day of September, at the office of the State Treasurer, or such place in the city of Detroit as he may designate, and the same shall be in lieu of all State taxes to be paid by such corporations respectively. S ec. 22. S erv ice o f a n y leg a l p rocess against any corporation form ed under this a ct, m a y b e m a d e on the president, secreta ry, or agent, or if neither o f them can b e found in the cou nty in w h ich by their articles o f association they are to d o their busi ness, then such service m ay be m ade b y posting a true c o p y t h e re o f on som e co n spicu ou s p la ce a t the business office o f the com p a n y in said cou n ty. S ec. 23. If the directors of any such company shall intentionally neglect or refuse to comply with the provisions and to perform the duties required of them by sections three, five, eighteen, and nineteen of this act, they shall be jointly and severally liable in an action founded on this statute for all the debts of such corporation contracted during the period of such neglect or refusal; and such o f them as were present and acting as such directors at any time during such neglect or refusal, shall be guilty o f a misdemeanor, and may, on conviction .thereof, be fined a sum not exceeding five thousand dollars, or imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years, or both, in the discretion of the court. S ec . 24. I f any such corporation , organ ized and established under this act, shall w ilfu lly violate a n y o f its provisions, and shall th ereb y b e co m e insolvent, the d ire c tors orderin g o r assenting to such violation shall jo in tly and s e v e r a lly b e liab le in an action foun ded on this statute for all d eb ts con tracted a fter such violation. S ec . 25. The Legislature may at any time, for just cause, rescind the powers of any corporation created pursuant to the provisions of this act, and prescribe such mode as may be necessary or expedient for the settlement o f its affairs. The Legis lature may repeal, alter, or amend this act. S ec . 26. That this act shall be subject to the provisions of chapter fifty five, title ten, of the revised statutes of 1846, so far as applicable to companies formed under this act. S ec. 27. This act shall take effect immediately. Approved February 5, 1853. COTTON AND OTHER MANUFACTURES OF PR U SSIA . From a statistical return, just published by the Prussian Government, it appears, that there now exist in that country, 2,207 spiffing mills; 5,188 manufactories, dyeworks, and cotton printing establishments; 39,253 mills of different kinds; 12,960 large metal works; 17,165 breweries; and 4,535 other manufactories of different kinds • making a total of 81,308 establishments, occupying 515,551 workmen. Statistics o f Population, etc. 388 FRENCH GELATINE. How to get a pennyworth of beauty out of old bones and bits of skin, says Dickens, in his H ousehold W ords , is a problem which the French gelatine-makers have solved very prettily. Does the reader remember some gorgeous sheets of colored gelatine in the French department of the Great Exhibition? We owed them to the slaughter houses of Paris. Those establishments are so well organized and conducted, that all the refuse is carefully preserved, to be applied to any purposes for which it may be deemed fitting. Very pure gelatine is made from the waste fragments of skin, bone, tendon, ligature, and gelatinous tissue of the animals slaughtered in the Parisian abat toirs ; and thin sheets of this gelatine are made to receive very rich and beautiful colors. As a gelatinous liquid, when melted, it is used in the dressing of woven stuffs, and in the clarification of wine ; and, as a solid, it is cut into threads for the or namental uses of the confectioner, or made into thin, white, and transparent sheets o f p a p i e r g la c e for copying drawings, or applied in the making of artificial flowers, or used as a substitute for paper on which gold printing may be executed. In good sooth, when an ox has given us our beef, and our leather, and our tallow, his career of usefulness is by no means ended : we can get a penny out of him as long as there is a scrap of his substance above ground. STATISTICS OF POPULATION, & c . TH E CENSUS OF TH E UN ITED ST A T E S. The W ash in gton U n ion says that this work is being rapidly printed. That it will be a volume similar to those of the Congressional Globe, but o f about 1,600 pages. The type, paper, binding, etc., are superior, and the volume very convenient for refer ence and for the shelves of the library, in this respect differing from previous census reports. The appendix includes brief and condensed notes necessary to the understanding or explanation of the text, or to account for any of its deficiencies; and the introduc tory chapter comprises the aggregate for the United States, their comparison with other census returns, and with the returns of foreign countries. Some remarks upon the plan of the census, in the preparation of which circulars have been freely sent out by Mr. De Bow to members of Congress and to others, to guard, as far as possible, against the chances of error, or to furnish, if possible, the means of its detection. The arrangement of the census is such that the States and Territories can be de tached, if desired, from the volume, their statistical results being developed in every instance separately, in the foHowing tabular form : — 1. Population by counties, classification of ages, and color— aggregate. 2. Population by subdivisions o f counties. 3. Nativities of the population. 4. Births, marriages, deaths, dwellings, and families. 5. Progress of population from 1790 to 1850. 6. Deaf and dumb, blind, idiotic, and insane. 7. Colleges, academies, schools, &c. 8. Attending school during the year, as returned by families. 9. Adults in the State who cannot read and write. 10. Professions, occupations, and trades, o f the male population. 11. Agriculture, farms, and implements, stock, products, home manufactures, &c. 12. Newspapers and periodicals. 13. Libraries, other than private. 14. Churches, church property, &c. 389 Statistics o f Population, etc . TH E PA U PER POPULATION OF IRELAND AND ENGLAND. The following “ facts and fiigures,” which we find in the L o n d o n E x a m in e r , will be read with interest by political economists and philanthropists:— The sixth annual report of the poor law commissioners for Ireland, informs us the persons now requiring out-door relief in Ireland— who were heretofore many hundred thousands—and whose sad condition erewhile excited universal commiseration, though it has now almost passed out of remembrance— does not exceed 4,000 weekly, includ ing heads of families and their dependents. In one week only, during the 20 months that have “ elapsed since September, 1851, has the number exceeded 4,000.” A t the same time, the number of able-bodied poor in the work-houses had decreased from 60,759 in May, 1852, to 43,626 in April 23, 1853 ; and the total number of persons in the work houses had decreased from 186,879 to 146,141, or about 22 per cent in the year. The expenditure, too, had decreased from £1,141,647, in 1851, to £883,267 in 1852, or also at the rate of 22 per cent. The following are the figures in a tabular form :— IN W ORK H O U SE. Males. Able-bodied. Females. May 1, 1852..................... April 3, 1853..................... 16,760 11,818 43,999 31,808 60,759 43,626 D ecrease..................... 4,942 12,191 17,133 E X P E N D IT U R E AN D NU M BER R E L IE V E D IN Y E A R All other classes, Total, including the sick. Totals. E N D IN G £1,141,647 883,267 Decrease........................................ 258,380 186,879 146,141 23,605 SEPTEM BER 40,738 29. Number relieved. In-door. Out-door. Expenditure. 1851 ............................................................ 1852 ............................................................ 126,120 102,515 * 707,443 508,864 47,914 14,911 198,579 33,003 The reduction in 1853 is, therefore, a great reduction on a previously large reduc tion both of the number of paupers and of their cost; and we may suppose that the greatest change that has occurred in any population in modern times, accompanied by great misery and great loss o f life, is now terminated, and that a new prosperity dawns on the Irish, both in their own couutry and abroad. At present rather contrary to what happened in former years, when the great est amount of destitution was experienced in the summer as the potatoes came to an end, the maximum of claimants for relief occurs in the early part of the year. The number, therefore, is now declining week after week, and has been since February; so that by October next it is probable the total number of persons receiving relief in Ireland will not exceed 80,000, or more than 1 in 80 of the population—a very small proportion compared to the pauperism of England, even it its present reduced state. The gradual reduction in the number of the juvenile inmates of work-houses is the consequence of the young persons having the means of subsistence provided for them outside by their parents and friends, or the means being provided for the inmates to join their relation in America, or in England or Scotland. In the last year there was remitted £2,158 to enable 877 inmates of work-houses to join their friends in America, £136 to send 489 to England and Scotland, £221 to help 31 out to Australia. The remittances are increasing and are expected to increase. A sum of £14,041 also was applied by the poor law guardians to the same objects in the year ending September la st; and from that time to March they have assisted 3,825 persons to emigrate. A more beneficial change than from the work-house to a brisk demand for labor and good wages, can scarcely be conceived; and it gives a true picture of the regeneration of the Irish from idleness, disease, and destitution, to industry, comfort, and independence. The most effectual cause, however, for the depletion o f the work-houses, is the growing demand for labor, while emigration has reduced the number of hands. As yet, the rate of wages has not risen much, and is only in a few cases higher in 1853 than in 1845 ; but there is more general and continuous employment for the people. They are able to earn more money, if the rate be not much advanced. Those who re main in Ireland are better off, as well as those who remove, and the improve ment, as, perhaps, might be expected, is the greatest in the districts that were most necessitous. The actual reduction of pauperism in Connaught since 1851, say the commissioners, has been beyond all expectation. Since April, 1851, the inmates of the work-houses in that province have fallen off from 42,286 to 17,389, or 60 per cent, , . Statistics o f Population etc 390 the number of able-bodied females having declined from 12,267 to 3,587, or 70 per cent, and of children under 15, from 18,620 to 8,569, or 55 per cent. In particular unions distinguished for their poverty, the rate of reduction has been still greater: “ In Belmullet, from 1,790 in 1851 to 387 in 1853, or 80 per cent; in Newport, from 1,644 to 320, or 75 per cent; in Clifden, from 2,771 t o 557, or 80 per cen t; and in Westport, from 2,757 to 539, or 80 per cent” That the young and the females escape from pau perism in the poorest districts, is an evidence that the evil is drying up at its source, and that pauperism will be even more diminished than the commissioners contem plate. The public may rejoice at that; for, with the strictest care, work-house life is fatal alike to moral and physical health. The sad picture we borrowed a fortnight ago from Dr. Forbes’ work on Ireland, of the prevalence of ophthalmia in the work-houses, is proved by the Commissioners’ report not to be too highly colored. The following is their state ment o f ophthalmia in the work-houses:— Cases admitted. Lost both eyes. Lost one eye. Sight inj’d 1851 ............................................ 1852 ............................................ 42,067 28,765 263 137 656 298 754 476 Soldiers in barracks, to whom the greatest attention is paid, as well as the inmates of workhouses, are a prey to disease and a high rate of mortality; and it may be sus pected that all such close and artificial packing of large numbers of persons is inim ical to health. It is a satisfaction, therefore, to think that work-houses are likely in a great measure to be emptied. At present they assume the character of hospitals for the reception of the destitute sick, and the Commissioners, it may be hoped, will be spared the trouble of devising plans for educating and employing a “ large number of children deserted or made orphans by famine.” They seem, indeed, inclined to agree with those who deprecate the introduction of arrangements tending to retain paupers in the workhouse, and of making pauperism, as it were, an institution of the State, by providing for it and making it self-supporting. With 6uch a small proportion of the people reduced to pauperism, as seems likely hereafter to be the case in Ireland, the object should be to distribute the few paupers as much as possible throughout society, and not congregate them into diseased and festering masses. We regret to see that England is not doing as well with regard to pauperism as Ireland. A return issued on Thursday of the amount of money expended for in-main tenance and for out-door relief in 60S unions and parishes in England and Wales, du ring the half-years ending Lady-day 1852 and 1853 respectively, shows an increase in the last half-year of £23,478. No doubt this increase is amply accounted for by the rise in the price of all the necessaries of life ; but we hoped, from the isolated cases of diminution published, that the decrease in the number of paupers would com pensate for the rise in the price of their maintenance, and rather lessen than increase the expenditure. The winter has been unusually protracted, and a great diminution has probably ensued of field labor. A t the same time hands have been scarce. We have heard of great diminutions of pauperism at Birmingham, for example, at the same time the increase of expense in Warwick is 3.3 percent. The agricultural population, therefore, rather than the town population, swell the expenditure for pauperism. The deep-seated and long continued pauperism of England seems not susceptible of decrease from the generous motives which are clearing out the Irish work-houses; and the generations habituated here, through a long period of unwise restrictions and pa ternal care, to be fed by poor rates, must die out before the pauperized people of Eng land can recover their independence. POPULATION OF CALIFORNIA. The following is a synopsis of the official returns as far as received o f the State census recently taken:— Inhabitants. Whites. Santa Clara County........................................ Mariposa County................. Yuba County.................................................. San Joaquin County........................................ Nevada County.............................................. Shasta County................................................ 6,664 8,968 22,005 5,029 20,364 3,833 6,158 4,353 17,545 4,669 12,727 3,700 T ota l.................................................... 66,863 49,152 Indians. Foreign. 900 4,533 120 369 3,266 73 9,261 1,335 1,571 4,915 861 4,669 825 13,356 Nautical Intelligence. N AU TICAL 391 IN TE LL IG E N C E . QUARANTINE REGULATIONS OF TU R K E Y . D epartm en t of St a t e , July 23, 1853. Information has been received at this Department from the United States Consul at Smyrna, that the quarantine regulations of Turkey require that every vessel leav ing a port of the United States, bound to Smyrna, should be provided with a bill o f health from the proper authorities, in which the exact number of persons on board must appear; and in case the vessel on her voyage out should put into an interme diate port, any alteration that may take place in the number of the crew or passen gers by death, accident, <fcc., mu9t be noted in a bill of health given by the health officer of such port, or by a consul o f the United States; in default of which the vessel is obliged to perform ten days’ quarantine. Should the intermediate port be one of Greece, the bill o f health from the health office is not sufficient, but it must be certi fied by an American Consul, or by the Consul of some other power at peace with the United States; otherwise the vessel is required to perform a quarantine of twenty-one days. When a vessel is bound from one Turkish port to another, the bill of health must be taken from the Turkish health office of the port of her departure. AUSTRALIA, BA SS’S STR A IT. R E V O L V IN G L IG H T ON C A PE OTW AY. T r i n i t y -H o u s e , L o n d o n , July 20th, 1853, The following particulars respecting the revolving light at Cape Otway, (the first exhibition of which in August, 1848, was notified from this House, on the 11th April, 1849,) having been communicated to thi9 corporation by direction of her majesty's secretary of state for the colonies, are hereby made public for the general information of mariners, viz:— The light-house on Cape Otway in Bass’s Straits, is situate in latitude 38° 51' south, and in longitude 143° 29' east. The light revolves, showing a bright flash once in ev ery minute, and burns at the hight of 300 feet above the level of high water, and may be seen, by estimation, at the distance of eight leagues. Mariners are requested to observe that the reef off Cape Otway, lies about one-half or three quarter’s of a mile therefrom, in a S. E. to S. S. W. direction, and extends 11miles to the westward. By order, J. HERBERT, Secretary. LIGHT ON SORELLO POINT, NEAR C A P E G R A S IT O L A , O N T H E S O O TH COAST O F S IC I L Y . H y d r o g r a p h i c - o f f ic e , A d m i r a l t y , June 9, 1853. Her majesty’s government has been officially informed that a Fixed Light, but varied by a flash every three minutes, was to be established on the 20th of this month on Sorello Point or South Eastern Point of Cape Granitola, in 37° 33' 50" N., 12° 37' 36" East of Greenwich, on the South Coast of Sicily. The Light will appear at an elevation of 87 feet above the level of the sea, and will be visible, in clear weather, at the distance of 14 miles from the deck of a moderate sized vesseL QUARANTINE REGULATIONS AT PUERTO RICO. D epartm en t of St a t e , July 23, 1853. Information has been received from the United States Consul at St. John’s, Puerto Rico, that the government of the island has determined to enforce strictly the quaran tine laws of the island, whereby all vessels coming to the different ports iu Puerto Rico are required to produce bills of health, with the certificates of the Spanish Con sul attached, if there is oue at the port of departure; otherwise they will be subjected to a rigorous quarantine, and incur heavy expenses. Nautical Intelligence. 392 LIGH TS AT TH E ENTRANCE OF MANILLA BAY, PH ILIP P IN E ISLANDS. H y d r o g r a p h i c -o f f i c e , A d m i r a l t y , June 2 8, 1853. Her majesty’s government has been officially informed of the establishment, on the first day of February last, of two lights in the Entrance of Manilla Bay. The first is a Revolving Light, eclipsed every minute, in 14° 23' 5" N., and 120° 33' 56" east of Greenwich: it stands on the summit of Corregidor Island, at an eleva tion of 648 feet above the level of the sea, and the Spanish account adds, that it is visible at the distance of 40 miles. It bears from the Monja Rock North 86° East. The second is a Fixed Light, and placed on the small steep Island of Caballo, at an elevation of 417 feet above the sea, about two miles to the eastward of Corregidor. This Light can be seen but nine miles, and only when it bears to the northward of East or W est; so that a vessel having entered the Bay will lose sight of it as soon as she has passed Caballo Island, and will have to rely on the great Light of Corregidor to guide her to the anchorage off Manilla. Fraile Island is 3| miles from Caballo, the Light on which is useful in dark nights to ships passing between them; but none of these islands should be approached within half a mile, as the current is strong. SAND CAY LIGH T, FLORIDA R E E F , H y d r o g r a p h i c -o f f i c e , May 28,1853. Her Majesty’s Government has received information that the Lighthouse on Sand Cay, which was destroyed by a hurricane in 1846, has been rebuilt, and that the light will reappear in the course of next month. The Light-tower is cylindric, but stands on a square base supported by 17 iron piles, and the whole structure rises 121 feet above low water, and is all painted black, except the lantern, which is white. The light is fixed, but varied by flashes ; for one minute showing a steady light, and in the next minute a flash of ten seconds duration, preceded and followed by eclipses of 25 seconds. It stands in 24° 27' 9" N., and 81° 52' 43" W. of Greenwich, and being about 100 feet above the high-water level of the sea, may be seen in clear weather at the dis tance of 16 miles by an eye 15 feet above the water. ELECTRIC TE LEG R A PH , SOUTH FORELAND TO BELGIUM . N O T IC E T O M A R IN E R S . T r i n i t y -h o d s k , L ondon, June 28th, 1853. Notice is hereby given, that the Sub-marine Cable, extending from the South Fore land to Belgium, lies in an E. by S. direction, (by compass,) with the South Foreland Lighthouses in line, bearing W. by N., until without the stream of the Goodwin Sand, passing about one mile to the southward of the South Sand Head Light Yessel, after which it takes a general E. S. E. direction across to the Flemish Banks. Mariners are requested to observe, that it is desirable that vessels should not anchor with this mark or bearing on, lest, by so doing, they damage the Electric Cable, or lose their own anchors. By order, J. HERBERT, Secretary. 0 X 0 FIX ED LIGHT, ENTRANCE TO CHRISTIANA, NORWAY. H y d r o g r a p h i c - off i c e , A d m i r a l t y , July 10,1853. The following is an extract from a notice issued by this office on the 25th February last:— Oxo, name o f Light; 8° 6' 35", Lon. E. from Greenwich; 58° 3 '2 5 ", N. Lat.; existing light— Fixed Light, with a flash every 4th minute ; to be altered into— One Fixed Light, 2d order; higbt above the level of the sea, 135 feet; visible at the dis tance of 18 sea miles. Her Majesty’s Government has now been officially informed, that the above-men tioned alteration has been carried into effect, and that the light of Oxo will reappear on the 16th of the present month. Mercantile Miscellanies. 393 M E R C A N TILE M ISC ELLA N IES. TH E GREAT HEAT I S TH E MONTH OF AUGUST, 1853. To F reem an H u nt, E d it o r o f the M erch an ts’ M a g a z in e :— S ir :— One o f the most extraordinary terms of hot weather ever experienced in this latitude was felt here on the 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, and 14th of August instant. On Monday, the 8th of August, a fearful thunder-storm passed this meridian about 10 P.m ., and commenced the heated term; and the day following, the 9th, the tem perature rose to 85 degrees, and continued rising every day until the 13th, when it reached 95 degrees: on the 14th it fell to 93 degrees, when another thunder-storm, still more fearful and appalling, terminated the heated term. The following statement of temperature (in the shade) we copy from our thermometrical record:— Tuesday, August 9—80 to 85 degrees, for nine consecutive hours. 10— 80 to 90 “ fifteen “ “ Wednesday, 11— 80 to 92 “ “ “ “ Thursday, Friday, 12— 80 to 93 “ seventeen 13— 80 to 95 “ Saturday, 14— 80 to 93 “ fifteen “ Sunday, The changes during each of the six days named were as follows:— Tuesday, August 9— Change in the 24 hours, 19 degrees. «« 18 “ Wednesday, 10 It 18 “ Thursday, 11 it 19 “ Friday, 12 «« 19 “ Saturday, 13 “ « Sunday, 17 “ 14 It will be seen by this brief statement, that the changes each day differed but two degrees from each other. The heated air possessed peculiar properties, and was very destructive to human life. It is supposed that at least three hundred persons died from the effect of heat, during the 12th, 13th, and 14th, in the cities of New York and Brooklyn; and its effects were not confined alone to animal life—the potatoes, still in the ground, in the immediate vicinity were seized suddenly with the disease, and in three days the crops in very many places became putrid. On Wednesday evening, and again on Saturday evening, during this heated term, thunder-storms prevailed at a distance, but the distant lightning was visible here. W e have kept an hourly thennometrical record, now covering eight consecutive years, which shows but three days in August, during that time, in which the tempera ture has reached 90 degrees. The first of these occurred on the 5th of August, 1846, when it rose to 90£, and the next day, the 6th, rose to 92 degrees. These two days belonged to a warm term which commenced on the 27th of July, and continued till the 10th o f August— duration, fifteen consecutive days— during which the highest temperature of the atmosphere was from 80 to 92. The other was on the 6th of Au gust, 1850, when the temperature rose to 91 degrees. This belonged to a warm term which commenced on the 28th of July, and continued till the 16th of August, during which the highest temperature was from 80 to 90 degrees, for twenty consecutive days. We have a thermometrical record extending from 1808 to 1853, in which the tem perature was noted three times each day, and this does not show any such tempera 394 Mercantile Miscellanies. ture, either in intensity, duration, or the disastrous effects on human life, as that of the six days we have here named. W e have a correspondent, who has been staying at the Summit House, Mount Washington, since the 7th of June last; he has furnished us with a copy of the record of his thermometrical observations made there, at an altitude of 6,265 feet above the sea, by which it appears that at no time during this heated term did the temperature there rise above 62 degrees. The difference between the temperature on Mount Washington and that on Long Island, during the six heated days, was as follows:— Tuesday, August Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday, 9— 33 degrees. 10— 31 11— 29 12— 33 13— 35 14— 33 On Mount Washington a fearful thunder-storm, accompanied by hail, was expe rienced at 4 p. m., on Monday, the 8tb, and there was lightning in the evening at a distance ; and on Sunday, the 14th, a thunder and lightning storm, still more fearful and appalling, passed that mountain-top at 2 p. m. It will be seen, by a comparison of the two accounts, that the lightning-storms of the 8th and 14th passed Mount Washington several hours before they reached here. The pinnacle of Mount Washington is within less than four thousand feet of that portion o f the atmosphere where the frost is perpetual. Beneath this frigid canopy, which extends over the whole earth, is the dwelling-place of the human race. B r o o k l y n H e ig h t s , August 2 2 d , 1853. E. MER1AM. FR A N K E N ST E IN ’ S PANORAMA OF NIAGARA. W e noticed this beautiful work of art in a former number o f the M erch an ts’ M a g a zine. W e were present on the opening night, on the 18 th July, in Hope Chapel, Broadway, New York, and notwithstanding we saw parts of the work while in pro gress, which was calculated in some measure to deprive it of its novelty to our eye, we entered heartily into the applause o f the large and intelligent audience on that occasion. In naturalness and truth it possesses greater merit than any thing of the kind we have ever seen. The closeness with which the representation often approxi mates nature, absolutely identifies it with it, and deceives the sense. No one can look upon Frankenstein’s Niagara without being impressed with the emotion of sublime awe that is felt by all who go to and remain at Niagara any length of timeIn the Panorama all the most picturesque, beautiful, sublime, and grand scenes, which abound as profusely at Niagara as vast ideas in a great brain, are presented vividly, life-like, real. TH E FA ST MAN OF BU SIN ESS. Closely upon the heels of the gambler came the “ fast” man of business— in haste to be rich, impatient of labor, and, by his expenses, proving that if he did not make his own fortune, he understood as well how to spend another man’s fortune as if he learned the art in our Common Council. Life to such a man was very like a Missis sippi voyage to those on the lookout for a race, consoling themselves with the reflec tion that the chances of their rival’s boiler bursting and blowing them to atoms would be as great as their own. The “ fast man” thought the locomotive but a “ slow coach,” and that the telegraph “ did very well for a beginning.” The “ fast man” of business also looked forward with confident expectation for the arrival of the period when all days of receipt would be brought very near, and all days of payment indefinitely postponed.— R ev. S a m u e l Osgood. The B ook Trade . 395 THE BOOK TRADE. 1. — The M is s iss ip p i a n d Ohio R iv e r s : c o n tain in g p la n s f o r the p rotection o f the D e lta fr o m in u n d a tio n , a n d in v estig atio n s o f the p r a c tic a b ility a n d cost o f im p rov in g the n av ig a tio n o f the Ohio a n d other riv ers by m eans o f R e se rv o irs, with a n a p p e n d ix on the b a rs a t the m outh o f the M ississip p i. By C h arles E llet , Jr., Civil Engineer. 8vo., pp. 367. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo & Co. Mr. Ellet has furnished a fund of knowledge and information in this work, which must command the attention of professional and scientific readers. The importance o f the subject attracted the notice of Congress, and resulted in directing the Secretary o f War to institute the necessary surveys and investigations for the prevention of the overflow of the Delta, and increasing the depths of water on the bars at the mouth of the Mississippi. In making these surveys, Mr. Ellet has introduced a new system o f civil engineering, which must increase in interest as it becomes more fully devel oped. His views are supported by irresistible arguments and clear reasoning. His calculations are made with great care, and the diagrams illustrate his subject perfect ly. He attributes the greater frequency, and the more alarming character of the floods of the Mississippi, to the extension of cultivation along the valley of the Mis sissippi, by which evaporation is diminished and drainage obviously increased, and the floods hurried forward more rapidly into the country below. Another cause, he says, is the extension of the levees along the borders of the river, and its tributaries and outlets, by means of which the water that was formerly allowed to spread over many thousand square miles of low lands, is becoming more and more confined to the imme diate channel of the river, and is therefore compelled to rise higher and flow faster, until, under the increased power of the current, it may have time to excavate a wider and deeper trench, to give vent to the increased volume which it conveys. 2. — Scenes a n d A dventures in the S em i-A lp in e R e g io n o f the O zark M o u n ta in s o f M isso u r i a n d A r k a n s a s , which were f i r s t traversed by D e S o to , in 1551. By H en ry K . S choolcraft . 8vo., pp. 256. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo Co. Four and thirty years have passed away since the travels here brought to view were terminated. But time, it is believed, has not destroyed their value. They de scribe the first and only attempt to identify the famous De Soto’s march west of the Mississippi, and they recall reminiscences of scenes and observations which belong to the history o f the discovery and settlement of the country. The appendix, which is extensive, embraces a vast store of scientific facts and observations on the mines and mineralogy of Missouri, with full descriptions of the methods pursued at that period in the manufacture of lead ore. These have, to some extent, been published before. 3. — The P ro -slav e ry A rg u m e n t , a s m a in ta in e d by the m ost d istin g u ish ed w riters o f the So u th ern S la t e s : c o n tain in g the several E s s a y s on the subject , o f C hancellor H a r p e r , G overnor H am m on d , D r . S im m s , a n d P r o f e s s o r Dew. 12mo., pp. 490. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo Co. This volume contains Harper’s Memoir of Slavery, Gov. Hammond’s Letters on Slavery; an Essay on the Morals of Slavery, by Wm. Gilmore Simms, and Professor Dew on Slavery. The whole subject is discussed with ability and learning; and we are glad to find embodied in one volume some of the ablest and best papers on the Southern side o f the question of Slavery that have been produced. We commend the volume to all who would candidly examine the arguments in support of the “ pe culiar institution.” 4. — Th e Sw ord a n d the D i s t a f f : or, “ F a i r ,' F a t , a n d F o r t y ? A story of the South, at the close of the Revolution. By the author of “ The Partisan,” “ Mellichampe,” “ Katharine Walton,” <fcc., tfcc. 12mo., pp. 591. Philadelphia : Lippincott, Grambo & Co. This work is doubly interesting from the circumstance of its being drawn from real life. It is well written, and embraces a period of our country’s history which is rendered peculiarly attractive to the reader, as furnishing so many thrilling and exciting incidents, which wear more the semblance of fiction than truth. 396 The B ook Trade . 5. — Ju v e n ile B o o k s. New Y ork: Published by Robert Carter & Brothers. Great progress has been made since the writer was a boy, in books for the young, not only in their character, but in the style in which they were produced. The “ Mother Goose Melodies,” and other senseless nonsense of the past, is replaced by works that are at once interesting and instructive, without being dull and prosy. The fact is, wri ters, men and women of genius, especially the latter, have applied themselves to the task of teaching the young idea how and what to read. As an illustration of the above remarks we refer to the twelve volumes now before us, which in every respect reflect credit upon the taste and judgment of the publishers, and upon the progressive spirit of the times. “ Clever Stories,” Little Lessons for Little Learners,” “ A Call to the Lambs,” “ Jamie Gordon, or the Orphan,” “ Three months under the Snow,” “ Frank Harrison,” “ Collier’s Tale,” “ The Swamp and the Lantern,” “ Clara Stanley,” “ Se quel to Mamma’s Bible Stories,” “ A Hundred Short Stories,” “ Child’s own Story Book,” “ Rhymes for the Nursery,” etc., the titles of the Brothers Carter’s books, are volumes that may be put into the hands of little folks, with the assurance that they will neither corrupt the taste, nor the manners. They are printed on a flue white pa per, the engravings are pretty, and the binding neat and attractive ; and on the whole, they form a series of juveniles that are worthy of a place in every family, certainly every Sunday School library in the country. 6. — The S lav e T rade , D om estic a n d F o r e ig n : W hy it E x is t s , a n d How it m ay he E x tinguish ed. By H. C. C a r e y . Author of the “ Principles of Political Economy,” “ The Past, The Present, and The Future,” etc., etc. 12mo., pp. 426. Philadelphia: A. Hart, late Carey & Hart. Among the thousand and one means devised to extinguish slavery, the author has suggested one which has been in successful operation coexistent with the Colonization Society, and the founding of the Republic of Liberia is one o f the evidences of th e. success of that admirably organized society. Mr. Carey says we have only to raise the value of man in Africa to terminate the African Slave Trade. Surely the Coloniza tion Society is gradually, but surely, answering that demand. The unguarded ex pression which he makes that “ there exists a ‘ higher law ’— a great law of the Cre ator— that will effectually extinguish the trade whenever it shall be permitted to come into activity,” presents a short method of doing the work, but his volume contains much valuable information on the introduction of slavery, and its progress and growth in the different countries of Europe as well as the United States, West India Islands, and South America. 7. — P o e try o f the Vegetable W o rld ; a p o p u la r E x p o sitio n o f the Scien ce o f B o ta n y , a n d its relatio n s to M an . By M. J. S ch le ide n , M. D., Professor of Botany in the University o f Genoa. Illustrated with engravings. Edited by A lphonzo W ood , M. A., author o f the “ C lass B ook of B otan y ,” & c . 12m o., p p . 360. Cincinnati: Moore, Anderson, Welstach Keys. New York : Newman Ivison. This is the first American edition, reprinted from that of Henfrey. Schleiden, the author, is one of the most distinguished and most accomplished botanists of the present day. The exhaustless beauties of the vegetable world— its spiritual aspect lies beyond the reach of mere science. Herein lies the charm of this work. While its author has everywhere exhibited the principles of science in the most attractive and perspicuous style, he has also contrived to blend with them the imaginative and the spiritual, and thus to render his work the exponent of the relations of the plant to the human soul. He has shown that the multiform vegetables of the material world are all ministering spirits. In a word, science and poetry are beautifully and harmoniously blended together. 8. — S um m er S to rie s o f the S o u th By T. A ddison R ich ards . 12mo., pp. 255. Philadelphia : Lippincott, Grambo & Co. This volume contains six tales, written in a graceful and pleasant 6tyle, and with sufficient pathos and humor to be read without wearing out the reader’s patience in warm summer days. 9. — A B u dget o f S to rie s fr o m Cham bers' “ P a p e r s f o r the P eo p le .” Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo & Co. This neat paper pamphlet of 168 pages, contains four choice tales, selected from “ Chambers’ Papers for the People,” viz.: “ The Helf-Castle,” “ The Lost Laird,” “ The Queen oi Spades,” and “ The Last of the Ruthvens.” The B ook Trade. 307 — Th e Q uadrupeds o f N o rth A m erica. B y J ohn J ames A udubon , F. R . S., die., itc., and the Rev. J ohn B achman , D. D. Royal Svo., vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 40. New York : Y . G. Audubon. The first number of this great work is before us. From the prospectus of Mr. V. G. Audubon, (a son of the eminent naturalist,) we learn that the present will be a minia ture copy of the large edition with figures and descriptions of the quadrupeds of the United States, (including Texas, California, and Oregon,) part of Mexico, the British possessions, and Arctic regions of our continent. The number before us contains five plates, colored engravings. The illustrations are not only scientifically correct, but interesting to all, from the varied occupations, expressions, and attitudes given to the different species, together with the appropriate accessaries, such as tiees, plants, landscapes, &c., with which the figures of the landscape are relieved. The engravings in the present number are—the common American Wild Cat, the Maryland Marmot, Woodchuck, Ground Hog (old and young,) Townsend’s Rocky Mountain Hare (male and female,) Flanders Rat (male and female, and young of different ages,) and Rich ardson’s Columbia Squirrel (male and female.) Each number is to contain five en gravings, and the work completed in thirty numbers, and delivered to subscribers at intervals of not less than one month. Price of the work one dollar per number, to be paid on delivery. 10. 11. — The B oyh ood o f G re a t M en. In ten ded a s a n E x a m p le to Youth. With Illustra tions. New York: Harper & Brothers. The object of this little work is to place before the “ rising generation ” brief sketches of the early career of those who have fought their way to eminence and dis tinction in the various walks of life, and thus develop in the mind of youth noble tastes and high principles, as well as to encourage, stimulate, and sustain that spirit o f industry which is essential to the attainment of any position worth striving for. It furnishes sketches of poets, historians, critics, statesmen, lawyers, philanthropists, astronomers, natural philosophers, mathematicians, chemists, sailors, soldiers, musi cians, painters, sculptors, scholars, divines, surgeons, and naturalists; and gives some account of the boyhood of two or more individuals in this classification, who, in after life, secured fame, and left behind them a name more durable than marble. 12. — The C old G rap e ry , fr o m A m e rica n P r a c t i c e : being a concise a n d d etailed treatise on the cultiv atio n o f the exotic grape-vin e, under g la ss , w ithout a rtific ia l heat. By W m. C hoclton . 12mo., pp. 94. New York: J. 0. Riker. This volume makes a timely appearance. The method of raising exotic grapes, un der glass, without artificial heat, has begun to attract considerable attention; and a work of experience in this country, and suited to our climate, can hardly fail to be ex tensively useful. The author has been prosecuting this branch of industry as a gar dener, on Staten Island, for a considerable period, and has become quite successful in the production of these choice exotics. W ith much simplicity of design, he has col lected within a small compass the fruits of his experience, hoping that it might be of use in assisting both the amateur and the inexperienced. IS.— H o m e-L ife in G erm any. By C h a r l e s L o r i n g B ruce . 12mo., pp. 443. New Y e rk : Charles Scribner. This is one of the best books of travel we have met with, for it tells us just what we want to know about a foreign country—that is, what people eat and drink, how they amuse themselves, what their habits are at home, how their houses look, and, above all, what the usual talk and tone o f thought is among the great middle classes of Germany. It is, in short, a sort of home history— a social life of the people. In the appendix, we have an interesting account of the German tariff revenues, a feature that will interest the commercial reader. 14.— The Y oung L a d y 's G uid e to the H a rm o n io u s D evelopm ent o f C h r istia n C h a ra c ter. B y H e r v e y N e w c o m b . l8mo., pp., 330. New Y ork : M. W. Dodd. * This is a very neat little volume and should be found in every young lady’s library, instead of those works of fiction which produce such a morbid appetite for excitement. Habitual writing is highly recommended to young ladies, and nothing is better calcu lated to call out the resources of the mind than its practice ; our thoughts become more methodical, and all the intellectual faculties are strengthened and improved by exertion. 398 T he B o o k T rade . 15. — N a r r a tiv e o f a Jo u r n e y R o u n d the W o rld ; C o m p risin g a W inter P a s s a g e across the A n d e s to C h il i; with a V isit to the G o ld R egio n s o f C a lifo r n ia a n d A u s t r a lia , the S o u th S e a Is la n d s, J a v a , &c. By F. G e r sl a e c k e r , 12mo.,pp. 624. New York Harper & Brothers. : In bi9 voyage “ around the world,” the author visited various part9 of South Amer ica, California, the South Sea Islands, Australia, and the Island of Java, and gives us a very readable narrative of the incidents of his journey, with much interesting infor mation relating to the manners and customs of the people; besides many statements touching the condition and resources of the several places visited. It appears to be a reliable narrative, written by a nice observer, and in a clear and direct style. 16. — The B r it is h C abinet in 1853. 18mo., pp. 345. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo & Co. The present volume contains sketches of the political and personal history of the several members of the remarkable coalition ministry now in power in Great Britain. The establishment of this ministry may, we think, be regarded as marking an epoch in the political history of England, in which the old barriers of class and party rivalry are seen to have given way to something more in keeping with an age of progress. The work has evidently been prepared with care, and will be found to contain an accurate and competent sketch of all the members of the present British administra tion. 17. — L iv e s o f the B ro th e rs H um boldt. Alexander and William. Translated and Ar ranged from the German of K lencke <fc S ch le sie r . B y J uliette B a u e r . With Portraits. New Y ork: Harper <fc Brothers. The works of these remarkable men for so many years connected with the progress of science, are well known to the class of readers who will mainly desire to learn their personal history. The translator, we have no doubt, has done justice to the orig inal German ; at all events it furnishes a fine specimen of biographical writing, and is withal quite an attractive and readable book. 18. — Th e O ld a n d the New ; o r, C hanges o f T h irty Y ears in the E a s t : with some a llu sio n s to O rie n tal Custom s, a s E lu c id a tin g S crip tu re . By W m. G oodell , Missionary in Constantinople of American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. With an Introduction by Rev. Wm. Adams, D. D. 12mo., pp. 239. New Y ork : M. W. Dodd. The facilities of the author for obtaining correct information were such as have ena bled him to furnish an interesting work, and one that will command the attention of all who take an interest in missions, and it will repay the perusal of those who read for general information. The colored illustrations add much to the generally attractive character o f the work. 19. — H a r r y Covcrdale's C ourtship, a n d what came o f it. By the author of “ Frank Fairleigh,” “ Lewis Arundel,” <fcc., &c. 12mo., pp. 341. New Y ork: H. Long & Brother. This i9 an excellent work. The author lays siege to the reader’s feelings, and does not remit his assault from the time when Coverdale’s first symptoms of courtship be gin to appear on his horizon, to the last page of the work. 20. — M a rtin 's E q u a tio n T ab le s f o r A v e ra g in g A ccou n ts. Imperial 8vo., pp. 83. Rochester: Erastus Darrow. New York: for sale by O. A. Roorback. This is a very valuable work, furnishing to merchants, bookkeepers, accountants, manufacturers, and other business men, a complete and accurate set of calculations for averaging accounts. The work is got up with great care, and is calculated to ren der every facility to the accountant in the science of equations. The examples ac companying the tables are lucid and explanatory, and every counting-room should be furnished with a copy. 21 — T h e B r it is h Colonies ; th eir H isto ry , C o n ditio n , E x te n t , a n d R esou rces. By R. M. M a r t in . Part 42. New York: J. Tallis‘<fc Co. Sierra Leone, its early history, population, commerce, productions, &c., with the history of the British possessions in Western Africa, are the subjects of the present number of this valuable work. It is accompanied with an elegant map of the Islands of the Atlantic, and many fine engravings of places of note in them. The B ook Trade, 399 — L i f e o f Th om as C halm ers, I ) . D ., L L . D . Edited by Rev. J ames 0 . M o ffat , M. A., Professor of Latin and Lecturer ou History in the College of Hew Jersey. 12mo., pp. 455. Cincinnati: Moore, Anderson, Wilstach <4; Keys. New Y ork: Newman <4 Ivison. This is an abstract o f Dr. Hanna’s elaborate work, designed for those who wish to know the outline of Dr. Chalmers’ career, but who cannot either afford to purchase, or have not the leisure nor the taste to peruse, many volumes on the subject. It em braces the principal part of these volumes briefly and consecutively; retaining the words of Dr. Hanna in all cases where consistent with the desired brevity. Professor Moffat appears to have performed the labor of compiler with marked ability, and has contrived to produce a faithful, and, at the same time, comprehensive memoir of the life and opinions of that eminent divine. 22. 23. — T h e W igwam a n d the C a b in ; or, T a le s o f the South . By W. G ilm o r e S im m s . 12mo., pp. 471. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Grambo & Co. The tales embraced in this volume, some thirteen in number, were written for an nuals and other periodicals, where they met with much favor. They illustrate, in large degree, the border history of the South. The life of the planter, the squatter, the Indian, and the negro, the bold and hardy pioneer, and the vigorous yeoman,— these are the subjects of the author; and in their delineation he has drawn from living portraits, and, in many instances, from actual scenes and circumstances within the memories o f men. 24. — M a rie D e B a n i e r e : A T ale o f the Crescent C ity, <kc. 12mo., pp. 422. Philadel phia : Lippincott, Grambo & Co. This volume, from the prolific pen of W. G ilm or e S im ms , contains three interesting but highly wrought tales, descriptive of real life, the first of which the title indicates, “ The Maroon,” and “ Maize in Milk.” “ Guy Rivers,” the last of Mr. Simms’ produc tions, has been extensively read; and though less pleased withthe work before us, we doubt not that it will meet with favor at the hands of the reading public. The inter est in the several tales is well sustained. 25. — The W ay o f Peace. By H en ry A. R o w la n d , author of a work “ On the Com mon Maxims of Infidelity,” “ The Path of Life,” and “ Light in a Dark Alley.” 18mo., pp. 228. New York: M. W. Dodd. The object o f this work, inferred from the title, and stated in the preface, is “ to di rect the wandering and lost to C h r i s t t o show the seeker ••how he may preserve his religious affections in their purity and strength,” ifcc. It was written under an im pression of the author that the works designed in this day for Christians “ are not sufficiently experimental and practical to prove the most satisfactory.” — M em oir o f M rs. J u l i a H . S c o t t ; W ith her P o em s, a n d other Selection s f r o m her P ro s e . By M r s . 0. M. S a w y e r . 12mo., pp. 432. .Boston: Abel Tomkins. 26. Besides the memoir, interspersed with extracts from her diary and private letters, the present volume contains a collection of her poems and prose writings. Mrs. Scott, it would seem from her writings, was animated with the overmastering desire to live the lif; of a Chriitim woman,and herj example is worthy of all imitation. The editor has, in the preparation of the work, evinced a true womanly delicacy and taste, combined with a sound, discriminating judgment. 27. — N o rm an M a u r ic e ; or, the M a n o f the P e o p le : a n A m e rica n D r a m a . By W . G ilm ore S im m s , E sq ., author of “ The Tennessee,” “ Katharine Walton,” <fcc. 12mo. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Crambo & Co. Mr. Simms is a ready and vigorous writer, and the present drama, which has passed through three previous editions, evinces more than ordinary power in that department of literary effort. It has some fine passages, and the interest of dialogue is well sus tained throughout. 28. — L ette rs to C oun try G irls.- By J ane G. S w issh e l m . 12mo., pp. 219. New Y ork: John 0. Riker. Here is a volume which was written, as the authoress says, “ to tell the girls some things I thought they did not know, or to remind them of duties they were likely to overlook.” 400 The B ook Trade. 29.— A H isto ry o f E n g la n d . By J ohn L in g a r d , D. D. YoL IL Boston: Phillips, Sampson A Oo. We have received from the publishers the second volume of this -work. It com mences with the settlement of the Normans in Gaul, A. D. 1060, and brings the his tory down to the death of Richard I., in 1195. It is, as we have before stated, re garded as a very impartial history, touching all questions bearing on the Catholic Church— a fact worthy of note, as the author, it is well known, was a distinguished member of that communion. SO.— R ach el K e ll. By the Author of “ Scenes and Characters in College,” etc. 12mo., pp. 312. New York: M. W. Dodd. This is an endeavor to portray the final triumph of virtue and piety over circum stances which tend to awaken in the minds of mankind, disrespect and often contempt for their innocent victim. Apart from this object, the influence of religion upon the character is well illustrated, and the story which serves as a basis for this moral is at tractive and interesting. 81.— Open C o m m u n io n ; o r the P r in c ip le s o f R e stric ted Com m union exam in ed a n d p ro v ed to be u n sc rip tu r a l a n d F a l s e : in a iSeries o f L e tte rs to a F rie n d . By S. W. W h itn e y , A. M., late Pastor of the Baptist Church, Westport, N. Y. New York : M. W. Dodd. The object of the writer of these letters is to prove that close communion in the Baptist Church is false, and entirely at variance with the spirit of Christianity. 32. — G erm an L y r ic s . By C h a r le s T. B r o o ks . 12mo., pp. 237. Boston: Ticknor, Heed A Fields. The sweetness of German poetry has always been appreciated, and the public must feel indebted to Mr. Brooks tor his translation of this beautiful selection from various German authors. Some of the productions of Anastasius Grun have already been favorably noticed and translated by Rev. Dr. Prothingham, of Boston. 33. — The B r id e o f Omberg. By E m il ie F. C a r l e n . From the original Swedish b y Professor Alex. L. and Elbert Perce. New Y ork : Charles Scribner. .This appears to be an excellent translation of a Swedish tale of domestic life, and will, in our judgment, bear a favorable comparison with the best of those from the pen of the author’s countrywoman, Miss Bremer. 34. — E a r l ’s N o v e l; or, L ig h t s a n d Sh adow s o f the A n g lic a n Church. A Tale for the Times. By C harlotte A u le y , author of “ Miriam,” “ Influence,” Ac. New Y ork: Robert Carter & Brothers. This, as will be inferred from the title, is a religious novel, and will, doubtless, find more readers than a treatise designed to inculcate similar religious views and senti ments. 35. — W ild J a c k : o r the S to len C hild. A Sketch from Life. Together with other Stories. Including the celebrated Magnolia Series. By C a r o lin e L ee H kntz . Authoress of “ Rena,” “ Linda,” “ Marcus Warland,” “ Magnolia Vale,” etc., etc. 12mo. (Paper Covers.) Philadelphia: A. Hart. A collection of little stories of a highly interesting character. 36. — T a llis 's I llu str a te d A t la s a n d M odern H isto ry o f the W orld. Edited by R. M o ntgom ery M a r t in . Parts 53, 54. New York : John Tallis A Co. These numbers contain further pages- of the index, and a large and finely engraved map o f the city of London, showing the streets, with their names, and the public places. 37. — B e h in d the C u rtain . A tale of Elville. 12mo., pp. 442. Danville: J. IC Trem bly. New York : G . P. Putnam. These are pictures of social life which possess more than ordinary geniality of sen timent. They are well drawn, with a smoothness of diction and ease of style which adds much to their interest. — P oem s. By A l e x a n d e r S m it h . 12mo., p p . 192. Boston: Ticknor, Reed A Fields. This is genuine poetry; high-toned, spirit-stirring, with noble and manly thoughts, it flows with a smoothness of verse and energy of expression seldom combined in the same Muse. It will please all who have a taste for noble song. 38.